X018-E1-08 - Omron eData

Cat. No. X018-E1-08
Basic Switches
Warranty and Application Considerations
Read and Understand this Catalog
Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if
you have any questions or comments.
■ Warranty and Limitations of Liability
Warranty and Limitations of Liability
WARRANTY
OMRON's exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one
year (or other period if specified) from date of sale by OMRON.
OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. ANY
BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE
PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF
PROFITS, OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS
BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABILITY.
In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is
asserted.
IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY, REPAIR, OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE
PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON'S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED,
STORED, INSTALLED, AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION, ABUSE, MISUSE, OR
INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR.
■ Application Considerations
Application Considerations
SUITABILITY FOR USE
OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes, or regulations that apply to the combination
of products in the customer's application or use of the products.
At the customer's request, OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and
limitations of use that apply to the products. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the
suitability of the products in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use.
The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given. This is not intended to be
an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products, nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for
the products.
• Outdoor use, uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference, or conditions or uses not
described in this catalog.
• Nuclear energy control systems, combustion systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, vehicles, safety equipment, and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations.
• Systems, machines, and equipment that could present a risk to life or property.
Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY
WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND
THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE
OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
2
Basic Switches Warranty
and Application Considerations
■ Disclaimers
Disclaimers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Performance data given in this catalog is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute
a warranty. It may represent the result of OMRON's test conditions, and the users must correlate it to actual application
requirements. Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons.
It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant
construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice. When
in doubt, special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request.
Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes, even when tolerances are
shown.
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
The information in this catalog has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is
assumed for clerical, typographical, or proofreading errors, or omissions.
■ Copyright and Copy Permission
Copyright and Copy Permission
COPYRIGHT AND COPY PERMISSION
This catalog shall not be copied for sales or promotions without permission.
This catalog is protected by copyright and is intended solely for use in conjunction with the products. Please notify us
before copying or reproducing this catalog in any manner, for any other purpose. If copying or transmitting this catalog to
another, please copy or transmit it in its entirety.
Basic Switches
Warranty and Application Considerations
3
CONTENTS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Basic Switches
General-purpose Basic Switches
Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
DZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
TZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Miniature Basic Switches
D3V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
VX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
D2MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
D2RV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV Common Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 152
D2MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Subminiature Basic Switches
D3M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
SS-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
SSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
D2S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Ultra Subminiature Basic Switches
D2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
D2MQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Sealed Basic Switches
D2VW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
D2SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
D2SW-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
D2HW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
D2JW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
D2FW-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Detection Switches
D2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
D3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
D2X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
D3K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Door Switches
D3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
D2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
D2T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
4
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Selection by Functions
Classifications
General-purpose Basic Switches, Z-size
Model
Z
Appearance
24.2
49.2
Z-15H2
Features
Z-15H
Z-15G
Z-15E
Z-01H
Basic Models (most popular)
High sensitivity models, drip-proof models, micro load models, and
models with protective covers.
Contact
Z-10FY
Z-15ER
Split-contact
model
Maintained
contact
model
Contact
specification
Rivet
Single
crossbar
Rivet
Contact material
Silver
Gold alloy
Silver
Rating
g
( i ti load)
(resistive
l d)
15 A at 250 VAC
0.1 A at
125 VAC
10 A at
250 VAC
(series
connection)
15 A at
250 VAC
(160 mA at
5 VDC)
4.46 to
7.26 N
(160 mA at
5 VDC)
1.96 to
2.50 N
0.4 A at 125 VDC
Max. operating
current (A)
0.5 A at
125 VDC
0.75 A at
125 VDC
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
0.01
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
6.12 to
7.85 N
2.45 N
Drip-proof:
3.43 N
20 x 106 min.
300 x 103
min.
10 x 106
min.
500 x 103
min.
300 x 103
min.
500 x 103 min.
100 x 103
min.
500 x 103
min.
100 x 103
min.
100 x 103
min.
Operating force (OF) (see note)
1.96 to 2.75 N
Durability
(see note)
o e)
Mechanical
Electrical
2.45 to 3.43 N
Drip-proof:
2.45 to 4.22 N
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 80°C (Drip-proof: –15°C to 80°C)
Mounting pitch
25.4 mm
Actuators
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Panel mount
plunger
Roller leaf
spring
Panel mount
roller plunger
Hinge roller
lever
Leaf spring
Fixible rod
–25°C to 80°C
(Drip-proof: –15°C to 80°C)
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Panel mount
plunger
Pin plunger
Panel mount
plunger
Panel mount
roller plunger
Panel mount
plunger
Panel mount
roller plunger
Roller leaf
spring
Hinge lever
Roller leaf
spring
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Solder
Screw
Page
32
Note:
Screw
Solder
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
5
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
General-purpose Basic Switches, Z-size
Model
A
X
DZ
TZ
Appearance
Approx. 17
24.2
49.2
22.7
24.2
30
49.2
Features
Contact
49.2
17.45
High-capacity load
switching
Direct current
switching.
Contact specification
Rivet
Built-in permanent
magnet for
extinguishing arc.
Cylinder+flat surface
Contact material
Silver alloy
Silver alloy
Rating
(resistive load)
20 A at 250 VAC
10 A at 125 VDC
Max. operating
current (A)
49.2
17.45
17.45
Ideal for controlling
two independent
circuits with two
built-in switches.
Stable operation at
400°C.
Rivet
Rivet
Silver alloy
Platinum
10 A at 250 VAC
1 A at 250 VAC
Suitable for electric
furnaces or boilers.
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
(N-level reference value)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
Durability
y
(
(see
note)
t )
Mechanical
Electrical
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
(20 mA at 5 VDC)
3.92 to 6.13 N
5.00 N
5.59 N
4.90 N
1 x 106 min.
1 x 106 min.
1 x 106 min.
1 x 105 min.
500 x
103
min.
100 x
103
min.
500 x
103
min.
50 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 80°C
–25°C to 80°C
–25°C to 80°C
–65°C to 400°C
Mounting pitch
25.4 mm
25.4 mm
25.4 mm
25.4 mm
Actuators
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Panel mount
plunger
Panel mount
plunger
Panel mount
roller plunger
Panel mount
roller plunger
Hinge lever
Leaf spring
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge lever
Roller leaf spring
Hinge roller
lever
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Solder
Screw
Solder
Screw
Solder
Screw
Screw
Page
63
70
78
83
Note:
6
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Miniature Basic Switches, V-size
Model
D3V
V
Appearance
27.8
10.3
27.8
10.3
15.9
15.9
V-21
Features
V-11
V-10
Wide variation of models with switching currents of 10 to 21 A.
Can be used for interrupting current when doors are opened or
closed.
Available in two types of cases: thermoplastic and thermosetting.
Contact specification
Rivet
Rivet
Contact material
Silver alloy
Silver alloy
Rating
(resistive load)
16 A at 250 VAC
21 A at
250 VAC
Max. operating
current (A)
V-15
Available in 6-A, 11-A or 16-A models, all
with self-cleaning contacts.
Available with internally or externally
fitted levers.
Contact
V-16
Maximum operating temperature of
105°C.
Silver
16 A at
250 VAC
15 A at
250 VAC
11 A at
250 VAC
10 A at
250 VAC
0.98 N
{100 gf}
0.98, 1.96 N
{100, 200 gf}
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
0.01
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
1.96 N
{200 gf}
3.92 N
{400 gf}
0.98, 1.96, 3.92 N
{100, 200, 400 gf}
Durability
y
(
t )
(see
note)
Mechanical
10 x 106 min.
50 x 106 min.
Electrical
100 x 103 min.
100 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 105°C
–25°C to 80°C (Heat-resistive: –25°C to 150°C)
Mounting pitch
10.3 x 22.2 mm
10.3 x 22.2 mm
300 x 103 min.
Actuators
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Simulated roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Solder,
Quick-connect (#187),
Quick-connect (#250)
Quick-connect (#250)
Page
92
110
Note:
Solder, Quick-connect (#187), Quick-connect (#250),
Screw
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
7
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Miniature Basic Switches, V-size
Model
VX
D2MV
Appearance
27.8
10.3
K
10.3
10.3
15.9
15.9
43.3
15.9
31.8
VX-5
VX-01
Wide variation extends from micro
load to 5-A switching current, with
shapes identical to those of the V
Series.
Features
High contact strength with low
operating force.
Contact
D2MV-1
D2MV-01
Ultra-low operating force.
Twin crossbar contact
employed for micro load
applications.
Long-life design with an OT
stopper inside the case and
high-precision movable spring.
Models with right-hand barrier,
left-hand barrier, or no barrier for
the terminals are available.
Contact specification
Rivet
Crossbar
Needle
Crossbar
Rivet
Contact material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Silver
Gold alloy
Silver
Rating
(resistive load)
5 A at
250 VAC
0.1 A at
30 VDC
1 A at
125 VAC
0.1 A at
30 VDC
3 A at 250 VAC
Max. operating
current (A)
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
0.01
(160 mA
at 5 VDC)
0.25, 0.49 N
{25, 50 gf}
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
0.25 N
{25 gf}
10 x 106 min.
20 x 106 min.
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
Mechanical
50 x 106 min.
Electrical
500 x 103 min. 1 x 106 min.
0.5 x 106 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 80°C
–25°C to 80°C
–25°C to 80°C
Mounting pitch
10.3 x 22.2 mm
10.3 x 22.2 mm
10.3 x 22.2 mm
Durability
(see note)
10 x 106 min.
(30 mA at
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
5 VDC)
0.10, 0.25, 0.49 N
{10, 25, 50 gf}
1 x 106 min.
100 x 103 min.
Actuators
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Simulated roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Solder, Quick-connect (#187)
Solder
Solder
Page
126
133
140
Note:
8
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Miniature Basic Switches, V-size
Model
D2RV
D2MC
Appearance
31
27.8
10.3
17.5
15.9
14.4
D2MC-5
Features
Built-in reed switch.
D2MC-01
Low torque (0.5 m N S m) rotary-action switch.
Same mounting pitch as the V
Series.
Contact
Contact specification
Reed switch
Contact material
Rating
(resistive load)
Max. operating
current (A)
0.1 A at 30 VDC
20
15
10
8
5
Rivet
Crossbar
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
5 A at 250 VAC
0.5 A at 30 VDC
• Ratings
Switching voltage: 100 VDC max.
Switching current: 0.25 ADC max.
Contact capacity: 10 W DC max.
Min. applicable load: 0.1 mA at 5 VDC
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
0.01
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
0.25, 0.49, 0.98 N
{25, 50, 100 gf}
0.5, 0.75, 1.00 N S m
{5.1, 7.6, 10.2 gf S cm}
Durability
(see note)
Mechanical
10 x 106 min.
10 x 106 min.
Electrical
3 x 106 min.
100 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–10°C to 60°C
–25°C to 80°C
Mounting pitch
10.3 x 22.2 mm
8.7 x 23.8 mm
Actuators
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Rotary action
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Solder
Quick-connect (#205)
Page
145
156
Note:
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
9
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Subminiature Basic Switches, S-size
Model
D3M
SS
Appearance
SS-P
7
19.8
6.4
11
29.2
10
10.2
9.5
19.8
6.4
SS-10
Quick-connect terminals
and horizontal terminal
layout ensure easy
wiring and save
mounting space.
Features
SS-5
SS-01
Long service life (30 million
operations) with two split springs.
SS-01P
SS Series compatible mounting.
Single-leaf movable spring
construction.
Even-pitched PCB terminal
models available.
Same mounting pitch as
SS Series.
Contact
SS-3P
Contact specification
Crossbar
Rivet
Crossbar
Rivet
Crossbar
Contact material
Gold alloy
Silver alloy
Silver
Gold alloy
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Rating
(resistive load)
0.1 A at 30 VDC
10.1 A at
250 VAC
3 A at
250 VAC
0.1 A at 30
VDC
3 A at 125
VAC
0.1 A at 30
VDC
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
Max. operating
current (A)
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
0.01
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
(160 mA
at 5 VDC)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
1.50 N
{153 gf}
1.47 N
{150 gf}
0.49, 1.47
N {50, 150
gf}
Durability
(see note)
o e)
Mechanical
500 x 103 min.
10 x 106
min.
30 x 106 min.
1 x 106 min.
Electrical
200 x 103 min.
50 x 103
min.
200 x 103 min.
70 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 85°C
–25°C to 85°C
–25°C to 85°C
Mounting pitch
9.5 mm
9.5 mm
9.5 mm
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
0.25, 0.49, 1.50 N
1.47 N {25, {153 gf}
50, 150 gf}
200 x 103
min.
Actuators
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Pin plunger
Simulated roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge lever
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Terminals
XA Connector (JST)
Solder, Quick-connect (#110), PCB
Solder, Quick-connect (#110),
PCB (Uneven pitch, Even pitch)
Page
161
168
176
Note:
10
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Subminiature Basic Switches, S-size
Model
SSG
D2S
Appearance
6.4
6.4
19.8
19.8
9.7
9.9
9.0
9.1
SSG-5
Features
SSG-01
Conforms to EN (IEC), UL, CSA
and standards.
D2S-10
D2S-5
D2S-01
Flux-resistant structure.
Available with self-clinching PCB or solder terminals.
Wide operating temperature
range: –25 to 125°C.
Contact
Contact specification
Rivet
Crossbar
Rivet
Contact material
Silver alloy
PGS alloy
Silver alloy
Silver
Gold alloy
Rating
(resistive load)
3 A at
250 VAC
0.1 A at 125 VAC
10.1 A at
250 VAC
3 A at 250 VAC
0.1 A at 30 VDC
Max. operating
current (A)
Crossbar
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
0.01
(160 mA
at 5 VDC)
0.50, 1.50 N
{51, 153 gf}
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
1.47 N
{150 gf}
0.49, 1.47 N
{50, 150 gf}
Mechanical
10 x 106 min.
10 x 106 min.
30 x 106 min.
Electrical
200 x 103 min.
50 x 103 min.
200 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 125°C
–25°C to 85°C
Mounting pitch
9.5 mm
9.5 mm
Durability
y
((see note)
t )
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
Actuators
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Simulated roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Solder,
Quick-connect (#110), PCB
Self-clinching PCB, Solder
Page
182
190
Note:
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
11
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Ultra Subminiature Basic Switches, J-size
Model
D2F
J
Appearance
D2MQ
12.7
5.7
6.5
5.1
8.9
6.5
2.7
8.2
Low force
Micro load
D2F (-*)
D2F-F*
D2F-01*
12.7
Silver
plated
l t d
Gold p
plated
Snap-action switch with ultra
subminiature size and light weight.
Low operating force models available.
Ultra subminiature
model capable of
switching
large-capacity loads
(7 A, 250 VAC).
Contact specification
Crossbar
Contact material
Silver alloy
Rating
(resistive load)
3 A at
125 VAC
Features
Contact
Standard
Flux-resistant structure.
Max. operating
current (A)
1 A at
125 VAC
Gold-plated contacts for micro load
switching available in addition to
silver-plated contacts.
Rivet
Rivet
Gold alloy
Silver plated
Gold plated
Silver plated Gold plated
0.1 A at
30 VDC
7 A at 250 VAC
0.5 A at
30 VDC
50 mA at
30 VDC
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
0.01
1.37 N
{140 gf}
(50 mA at
5 VDC)
1.18 N
{120 gf}
1 x 106 min.
10 x 106 min.
30 x 103 min.
103
103
10 x 103 min.
(100 mA at 5 VDC)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
1.47 N
{150 gf}
Durability
y
(
(see
note)
t )
Mechanical
Electrical
30 x
0.74 N
{75 gf}
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
0.74, 1.47 N
{75, 150 gf}
min.
(30 mA at 5 VDC)
50 x
min.
(5 mA at
5 VDC)
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 65°C
–10°C to 80°C
–15°C to 70°C
Mounting pitch
6.5 mm
4.8 mm
4.0 mm
Actuators
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Simulated roller
lever
Roller leaf spring
Pin plunger
Leaf spring
(available separately)
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Leaf lever
Roller leaf spring
Hinge leaf lever
Hinge roller lever
Terminals
PCB (general, self-clinching, right angled, left
angled), Solder (general, compact)
Turret
PCB (straight, right
angled, left angled)
Page
197
203
209
Note:
12
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Sealed Basic Switches
Model
D2VW
D2SW
D2SW-P
Appearance
33
10.3
19.8
6.4
11
10.6
15.9
10.1
19.8
D2VW-5
Features
D2VW-01
Same internal mechanism
and mounting as V Series.
Use of epoxy resin assures
stable sealing.
Conforms to UL, CSA, and
VDE standards.
Contact
D2SW-3
D2SW-01
D2SW-P2
6.4
D2SW-P01
SS Series compatible mounting.
SS Series compatible mounting.
Sealed structure using epoxy
resin.
Sealed structure using rubber
packing.
Single-leaf movable spring
construction.
Conforms to UL, CSA and VDE
standards.
Even-pitched PCB terminal
models available.
Contact specification
Rivet
Crossbar
Rivet
Crossbar
Rivet
Crossbar
Contact material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Silver
Gold alloy
Silver
Gold alloy
Rating
(resistive load)
5 A at
250 VAC
0.1 A at
30 VDC
3 A at 125
VAC
0.1 A at 30
VDC
2 A at 250
VAC
0.1 A at 30
VDC
Max. operating
current (A)
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
(N-level reference value)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
Durability
y
(
(see
note)
t )
(160 mA at
5 VDC)
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
1.96 N
{200 gf}
Mechanical
10 x 106 min.
Electrical
100 x 103
min.
1 x 106 min.
(160 mA at
5 VDC)
1.77 N
{180 gf}
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
(160 mA at
5 VDC)
1.80 N
{183 gf}
5 x 106 min.
1 x 106 min.
200 x 103 min.
50 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–40°C to 85°C
–40°C to 85°C
–20°C to 70°C
Mounting pitch
10.3 x 22.2 mm
9.5 mm
9.5 mm
200 x 103
min.
Actuators
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Hinge lever
Simulated roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Molded lead wire, Solder
Molded lead wire, Solder,
Quick-connect (#110), PCB
Molded lead wire, Solder,
Quick-connect (#110), PCB
(Uneven pitch, Even pitch)
Page
214
220
227
Note:
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
13
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Sealed Basic Switches
Model
D2HW
D2JW
D2FW-G
Appearance
5.3
13.3
Long stroke (OT: 1.4 mm).
Features
Base-mounting models, M3-screw
mounting models, and models with
posts are available.
All models lead–free (including
molded lead wire models).
Contact
12.7
8
23.5
9.4
6.5
13.5
5.3
Molded lead wire models
conform to IP67 (water
intrusion).
Wide operating temperature
range: –40 to 85°C.
Single-point mounting with an M4
screw.
Incorporates a fixed leaf lever.
All models lead–free (including molded
lead wire models).
Contact specification
Crossbar
Crossbar
Crossbar
Contact material
Gold alloy
Gold alloy
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Rating
(resistive load)
2 A at 12 VDC
0.1 A at 30 VDC
1 A at 30 VDC
0.1 A at
30 VDC
(100 mA at 5 VDC)
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
Max. operating
current (A)
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
0.01
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
0.75 N
{76 gf}
2.45 N
{250 gf}
2.45 N
{250 gf}
(Leaf lever)
Durability
y
(
t )
(see
note)
1 x 106 min.
1 x 106 min.
3 x 105 min.
Mechanical
Electrical
100 x
103
min.
100 x
103
min.
30 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–40°C to 85°C
–40°C to 85°C
–40°C to 85°C
Mounting pitch
---
4.8 mm
---
Actuators
100 x 103 min.
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Pin plunger
Simulated roller
lever
Hinge lever
Leaf lever
Simulated roller
lever
Simulated leaf
lever
Hinge roller
lever
Leaf lever
Long leaf lever
Hinge roller
lever
Terminals
Solder, PCB (straight, right
angled, left angled)
Molded lead wire, Solder
Molded lead wire
Page
233
241
246
Note:
14
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Detection Switches
Model
D2A
D3C
D2X
Appearance
D3K
4.2
6
23
(Distance
from hole)
(External
length)
Standard models
Features
Models
with
low operating
f
Standard
models
13.7
(Distance
from hole)
Models with
low operating
f
5.3
Compact, light weight, and 3-mm long
stroke.
Long stroke of 3 mm.
Clip-on wiring with
crimp-type connectors.
Built-in slide mechanism for selecting
shorting or non-shorting timing.
Shorting and
non-shorting models
available.
Snap-fit attachment for
easy installation.
Ideal for household appliances, audio
equipment, office equipment,
communications equipment, etc.
Contact
(External
length)
6.7
8
Operation possible
from either side.
18.9
Ultra-low operating force
(0.03 N).
Snap-fit attachment for
easy installation.
Clip-on wiring with
crimp-type connectors.
Long stroke of 45°.
Contact specification
Slide
Slide
Slide
Slide
Contact material
Silver plated
Silver plated
Gold plated
Silver plated
Rating
(resistive load)
0.1 A at 30 VDC
0.1 A at 30 VDC
0.1 A at 30 VDC
10 mA at 12 VDC
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
Max. operating
current (A)
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
(N-level reference value)
0.01
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
Operating force (OF) (see note)
0.98 N {100 gf},
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.39 N {40 gf},
1.28 N {130 gf}
0.49 N
{50 gf}
0.03 N
{3 gf}
Durability
y
(
t )
(see
note)
50 x 103 min.
50 x 103 min.
1 x 106 min.
2 x 106 min.
103
103
103
2 x 106 min.
Mechanical
Electrical
50 x
min.
50 x
min.
50 x
min.
Ambient operating temperature
–10°C to 70°C
–20°C to 80°C
–10°C to 70°C
–10°C to 70°C
Mounting pitch
---
---
---
---
Actuators
Rotary lever
Pin plunger
Rotary lever
Rotary lever
Terminals
PCB
PCB
CT connector
(AMP)
CT connector
(AMP)
Page
250
254
258
262
Note:
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
15
Selection Guide
Selection Guide
Classifications
Door Switches
Model
D3D
D2D
Appearance
D2T
15
17
15.35
33 6
33.6
30
36.4
Features
30.9
12.5
13
Choose from plunger or
lever actuator.
Minimum contact gap of
3 mm (standard model).
Incorporates two circuits for
power loads and signals.
Low operation force of 2 N
max.
Pull-on lock model also
available.
Install using panel or screw
mounting.
Quick-connection terminals
for easier wiring.
Contact
Contact specification
Crossbar
Rivet
Rivet
Contact material
Gold alloy
Silver
Silver
Rating
(resistive load)
1 A at 125 VAC
16 A at 250 VAC
5 A at 250 VAC
Max. operating
current (A)
0.1 A at
30 VDC
20
15
10
8
5
3
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
Min.
permissible
load (mA)
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
(N-level reference value)
Operating force (OF) (see note 1)
Durability
y
(
(see
note
t 1)
Mechanical
Electrical
2.0 N
{204 gf}
19.61, 2.94, 1.96 N
{2000, 300, 200 gf}
(160 mA at
5 VDC)
3.24 N
{330 gf}
300 x 103 min.
10 x 106 min.
100 x 103 min.
(1 mA at 5 VDC)
100 x
103
min.
(160 mA at 5 VDC)
100 x
103
min.
100 x 103 min.
Ambient operating temperature
–30°C to 60°C
–25°C to 85°C
–25°C to 85°C
Mounting pitch
---
22 mm
26.4 mm
Actuators
(1 mA at
5 VDC)
Pin plunger
Plunger
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Lever
Terminals
HL connector (J.S.T)
Quick-connect (#250)
Solder (straight, right angled)
Page
266
270
278
Note:
1. These values are for pin plunger models.
2. Contact gap for pull-on lock model is 1 mm.
3. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions given on the relevant reference pages.
16
General Information
General Information
List of Standards
Certification body/Standard
UL
CSA
EN/IEC
-15H/G/E
F
F
F (TÜV approval)
-01H
F
F
F (TÜV approval)
-10FY
F
F
-15ER
F
F
-15G55
F
F
F (TÜV approval)
-01H55
F
F
F (TÜV approval)
A
F
F
X
F
F
DZ
F
F
CE mark
TÜV
Page
Model
Z-size
(General
(Generalpurpose)
Z
Z-55
V-size
(Miniature)
S-size
(Subminia
(Subminiature)
J-size (Ul(
tra SubSub
miniature)
63
F
78
F
F
F (VDE approval)
92
F
F
F (VDE approval)
110
-15/10
F
F
F (TÜV approval)
VX
F
F
F (VDE approval)
D2MV
F
F
K
F
F
D2RV
F
F
145
D2MC
F
F
156
Detection
Switches
F
F
F (TÜV approval)
161
F
F
F (VDE approval)
168
-01
F
F
SS-P
F
F (UL approval)
F (VDE approval)
176
SSG
F
F
F (TÜV approval)
182
D2S
F
F
190
D2F
F
F
197
J
F
F
203
209
F
F
-3
F
F
-01
D2VW
D2SW
F (VDE approval)
Note:
214
220
F
F
D2SW-P
F
F (UL approval)
F (VDE approval)
227
D2HW
f
f (UL approval)
233
D2JW
241
D2FW-G
246
D2A
250
D3C
254
D2X
258
D3K
Door
Switches
140
-10/5
D3M
SS
126
133
F (VDE approval)
D2MQ
Sealed Basic
Switches
70
-21/16/11
D3V
V
32
262
D3D
F
F (cUL approval)
F (VDE approval)
266
D2D
F
F
F (VDE approval,
TÜV approval)
270
D2T
F
F
F (VDE approval)
278
F: Approved model with standard marking on the switch.
f: Approved model without standard marking on the switch. The marking may be on the box.
Specific models within the approved models may not have the standard approvals.
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with standard approvals.
17
General Information
General Information
Actuator Types and Selection Methods
Actuator Types and Selection Methods
Appearance
18
Type
Pretravel
(PT)
Overtravel
(OT)
Operating
force (OF)
Precision
Vibration
/shock
Description
Pin
plunger
Small
Small
Small
KKK
KKKK
Suitable for short direct strokes, switch
characteristics are used directly, and
high-precision position detection is
possible. The overtravel, however, is the
shortest of any actuator, requiring a
reliable stopper.
Spring
pin
plunger
Small
Medium
Large
KK
KKK
Overtravel is longer than for a pin
plunger, but the same application
methods are possible. The plunger
diameter is slightly larger, but off-center
loads must be avoided, i.e., the load
must be on the center of the plunger.
Spring
short pin
plunger
Small
Medium
Large
KK
KK
Overtravel is large, just as for a spring
pin plunger. The plunger is short and has
a larger diameter to make alignment
easier.
Panel
mount pin
plunger
Small
Large
Large
KK
KK
The overtravel is the largest of all
plunger types. The switch is mounted to
a panel using a hexagonal nut and lock
nut (mounting position can be adjusted
by adjusting the nuts). The plunger can
be operated either manually or
mechanically, and usage in combination
with a low-speed cam is also possible.
Panel
mounted
(cross)
roller pin
plunger
Small
Large
Large
KK
K
A roller is attached to a panel mount pin
plunger switch and is operated with a
cam or dog. The mounting position can
be adjusted the same as a panel mount
pin plunger switch, but the overtravel is
slightly smaller. Cross rollers are also
available that run parallel to the switch.
Leaf
spring
Medium
Medium
Medium
KK
KK
The stroke is larger because of a
powerful leaf spring, making this
actuator suitable for low-speed cams or
cylinder drives. The bearing point is
fixed, so the overtravel must be
maintained within specifications in the
application to prevent damage.
Roller
leaf
spring
Medium
Medium
Medium
KK
KK
A leaf spring actuator with a roller
attached. Suitable for cam or dog
operation.
Leaf lever
Large
Large
Medium
K
K
A bend in the lever is used to create a
large stroke. Suitable for detecting cams
or dogs, as well as various other moving
objects.
Simulated Large
roller leaf
lever
Large
Medium
K
K
A leaf lever with the end bent into a
curve to enable application as a simple
roller type.
Hinge
lever
Large
Medium
Small
K
K
Used with a low-speed, low-torque cam,
the shape of the level can be changed to
match the operating body. Steel is
mainly used as the material for the lever.
Simulated Large
roller
lever
Medium
Small
K
K
A hinge lever with the end bent into a
curve to enable application as a simple
roller type.
Hinge
roller
lever
Large
Medium
Small
K
K
A hinge lever with a roller attached.
Suitable for high-speed cam operation.
Reverse
operation
hinge
lever
Large
Small
Medium
K
KK
Used with a low-speed, low-torque cam,
the shape of the level can be changed to
match the operating body. Steel is
mainly used as the material for the lever.
General Information
General Information
Type
Pretravel
(PT)
Overtravel
(OT)
Operating
force (OF)
Precision
Vibration
/shock
Reverse
operation
hinge
roller
lever
Medium
Medium
Medium
K
KK
A reverse operation hinge lever with a
roller attached. Suitable for cam
operation.
Rotating
operation
Large
Large
Small
K
KK
A low-torque actuator with a rotating
operation. Suitable for detecting
lightweight objects, such as coins and
paper currency.
Flexible
rod
Large
Large
Small
K
K
Can be operated in any of 360_ (but not
in the direction running along the center
of the rod). The operating force is small.
Effective for detecting when the direction
or shape is not consistent. The
overtravel is absorbed by the actuator,
providing a large leeway in operation
object play.
Appearance
Note:
Description
Indications for precision and vibration/shock are as follows: K: Possible, KK: Good, KKK: Excellent, KKKK: Superior
Actuators related only to Z-series Switches are not listed above.
Selection of Models by Environmental Condition
Use a model with a degree of protection suited for the operating conditions, such as the exposure of the model to dust, gas, powder, and water
drops.
Basic Switches
Dust
and
powder
Gas
n
X
Water
drops
X
Degree of
protection
IP00
Model
Z, A, X, DZ, TZ, D3C, D2X, D3K,
D2A
Environmental resistance
Dustproof, but no protection
against gas, water, or oil
(liquids).
Use a model satisfying IP67
requirements or a Limit Switch
in locations subject to water or
liquid splashes.
n
X
X
IP40
D3V, V, VX, D2MV, K, D2RV, D2MC,
D3M, SS, SS-P, SSG, D2S, D2F, J,
D2MQ, D3D, D2D, D2T
f
n
f
(excluding
the terminals)
IP67
(excluding
the
terminals)
D2VW terminal models
D2SW terminal models
D2SW-P terminal models
D2HW terminal models
D2JW terminal models
Since no clearance exists in the
actuator section and inside the
Switch (between the case and
cover), the Switch is completely
dustproof and gas-tight. Pay
attention to water and oil,
however, as the terminal section
is exposed. Use a model
satisfying IP67 requirements or
a Limit Switch in locations
subject to water or liquid
splashes.
f
n
f
IP67
D2VW molded lead wire models
D2SW molded lead wire models
D2SW-P molded lead wire models
D2HW molded lead wire models
D2JW molded lead wire models
D2FW-G
The actuator, terminal section,
and clearance between the
case and cover are fully sealed.
The Switch is thus resistant to
dust, gas, water, oil, etc.
Note:
f:
n:
X:
Description of sealing
Actuator section
Terminal section
Normally, Basic Switches are protected
against the entry of dust by minimizing
the clearances in the actuator section
(between the plunger and case) and
terminal section, or by closely mating
the convex and concave parts.
Sealed actuator section
Sealed actuator section
Lead
Applicable
Applicable depending on the model. Consult your OMRON sales representative.
Not applicable
Temperature and Humidity
Be sure to use the Switch within the permissible temperature range
with no icing.
Shock and Vibration
The Switch will malfunction if the contact is separated for more than
1 ms due to shock or vibration.
Make sure to use the Switch with a contact gap that is wide enough
and operating force that is low enough for the application.
19
General Information
General Information
Selection of Models for Micro Loads
It is recommended that the following Basic Switches be used, each of which has contact specifications suited to the specified micro load range.
5 mW
0.15 W
0.8 W
3W
D2MQ (silver-plated)
SS-1
D2MQ (gold-plated)
D2MC-01
Z-01H
D3V-01, VX-01, D2MV-01, D3M, SS-01, SSG-01, D2S-01,
D2F-01, D2VW-01, D2SW-01, D2JW, D2A, D3C, D2X
Voltage (VDC)
D2HW
30
3W
10
5
5 mW
0.1
0.16
1
0.15 W
5
10
20 26.6
50
0.8 W
100
160
500
Current (mA)
20
General Information
General Information
Glossary
General Terms
Basic Switch
Insulation Resistance
A small-size switch with a very small contact gap and snap–action
mechanism and with a contact structure that switches by a specified
movement and specified force enclosed in a case with an actuator
provided on the exterior of the case. (Basic switches are often
referred to as merely “switches” in this catalog.)
The resistance between discontinuous terminals, between terminals and non-current-carrying metal parts, and between terminals
and ground.
Switch with Contacts
A type of switch that achieves the switching function through the
mechanical switching of contacts. Use as opposed to a semiconductor switch with switch characteristics.
Contact Form
The structure of the electrical I/O circuits of contacts used according
to the type of application. (Refer to Contact Form table later in this
section.)
Ratings
Value generally used as a reference for ensuring the characteristics
and performance of switches, such as the rated current and rated
voltage. Ratings are given assuming specific conditions (such as
the type of load, current, voltage, and frequency).
Resin Filled (Molded Terminal)
A terminal which is filled with resin after being connected to the internal circuit of the switch with a lead to eliminate exposed current-carrying metal parts and thereby to enhance the drip-proof properties
of the switch.
Dielectric Strength
The threshold value up to which insulation will not be destroyed
when a high voltage is applied for 1 minute to a predetermined measurement location.
Contact Resistance
The electrical resistance of the contact point of contacts. Generally,
the contact resistance includes the conductive resistance of the
spring or terminal section.
Vibration Resistance
Malfunction: The range of vibration for which closed contacts will not
open for longer than a specific time when vibration is applied to a
switch currently in operation.
Shock Resistance
Destruction: The range of shock for which the components of the
switch will not be damaged and for which operating characteristics
are maintained when mechanical shock is applied to a switch during
transportation or installation.
Malfunction: The range of shock for which closed contacts will not
open for longer than a specific time when shock is applied to a
switch currently in operation.
Terms for Configuration and Structure
Switch Configuration and Structure
Operating Body
A part of a machine or equipment, such as a
cam or dog, which operates the actuator of the
switch.
Actuator
A part of the switch and is a mechanism incorporating the pushbutton and lever. External force
imposed on the actuator is relayed to the internal
spring mechanism, thus operating the moving
contact to turn the switch ON or OFF.
Switch Case
Also called the housing. Protects the switch
mechanism.
Contact Gap
A distance between the fixed contact and moving
contact when they are separated from each other,
thus enabling switching operation.
Mounting Hole
Moving Contact
Also called a moving spring. A part of a mechanism for touching or separating from the fixed
contact.
Terms Related to Durability
Mechanical Durability: The switching durability when a switch is
operated at a specified frequency and specified overtravel (OT)
without the contacts energized.
Electrical Durability: The switching durability when a switch is
operated at a specified frequency and specified overtravel (OT)
under the rated load.
Terminals
Section where electrical wires are connected for input
and output of the switch.
N-level Reference Value
The N-level reference value indicates the failure rate of the switch.
The following formula indicates that the failure rate is 1/2,000,000 at
a reliability level of 60% (λ60).
λ60 = 0.5 10–6/operations
Standard Test Conditions
Switches are tested under the following conditions.
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Relative humidity: 65±5%
Atmospheric pressure: 101.3 kPa
21
General Information
General Information
Contact Shape and Type
Shape
Type
Main
material
Processing
method
Crossbar
contact
Gold alloy
Silver alloy
Needle
Silver
Needle contacts are used for ensuring improvement in contact
reliability for switching loads, such as relays.
A needle contact is made from a rivet contact by reducing the
bending radius of the rivet contact to approximately 1 mm for the
purpose of improving the contact pressure per unit area.
Rivet
Silver
Silver plated
Silver alloy
Gold plated
Rivet contacts are used in a wide application range from standard
to high-capacity loads.
The fixed rivet contact is usually processed so that it has a groove
to eliminate compounds that may be generated as a result of
switching. Furthermore, to prevent the oxidation or sulfidization of
the silver contacts while the switch is stored, the contacts may be
gold-plated.
Contacts made with silver alloy are used for switching high current,
such as the current supplied to TV sets.
Welding or
riveting
Main application
Crossbar contacts are used for ensuring high contact reliability for
switching micro loads.
The moving contact and fixed contact come in contact with each
other at a right angle. Crossbar contacts are made with materials
that environment-resistant, such as gold alloy.
In order to ensure excellent contact reliability, bifurcated crossbar
contacts may be used.
Contact Gap
The contact gap is either 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, or 1.8 mm. The contact gap
is a design goal. Check the contact gap of the switch to be used if a
minimum contact gap is required. The standard contact gap is
0.5 mm. Even for the same switch configuration, the smaller the
contact gap of a switch mechanism is, the less the movement differential (MD) is and the more sensitivity and longer durability the
switch has. Such a switch cannot ensure, however, excellent
switching performance, vibration resistance, or shock resistance.
A switch becomes less sensitive when the movement differential
(MD) increases along with the contact gap due to the wear and tear
of the contacts as a result of current switching operations. If a switch
with a contact gap of 0.25 mm is used for its high sensitivity, it will be
necessary to minimize the switching current in order to prevent the
wear and tear of the contacts as a result of current switching operations. A switch with a wide contact gap excels in vibration resistance, shock resistance, and switching performance.
NC contact
Moving
contact
Contact gap
NO contact
Character
displayed
Contact gap
DC
switching
MD
Accuracy and
durability
Vibration and
shock resistance
Feature
H
0.25 mm
Inferior
Minimal
Excellent
Inferior
High precision and
long durability
G
0.50 mm
Ordinary
Short
Good
Ordinary
General-purpose
F
1.00 mm
Good
Medium
Ordinary
Good
Performance level
between G and E
E
1.80 mm
Excellent
Long
Inferior
Excellent
Highly vibration and
shock resistive
22
General Information
General Information
Terms Related to Operating Characteristics
Definitions of Operating Characteristics
Classification
Force
Operating
g
position
Releasing position
Free
position
Travel
Total travel
position
Position
V
Center of switch mounting hole
Term
Abbreviation
Unit
Dispersion
Definition
Operating
Force
OF
N
{gf, kgf}
Max.
The force applied to the actuator required to operate the
switch contacts from the free position to the operating
position.
Releasing
Force
RF
N
{gf, kgf}
Min.
The value to which the force on the actuator must be
reduced to allow the contacts to return to the normal
position.
Total Travel
Force
TTF
N
{gf, kgf}
---
The force required for the actuator to reach the total
travel position from the free position.
Pretravel
PT
mm or
degrees
Max.
The distance or angle through which the actuator moves
from the free position to the operating position.
Overtravel
OT
mm or
degrees
Min.
The distance or angle of the actuator movement beyond
the operating position to the total travel position.
Movement
Differential
MD
mm or
degrees
Max.
The distance or angle of the actuator from the operating
position to the releasing position.
Total Travel
TT
mm or
degrees
---
The distance or angle of the actuator movement from
the free position to the total travel position.
Free Position
FP
mm or
degrees
Max.
The initial position of the actuator when no external
force is applied.
Operating
Position
OP
mm or
degrees
±
The position of the actuator at which the contacts snap
to the operated contact position when external force is
applied from the free position.
Releasing
Position
RP
mm or
degrees
---
The position of the actuator at which the contacts snap
from the operated contact position to their free position.
Total Travel
Position
TTP
mm or
degrees
---
The position of the actuator when it reaches the stopper.
Example of Fluctuation:
V-21-1j6 with max. operating force of 3.92 N
The above means that each switch sample operates with a maximum operating force (OF) of 3.92 N when increasing the OF imposed on the
actuator from 0. Refer to page 28, Operating Stroke Setting.
Terminal Symbol and Contact Form
Contact
Terminal symbol
COM
Common terminal
NC
Normally closed terminal
NO
Normally open terminal
Symbol
Name
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
Terminal Types
Type
Contact Form
Shape
Split contacts
Z-10FY-B
Solder terminal
Quick-connect terminal (#110, #187, and #250)
Screw terminal
Maintained
contacts
Z-15ER
PCB terminal
Angle terminal
Note:
DPDT
DZ
In addition to the above, molded terminals with lead wires
and snap-on mounting connectors are available.
23
General Information
General Information
Terms Related to EN61058-1 Standards
Electric Shock Protective Class: Indicates the electric shock preventive level. The following classes are provided.
Class 0: Electric shocks are prevented by basic insulation only.
Class I: Electric shocks are prevented by basic insulation and
grounding.
Class II: Electric shocks are prevented by double insulation or enforced insulation with no grounding required.
Class III: No countermeasures against electric shocks are required because the electric circuits in use operate in a
low-enough voltage range (50 VAC max. or 70 VDC
max.)
Proof Tracking Index (PTI): Indicates the index of tracking resistance, that is, the maximum dielectric strength with no short-circuiting between two electrodes attached to the switch sample while 50
drops of 0.1% ammonium chloride solution are dropped between
the electrodes drop by drop. Five levels are provided. The following
table indicates the relationship between these PTI levels and CTI
values according to the UL Plastics Recognized Directory.
PTI
CTI Classified by UL
500
PLC level 1: 400 x CTI t 600
(Check with material manufacturer if the
material meets CTI 500)
375
PLC level 2: 250 x CTI t 400
(Check with material manufacturer if the
material meets CTI 375)
300
PLC level 2: 250 x CTI t 400
(Check with material manufacturer if the
material meets CTI 300)
250
PLC level 2: 250 x CTI t 400
175
PLC level 3: 175 x CTI t 250
Number of Operations: Indicates the operation number of durability test provided by the standard. They are classified into the following levels and the switch must bear the corresponding symbol. A
switch with high switching frequency must withstand 50,000 switching operations and that with low switching frequency must withstand
10,000 operations to satisfy IEC standards.
Number of operations
Symbol
100,000
1E5
50,000
5E4
25,000
25E3
10,000
No symbol required
6,000
6E3
3,000
3E3
1,000
1E3
300
3E2
Ambient Temperature: Indicates the operating temperature range
of the switch. The table indicates the meaning of symbol for reference.
Symbol
T85
25T85
Temperature range
0°C to 85°C
–25°C to 85°C
Solder Terminal Type 1: A type of solder terminal classified by heat
resistance under the following test conditions.
Dip soldering bath applied: The terminal must not wobble or
make any change in insulation distance after the terminal is
dipped for a specified depth and period into a dip soldering bath
at a temperature of 235°C at specified speed.
Soldering iron applied: The terminal must not wobble or make
any change in insulation distance after the terminal is soldered
by applying wire solder that is 0.8 mm in diameter for two to three
24
seconds by using a soldering iron, the tip temperature of which is
350°C.
Solder Terminal Type 2: A type of solder terminal classified by heat
resistance under the following test conditions.
Dip soldering bath applied: The terminal must not wobble or
make any change in insulation distance after the terminal is
dipped for a specified depth and period into a dip soldering bath
at a temperature of 260°C at specified speed.
Soldering iron applied: The terminal must not wobble or make
any change in insulation distance after the terminal is soldered
by applying wire solder that is 0.8 mm in diameter for 5 seconds
by using a soldering iron, the tip temperature of which is 350°C.
Clearance distance: The minimum space distance between two
charged parts or between a charged part and a metal foil stuck to the
non-metal switch housing.
Creepage distance: The minimum distance on the surface of the
insulator between two charged parts or between a charged part and
a metal foil stuck to the non-metal switch housing.
Distance through insulation: The minimum direct distance between the charged part and a metal foil stuck to the insulative switch
housing through air plus any other insulator thickness including the
housing itself. The distance through insulation will be the insulator
thickness when there is no distance through air.
General Information
General Information
Cautions
Note:
Always observe the following cautions to ensure safety.
Mounting
Before mounting, dismounting, wiring, or inspecting a switch, be
sure to turn OFF the power supply to the switch, otherwise an electric shock may be received or the switch may burn.
Wiring
Do not perform wiring when power is being supplied to a switch.
Also, do not touch any of the charged terminals when power is being
supplied. Otherwise, electric shock may be received.
Follow the instructions provided in Correct Use for all wiring and soldering work. Using a switch with improper wiring or soldering may
result in abnormal heating when power is supplied, possibly resulting in burning.
Contact Load
Select suitable switch ratings after confirming contact load. If the
contact load is excessive for the contacts, the contacts may weld or
shift, possibly resulting in short-circuits or burning when power is
supplied.
Load Types
Some types of load have a large difference between steady-state
current and inrush current, as shown in the following diagram.
Select a switch with ratings suitable for the type of load. The higher
the inrush current in the closed circuit is, the more the contact abrasion or shift there will be. Consequently, contact welding or shifting
may occur, possibly resulting in short-circuits or burning.
Types of Load vs. Inrush Current
I
(A)
Solenoid
(× 10 to 20)
Incandescent lamp
(× 10 to 15)
Motor
(× 5 to 10)
Relay
(× 4 to 5)
t
Operating Atmosphere
Do not use switches in atmospheres containing combustible or
explosive gases. Arc or heat generated by switching may cause
fires or explosions.
Shock on Individual Switches
Do not drop or disassemble switches. Not only will characteristics
be jeopardized, but also damage, electric shock, or burning may
result.
Durability
The durability of a switch greatly varies with switching conditions.
Before using a switch, be sure to test the switch under actual conditions in the actual application and to use the switch within the switching operations causing no problem. If a deteriorated switch is used
continuously, insulation failures, contact welding, contact failures,
switch damage, or switch burnout may result.
25
General Information
General Information
Correct Use
No.
Area
No.
Item
Using Switches
2
Selecting Correct Switch
3
Electrical
C diti
Conditions
4
5
6
7
Mechanical
C diti
Conditions
Mounting
g
Operation
p
and
d St
Storage
Environment
1
Load
2
Application of Switch to
Electronic Circuits
3
Switches for Micro Loads
4
Contact Protective
Circuit
27
1
Operating Stroke Setting
28
2
Switching Speed and
Frequency
3
Operating Condition
4
Operating Method
1
Securing
2
Terminal Connections
3
Soldering Precautions
1
Handling
2
Operating Environment
3
Storage Environment
Switch Trouble and Corrective Action
29
30
31
Using Switches
•
•
Electrical Conditions
Page
26
1
When switches are actually used, unforeseen accidents may
occur. Before using a switch, perform all possible testing in
advance.
Load
The switching capacity of a switch significantly differs depending on
whether the switch is used to break an alternating current or a direct
current. Be sure to check both the AC and DC ratings of a switch.
The control capacity will drop drastically if it is a DC load. This is because a DC load, unlike an AC load, has no current zero cross point.
Therefore, if an arc is generated, it may continue for a comparatively
long time. Furthermore, the current direction is always the same,
which results in contact relocation phenomena, and the contacts
hold each other with ease and will not separate if the surfaces of the
contacts are uneven.
If the load is inductive, counter-electromotive voltage will be generated. The higher the voltage is, the higher the generated energy is,
which increase the abrasion of the contacts and contact relocation
phenomena. Make sure to use a switch within the rated conditions.
If a switch is used for switching both micro and high-capacity loads,
be sure to connect relays suitable to the loads.
The rated loads of a switch are according to the following conditions:
Inductive Load: A load having a minimum power factor of 0.4 (AC) or
a maximum time constant of 7 ms (DC).
Lamp Load: A load having an inrush current ten times the
steady-state current.
Motor Load: A load having an inrush current six times the steadystate current.
Note: It is important to know the time constant (L/R) of an inductive load in a DC circuit.
Inrush Current
I
(A)
Unless otherwise specified, ratings and performances given in
this catalog are for standard test conditions (i.e., 15 to 35_C,
25% to 75% humidity, and 86 to 106 kPa atmospheric pressure).
When performing testing in the actual application, always use
the same conditions as will be used in actual usage conditions for
both the load and the operating environment.
•
Reference data provided in this catalog represents actual
measurements from production samples in graph form. All
reference data values are nominal.
•
All ratings and performance values provided in this catalog are
the results of a single test each rating and performance value
therefore may not be met for composite conditions.
Selecting Correct Switch
Select an appropriate switch for the operating environment and load
conditions.
•
Use the Selection Guide to select a suitable switch for the rated
current, operating load, actuator type, and operating environment.
•
It is not recommended to use a switch for a large current to switch
a micro current, in terms of contact reliability. Select a switch that
is suitable for the current actually being switched.
•
Use a sealed switch in environments subject to water, other
liquids and excessive dirt or dust.
i (Inrush current)
io (Steadystate current)
t
Application of Switch to Electronic Circuits
The Basic switch may have contact bouncing or chattering in
switching, thus generating noise or pulse signals that may interfere
the operation of electronic circuits or audio equipment. To prevent
this, take the following countermeasures.
•
Design the circuits so that they include appropriate CR circuits to
absorb noise or pulse signals.
•
Use switches with gold-plated contacts for micro loads, which
are more resistive to environmental conditions.
Switches for Micro Loads
If a switch for a general load is used for switching a micro load, it may
cause contact failures. Be sure to select a switch within the permissible range. Even if a switch for a micro load is used within the permissible range, the inrush current of the load may deteriorate the
contacts, thus decreasing the durability of the switch. Therefore, if
necessary, insert a proper contact protective circuit.
26
General Information
General Information
Contact Protective Circuit
When a switch is used under high humidity, arcs resulting from certain types of load (e.g., inductive loads) will generate nitrious oxides
and, with mater the nitrious oxides will become nitric acid, which will
corrode internal metal parts and may cause malfunctions. Always
use a contact protective circuit according to information provided in
the following table when using a switch under circuit conditions of
frequent switching and arcing.
The use of a contact protective circuit may delay the response time
of the load.
Apply a contact protective circuit (surge killer) to extend contact durability, prevent noise, and suppress the generation of carbide or nitric acid due to arc. Be sure to apply the contact protective circuit
properly, otherwise an adverse effect may result. Some typical
examples of contact protective circuit are described in the following
table.
Typical Examples of Contact Protective Circuits (Surge Killers)
Applicable
current
Circuit example
CR
circuit
Power supply
Power
supply
DC
Yes
Power supply
Inductive
load
The capacitor suppresses the spark
discharge of current when the contacts are
open. The resistor limits the inrush current
when the contacts are closed again.
Consider these roles of the capacitor and
resistor and determine the ideal
capacitance and resistance values from
experimentation.
Use a capacitor with a dielectric strength
between 200 and 300 V. When AC is
switched, make sure that the capacitor has
no polarity.
If, however, the ability to control arcs
between contacts is a problem for high DC
voltage, it may be more effective to
connect a capacitor and resistor between
the contacts across the load. Check the
results by testing in the actual application.
The operating time will increase if the
load is a relay or solenoid.
It is effective to connect the CR circuit
in parallel to the load when the power
supply voltage is 24 or 48 V and in
parallel to the contacts when the
power supply voltage is 100 to 200 V.
No
Yes
Energy stored in the coil is changed
into current by the diode connected in
parallel to the load. Then the current
flowing to the coil is consumed and
Joule heat is generated by the
resistance of the inductive load. The
reset time delay in this method is
longer than that of the CR method.
The diode must withstand a peak inverse
voltage 10 times higher than the circuit
voltage and a forward current as high as or
higher than the load current.
No
Yes
This method will be effective if the
reset time delay caused by the diode
method is too long.
Zener voltage for a Zener diode must be
about 1.2 times higher than the power
source since the load may not work under
some circumstances.
Yes
Yes
This method makes use of
constant-voltage characteristic of the
varistor so that no high-voltage is
imposed on the contacts. This method
causes a reset time delay more or
less. It is effective to connect varistor
in parallel to the load when the supply
voltage is 24 to 48 V and in parallel to
the contacts when the supply voltage
is 100 to 200 V.
Select the varistor so that the following
condition is met for the cut voltage Vc. For
AC currents, the value must be multiplied
by √2.
Inductive
load
Varistor
method
C: 0.5 to 1 µF per switching current (1 A)
R: 0.5 to 1 Ω per switching voltage (1 V)
The values may change according to the
characteristics of the load.
Yes
Inductive
load
Power supply
When AC is switched, the
load impedance must be lower than the C and R impedance.
Element selection
Yes
Inductive
load
Power supply
Note:
Inductive
load
Diode
method
Diode
and
Zener
diode
method
AC
See
note.
Feature
Vc > (Current Voltage x 1.5)
If Vc is set too high, however, the voltage
cut for high voltages will no longer be
effective, diminishing the effect.
Do not apply contact protective circuit as shown below.
Incorrect
Power
supply
Load
This circuit effectively suppresses arcs when
the contacts are OFF. The capacitance will be
charged, however, when the contacts are OFF.
Consequently, when the contacts are ON again,
short-circuited current from the capacitance
may cause contact weld.
Incorrect
Load
Power
supply
This circuit effectively suppresses
arcs when the contacts are OFF.
When the contacts are ON again,
however, charge current flows to
the capacitor, which may result in
contact weld.
27
General Information
General Information
Switching Speed and Frequency
Mechanical Conditions
Operating Stroke Setting
Contact force
Operating force
The setting of stroke is very important for a switch to operate with
high reliability.
The chart below shows the relationship among operating force,
stroke, and contact force. To obtain high reliability from a switch, a
switch actuator must be manipulated within an appropriate range of
operating force.
Be sure to pay the utmost attention when mounting a switch.
The switching frequency and speed of a switch have a great influence on the performance of the switch. Pay attention to the following.
•
If the actuator is operated too slowly, the switching operation
may become unstable, causing contact failures or contact
welding.
•
If the actuator is operated too quickly, the switch may be
damaged by shock.
•
If the switching frequency is too high, the switching of the
contacts cannot catch up with the operating speed of the
actuator.
•
Stroke
FP
Release
Stroke
Release
TTP
Make sure that the operating body is set so that the actuator should
return to the free position when the operating body has moved if a
switch is used to form a normally closed (NC) circuit. If a switch is
used to form a normally open (NO) circuit, the operating body must
move the switch actuator to the distance of 70% to 100% of the rated
overtravel (OT) of the switch.
Operating
body
PT (Pretravel)
Install a stopper.
If the operating frequency is extremely low (i.e., once a month or
less frequent), a film may be generated on the surface of the
contacts, which may cause contact failures.
The permissible switching speed and switching frequency of a
switch indicate the operational reliability of the switch. The durability
of a switch is based on operation under specific conditions regarding the switching speed and switching frequency. The durability of a
switch may not meet the durability due to conditions even if the
switch is operated within the permissible switching speed and frequency ranges. Test a switch sample under the actual conditions to
ascertain its durability.
Operating Condition
Do not leave a switch with the actuator depressed for a long time,
otherwise the parts of the switch may soon deteriorate and the
changes of its characteristics operating may result.
Operating Method
The operating method has a great influence on the performance of a
switch. Consider the following before operating a switch.
•
Design the operating body (i.e., cam or dog) so that it will operate
the actuator smoothly. If the actuator snaps backwards quickly or
receives shock due to the shape of the operating body, its
durability may be deteriorated.
FP (Free position)
OP (Operating position)
Incorrect
OT (Overtravel)
Snap-back
Shock operation
TTP
(Total travel position)
Correct
If stroke is set in the vicinity of the operating position (OP) or the releasing position (RP), contact force may become unstable. As a result, the switch cannot ensure high reliability. Furthermore, the
switch may malfunction due to vibration or shock.
If stroke is set exceeding the total travel position (TTP), the moment
of inertia of the operating body may damage the actuator or the
switch itself, and the stress applied to the moving spring inside the
switch will increase and then, the durability of the switch may be deteriorated.
Incorrect
28
Correct
General Information
General Information
Incorrect
•
Do not modify the actuator. If the actuator is modified, excessive
external force may be applied to the internal switch mechanism,
characteristics may change, and the switch may stop
functioning.
•
If an external actuator is used as an operating object, check the
material and thickness of the lever to make sure that the force
applied to the lever is within the permissible range.
Snap-back
Shock operation
Mounting
Correct
•
Securing
Make sure that no improper force is applied to the actuator,
otherwise the actuator may incur local abrasion. As a result, the
actuator may become damaged or its durability may be
deteriorated.
Incorrect
Roller
Correct
When mounting a switch, be sure to use the specified mounting
screws and tighten the screws with flat washers or spring washers
securely.
However, the switch housing may incur crack damage if it comes
into contact with the spring washers directly. In that case make sure
that the flat washers come into contact with the switch housing as
shown below. Do not subject the switch to excessive shock or highfrequency vibrations when mounting (e.g., do not use an impact
driver) as it may cause contacts stick or switch damage.
Incorrect
Screw
Correct
Flat washer
Spring washer
Resin
Dog
Do not modify the switch in any way, for example, by widening the
mounting holes.
Operating
body
Operating
body
: Correct
: Incorrect
•
•
Make sure that the operating body moves in a direction where
the actuator moves. If the actuator is a pin plunger type, make
sure that the operating body presses the pin plunger vertically.
Operate the actuator of a hinge roller lever or simulated hinge
lever type in the direction shown below.
Incorrect
Correct
Locking Agent
If glue or locking agent is applied, make sure that it does not stick to
the moving parts or intrude into the inside of the switch, otherwise
the switch may have operating failure or contact failure. Some types
of glue or locking agent may generate gas that has a bad influence
on the switch. Pay the utmost attention when selecting glue or locking agent.
Wiring
Make sure that the lead wires are connected with no inappropriate
pulling force.
Mounting Location
Be sure not to mount a switch in locations where the switch may be
actuated by mistake.
Maintenance and Inspection
Make sure that a switch is mounted in locations that allow easy
inspection or replacement of the switch.
Mounting Direction
When using a switch with a low operating force mounted with a long
lever, make sure that the switch is mounted in the direction where
the weight of the lever is not applied to the pushbutton directly,
otherwise the switch may have releasing failures.
Terminal Connections
•
Set the angle of the cam or dog (θ) for roller levers and similar
actuators to the range between 30_ and 45_. If the angle is too
large, an abnormally large horizontal stress will be applied to the
lever.
Solder Terminals
When soldering lead wires to a switch, make sure that the temperature of the iron tip is 380°C maximum. Improper soldering may
cause abnormal heat radiation from the switch and the switch may
burn.
Complete soldering within 5 seconds at 350°C or within 3 seconds
at 380°C. If heat is applied for longer period of time, switch characteristics will be deteriorated, e.g., the case will melt and lead wire
insulation will scorch.
Soldering conditions are even more strict for ultra subminiature
switches. Refer to the Precautions for individual models for details.
Quick-Connect Terminals
Use the specified receptacles to connect to quick-connect terminals. Do not apply excessive force horizontally or vertically to the
29
General Information
General Information
terminals, otherwise the terminal may be deformed or the housing
may be damaged.
Wiring Work
When wiring a switch, check the insulation distance between the
switch and the mounting plate. If the insulation distance is insufficient, use an insulation guard or separator. Be particularly careful
when mounting a switch to metal.
Use wire sizes suitable for the applied voltage and carrying current.
Do not wire a switch while power is being supplied.
Using Separators
If providing sufficient insulation distance is a problem or there are
metal components or copper wire near a switch, use a switch with
an insulation guard or use a separator (order separately) to provide
sufficient insulation distance.
Separator for Vj
Separator for SSj
Separator
Separator
Separator for Zj
Separator
Soldering Precautions
When soldering by hand, place the terminal horizontal to the
ground, use a soldering iron with a suitable heat capacity and a suitable amount of solder, and complete soldering quickly. Prevent flux
from entering a switch by exhausting flux gas with an exhaust fan
and by avoiding the contact of the tip of the soldering iron and the
switch body. Flux gas inside a switch may cause contact failure. Do
not apply any force to the terminal or wire immediately after soldering.
Tip of soldering
iron
Incorrect
Correct
When soldering automatically, adjust the amount of solder so that
flux does not float onto the top of PCB. If flux enters the switch, it can
cause contact failure.
30
Operation and Storage Environment
Handling
Do not apply oil, grease, or other lubricants to the sliding parts of a
switch. The intrusion of oil, grease, or other lubricants into the internal part may cause operating failure or contact failure.
Operating Environment
A general switch is not water-resistant. Protect the switch appropriately when using the switch in places with water or oil spray.
Do not use a switch under the condition where vibration or shock is
continuously applied to the switch. If continuous vibration or shock
is applied to a switch, contact failure, malfunction, or decrease in durability may be caused by abrasive powder generated from the internal parts. If excessive vibration or shock is applied to a switch, the
contacts may malfunction, stick, or be damaged.
Mount a switch in the location where vibration and shock is not applied to the switch and in the direction where they do not resonate.
Do not use a switch in the atmosphere of corrosive gas, such as
sulfuric gas (H2S or SO2), ammonium gas (NH3), nitric gas (HNO3),
or chlorine gas (Cl2), or in the atmosphere of high temperature and
humidity. Otherwise, contact failure or corrosion damage may result.
If a switch is used in the atmosphere of silicon gas, arc energy may
attract silicon dioxide (SiO2) to the contacts and contact failure may
result. If there is silicon oil, silicon sealant, a wire covered with silicon, or any other silicon-based product near the switch, attach a
contact protective circuit to suppress the arcing of the switch or eliminate the source of silicon gas generation. Even for a sealed switch,
it may not be possible to prevent all of the gas from penetrating the
seal rubber, and contact failure may result.
Be sure to use a switch at a temperature and humidity within the
specified ranges. If a switch is exposed to radical temperature changes or intense heat, the characteristics of the switch may change.
Separate the switch as far as possible from sources of heat to eliminate the influence.
Storage Environment
When storing a switch, consider countermeasures (e.g., storing in a
plastic bag) to prevent discoloration resulting from sulfidization of
terminals (silver-plated). Make sure that the location is free of corrosive gas or dust with no high temperature or humidity. It is recommended that a switch be inspected before use if it is stored for three
months or more after the production, depending on the location.
General Information
General Information
Switch Trouble and Corrective Action
Type
Failures
related
l t d tto
electrical
characteristics
Location
of failure
Contact
Failure
Contact
f il
failure
Possible cause
Dust and dirt on the contacts.
Water or other liquid has penetrated into a
switch.
Chemical substances have been generated
on the contact surface due to the
atmosphere containing chemical corrosive
gas.
Corrective action
Remove the cause of the p
problem,, p
place
th switch
the
it h in
i a box,
b
or use a sealed
l d
switch.
Use a switch having contacts with high
environmental resistivity (such as gold or
alloy contacts).
Chemical substances have been generated
on the contact surface when the switch
switches a very low load.
Solder flux has penetrated into the switch.
Review the soldering method or use a
sealed or flux-tight switch.
Silicon gas exists near the switch.
Remove the material generating gas, or
adjust contact capacity to prevent
formation of silicon compounds on the
contacts.
Malfunction
The contacts are separated from each other
by vibration or shock.
Use a switch having a high contact force
(generally a high OF).
Contact
welding
The load connected to the switch is too high.
Switch the load with a high-capacity relay
or magnetic relay or insert a contact
protection circuit.
Insulation
degradation
deg
ada o
(b i )
(burning)
Contacts have been melted and scattered
by arc.
Switch the load with a high-capacity relay
or magnetic relay.
Water has penetrated into the switch
because the switch has been used in an
extremely hot environment.
Remove the cause of the problem, place
the switch in a box, or use a sealed
switch.
Liquid has penetrated into the switch and
been carbonized by arc heat.
Failures
related to
mechanical
characteristics
h
t i ti
Actuator
Mounting
section
sec
o
Terminal
Operating
failure
The sliding part of the actuator has been
damaged because an excessive force was
applied on the actuator.
Make sure that no excessive force is
applied to the actuator, or use an auxiliary
actuator mechanically strong.
Foreign material like dust, dirt and oil has
penetrated into the switch.
Remove the cause of the problem or place
the switch in a box.
The actuator does not release because the
operating body is too heavy.
Use a switch having a higher OF.
The switch is loosely installed and thus does
not operate even when the actuator is at the
rated OP.
Secure the switch.
Low
d bilit
durability
The shape of the dog or cam is improper.
Change the design of the dog or cam.
The operating method is improper.
The operating speed is too high.
Review the operating stroke and operating
speed.
Damage
A shock has been applied to the actuator.
Remove the cause of problem or use a
switch mechanically strong.
The caulked part is not good enough or the
assembled condition is poor.
Replace the switch with a new one.
Deformation or drop-out
Actuator was subjected to an excessive
force and force from an inappropriate
direction.
Review the handling and operating
method.
Screws have not been inserted straight.
Check and correct screw insertion
method.
The mounting screws were tightened with
too much torque.
Tighten the screws with an appropriate
torque.
The mounting pitch is wrong.
Correct the pitch.
The switch is not installed on a flat surface.
Install the switch on a flat surface.
An excessive force was applied to the
terminal while being wired.
Do not apply an excessive force.
The plastic part has been deformed by
soldering heat.
Reduce the soldering time or soldering
temperature. (Refer to the information
given under Precautions for that model.)
Damage
Damage
31
General-purpose Basic Switch
Z
Best-selling Basic Switch Boasting High
Precision and Wide Variety
• A large switching capacity of 15 A with high repeat accuracy.
• A wide range of variations in contact form for your selection: basic, split-contact, maintained-contact, and adjustable contact gap types.
• A series of standard models for micro loads is available.
• A series of molded terminal-type models incorporating
safety terminal protective cover is available.
Model Number Structure
■ Configuration
Refer to page 34.
General-purpose
Basic models
Drip-proof
Without terminal protective cover
With terminal protective cover
Molded terminal
Refer to individual datasheets.
(Contact your OMRON representative).
Refer to individual datasheets.
(Contact your OMRON representative).
Refer to page 36.
Split-contact models
General-purpose
Refer to page 35.
Maintained-contact models
General-purpose
Refer to page 36.
Basic Models
Split-contact Models
General-purpose
This type is identical in construction to the general-purpose basic
switch except that it has two pairs of simultaneous acting contacts
by splitting moving contacts.
A variety of actuators is available for a wide range of application.
The contact mechanism of models for micro loads is a crossbar
type with gold-alloy contacts, which ensures highly reliable operations for micro loads.
Contact Gap:
H2: 0.15 mm (extra-high-sensitivity)
H: 0.25 mm (high-sensitivity, micro voltage current load)
G: 0.5 mm (standard)
E:
1.8 mm (high-capacity)
F:
1.0 mm (split-contact models)
Drip-proof Models
These Switches use a rubber boot on the actuator and adhesive
fill between the case and cover to increase resistance to drips.
Models with drip-proof terminal protective covers and molded terminals with resin filling are also available.
32
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Since the moving contacts are connected to a common terminal,
either parallel or series connection is possible.
Highly reliable micro load switching is ensured if the model is
used as a twin-contact switch.
Maintained-contact Models
The maintained-contact type has a reset button at the bottom of
the switch case, in addition to the pushbutton (plunger) located on
the opposite side of the reset button. Use these buttons alternately.
Since the Switch has greater pretravel than overtravel, it is suitable for use in reversible control circuits, manual reset circuits,
safety limit circuits, and other circuits which are not preferable for
automatic resetting. (For further details, refer to individual
datasheets.)
■ Model Number Legend
Basic Models
Z-@@@@-@
1 2 3 4
5
1. Ratings
01: 0.1 A (for micro load)
15: 15 A
2. Contact Gap
H2: 0.15 (extra-high-sensitivity)
H:
0.25 mm (high-sensitivity, micro load)
G:
0.5 mm (standard)
E:
1.8 mm (high-capacity)
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
S:
Slim spring plunger
D:
Short spring plunger
K:
Spring plunger (medium OP)
K3:
Spring plunger (high OP)
Q3:
Panel mount plunger (low OP)
Q:
Panel mount plunger (medium OP)
Q8:
Panel mount plunger (high OP)
Q22:
Panel mount roller plunger
Q21:
Panel mount cross roller plunger
L:
Leaf spring (high OF)
L2:
Roller leaf spring
W21:
Short hinge lever
W:
Hinge lever (low OF)
W3:
Hinge lever (medium OF)
W32:
Hinge lever (high OF)
W4:
Low-force hinge lever
W44:
Long hinge lever
W78:
Low-force wire hinge lever (low OF)
W52:
Low-force wire hinge lever (high OF)
W22:
Short hinge roller lever
W2:
Hinge roller lever
W25:
Hinge roller lever (large roller)
W49:
Short hinge cross roller lever
W54:
Hinge cross roller lever
W2277: Unidirectional short hinge roller lever (Low OF)
M:
Reverse hinge lever
M22:
Reverse short hinge roller lever
M2:
Reverse hinge roller lever
NJ:
Flexible rod (high OF)
NJS:
Flexible rod (low OF)
4. Degree of Protection
None: General-purpose
55: Drip-proof
A55: Drip-proof (including the terminals)
5. Terminals
None: Solder terminal
B:
Screw terminal (with toothed washer)
B5V: Screw terminal with terminal cover (for Z-15G@A55 only)
Note: For combinations of models, refer to the following pages.
Standard Models (Drip-proof Type/
Molded Terminals)
Z-@55-M@@ @M
1
2 3 4
1. Drip-proof Type
2. Lead Outlets
None: VSF
19: VCT
3. Directions of Lead Outlets (See following diagrams.)
L:
Left
R:
Right
D:
Descending
D Type
L Type
R Type
4. Length of Lead Outlets
1:
1m
3:
3m
Split-contact Models
Z-10F@Y-B
1 2 3 4
5
1. Ratings
10: 10 A
2. Contact Gap
F:
1 mm (high-capacity)
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
S:
Slim spring plunger
D:
Short spring plunger
Q:
Panel mount plunger
Q22: Panel mount roller plunger
W:
Hinge lever
W22: Short hinge roller lever
W2: Hinge roller lever
M22: Reverse short hinge roller lever
4. Construction
Y:
Split-contact models
5. Terminals
None: Solder terminal
B:
Screw terminal (with toothed washer)
Maintained-contact Models
Z-15-E@R
1
2 3 4
1. Ratings
15: 15 A
2. Contact Gap
E:
1.8 mm (High capacity)
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
S:
Slim spring plunger
W:
Hinge lever
4. Structure
R:
Maintained-contact models
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
33
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Basic Models (General-purpose)
Actuator
Standard
High-sensitivity
G (0.5 mm)
Solder terminal Z-15G
Pin plunger
Slim spring plunger
Short spring
plunger
Low OP
Panel mount
plunger
High-capacity
H (0.25 mm)
Z-15H
E (1.8 mm)
Z-15E
Micro load
H (0.25 mm)
Z-01H
Extra-highsensitivity
H2 (0.15 mm)
Z-15H2
Screw terminal Z-15G-B
Z-15H-B
Z-15E-B
Z-01H-B
Z-15H2-B
Solder terminal Z-15GS
Z-15HS
---
Z-01HS
---
Screw terminal Z-15GS-B
Z-15HS-B
---
Z-01HS-B
---
Solder terminal Z-15GD
Z-15HD
Z-15ED
Z-01HD
---
Screw terminal Z-15GD-B
Z-15HD-B
Z-15ED-B
Z-01HD-B
---
Solder terminal Z-15GQ3
---
---
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GQ3-B
Medium
OP
Solder terminal Z-15GQ
Z-15HQ
Z-15EQ
Z-01HQ
---
Screw terminal Z-15GQ-B
Z-15HQ-B
Z-15EQ-B
Z-01HQ-B
---
High OP
Solder terminal Z-15GQ8
---
---
---
-----
Screw terminal Z-15GQ8-B
Panel mount roller
plunger
Solder terminal Z-15GQ22
Z-15HQ22
Z-15EQ22
---
Screw terminal Z-15GQ22-B
Z-15HQ22-B
Z-15EQ22-B
---
---
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
Solder terminal Z-15GQ21
Z-15HQ21
Z-15EQ21
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GQ21-B
Z-15HQ21-B
Z-15EQ21-B
Leaf spring
Solder terminal Z-15GL
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Solder terminal Z-15GW
Z-15HW
---
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW-B
Z-15HW-B
---
---
---
Medium
OF
Solder terminal Z-15GW3
---
---
---
---
High OF
Solder terminal Z-15GW32
---
---
---
---
Solder terminal Z-15GW4
Z-15HW24
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW4-B
Z-15HW24-B
---
Solder terminal ---
Z-15HW78
---
Screw terminal
Z-15HW78-B
---
Solder terminal ---
Z-15HW52
---
Screw terminal
Z-15HW52-B
---
Solder terminal Z-15GW22
Z-15HW22
Z-15EW22
Z-01HW22
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW22-B
Z-15HW22-B
Z-15EW22-B
Z-01HW22-B
---
Solder terminal Z-15GW49
---
---
---
---
Solder terminal Z-15GW2
Z-15HW2
---
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW2-B
Z-15HW2-B
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GL-B
Solder terminal Z-15GL2
Roller leaf spring
Screw terminal Z-15GL2-B
Solder terminal Z-15GW21
Short hinge lever
Screw terminal Z-15GW21-B
Low OF
Hinge lever
Screw terminal Z-15GW3-B
Screw terminal Z-15GW32-B
Low-force hinge lever
Low-force wire
hinge lever
Low OF
High OF
Short hinge roller lever
Short hinge cross
roller lever
Hinge roller
lever
Standard
---
---
---
---
-----
Screw terminal Z-15GW49-B
Large roll- Solder terminal Z-15GW25
er
Screw terminal Z-15GW25-B
34
-----
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Actuator
Standard
High-sensitivity
G (0.5 mm)
Hinge cross
roller lever
Solder terminal Z-15GW54
Unidirectional short
hinge roller lever
Solder terminal Z-15GW2277
Reverse hinge lever
(see note)
Solder terminal Z-15GM
Reverse short hinge
roller lever (see note)
Solder terminal Z-15GM22
Reverse hinge roller lever
(see note)
Solder terminal Z-15GM2
High-capacity
H (0.25 mm)
E (1.8 mm)
Micro load
H (0.25 mm)
Extra-highsensitivity
H2 (0.15 mm)
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW54-B
Screw terminal Z-15GW2277-B
Screw terminal Z-15GM-B
Screw terminal Z-15GM22-B
Screw terminal Z-15GM2-B
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin
plungers are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers
are normally pressed.
Minimum Order Lot
The following models are available at the minimum order lot specified below. Orders must be placed per lot.
Actuator
Standard
High-sensitivity
G (0.5 mm)
H (0.25 mm)
Short spring plunger
Z-15GD-B
---
Panel mount plunger
Z-15GQ
Z-15GQ-B
Z-15GQ8-B
---
Panel mount roller plunger
Z-15GQ22
Z-15GQ22-B
---
Panel mount cross roller plunger
Z-15GQ21-B
---
Short hinge lever
Z-15GW21-B
---
Hinge lever
Z-15GW
Z-15GW-B
---
Low-force hinge lever
Z-15GW4-B
Z-15HW24-B
Low-force hinge wire lever
---
Z-15HW78-B
Short hinge roller lever
Z-15GW22
Z-15GW22-B
---
Hinge roller lever
Z-15GW2
Z-15GW2-B
---
Reverse short hinge roller lever
Z-15GM22-B
---
Reverse hinge roller lever
Z-15GM2-B
---
Minimum order lot (pcs)
10
Split-contact Models
Actuator
F (1.0 mm)
Solder terminal ---
Pin plunger
Screw terminal Z-10FY-B
Solder terminal ---
Slim spring plunger
Screw terminal Z-10FSY-B
Solder terminal ---
Short spring plunger
Screw terminal Z-10FDY-B
Panel mount plunger
Medium OP
Solder terminal --Screw terminal Z-10FQY-B
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
35
Actuator
F (1.0 mm)
Solder terminal ---
Panel mount roller
plunger
Screw terminal Z-10FQ22Y-B
Low OP
Hinge lever
Solder terminal --Screw terminal Z-10FWY-B
Short hinge roller
lever
Solder terminal ---
Hinge roller lever
Solder terminal ---
Screw terminal Z-10FW22Y-B
Screw terminal Z-10FW2Y-B
Solder terminal ---
Reverse short
hinge roller lever
Screw terminal Z-10FM22Y-B
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin
plungers are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers
are normally pressed.
Maintained-contact Models
Actuator
Maintained-contact model
Pin plunger
Z-15ER
Slim spring plunger
Z-15ESR
Hinge lever
Z-15EWR
Basic Models (Drip-proof Models)
Actuator
Basic model (drip-proof)
Standard
Micro load
G (0.5 mm)
H (0.25 mm)
Without drip-proof
terminal protective cover
Pin plunger
Short spring plunger
With drip-proof
terminal protective
cover
Solder terminal Z-15G55
---
Z-01H55
Screw terminal Z-15G55-B
Z-15GA55-B5V
Z-01H55-B
Solder terminal Z-15GD55
---
Screw terminal Z-15GD55-B
Spring plunger
Without drip-proof
terminal protective cover
Medium OP Solder terminal Z-15GK55
Z-01HD55
Z-01HD55-B
---
---
Solder terminal Z-15GK355
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GK355-B
Z-15GK3A55-B5V
Screw terminal Z-15GK55-B
HIgh OP
Medium OP Solder terminal Z-15GQ55
Panel mount
plunger
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GQ55-B
Z-15GQA55-B5V
Panel mount
roller plunger
Solder terminal Z-15GQ2255
---
Screw terminal Z-15GQ2255-B
Z-15GQ22A55-B5V
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
Solder terminal ---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GQ2155-B
Z-15GQ21A55-B5V
Leaf spring
Solder terminal Z-15GL55
---
---
---
---
---
---
Solder terminal Z-15GW4455
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW4455-B
Z-15GW44A55-B5V
-----
Screw terminal Z-15GL55-B
Roller leaf spring
Solder terminal Z-15GL255
Screw terminal Z-15GL255-B
Short hinge lever
Solder terminal Z-15GW2155
Screw terminal Z-15GW2155-B
Long hinge lever
Hinge lever
Short hinge
roller lever
36
Solder terminal Z-15GW55
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW55-B
Z-15GWA55-B5V
Solder terminal Z-15GW2255
---
Z-01HW2255
Screw terminal Z-15GW2255-B
Z-15GW22A55-B5V
Z-01HW2255-B
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
---
Actuator
Basic model (drip-proof)
Standard
Micro load
G (0.5 mm)
H (0.25 mm)
Without drip-proof
terminal protective cover
Without drip-proof
terminal protective cover
Solder terminal Z-15GW255
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW255-B
Z-15GW2A55-B5V
Unidirectional short
hinge roller lever
Solder terminal Z-15GW227755
---
Screw terminal Z-15GW227755-B
Z-15GW2277A55-B5V
Reverse hinge lever
(see note 1)
Solder terminal Z-15GM55
---
---
Reverse short hinge
roller lever (see note 1)
Solder terminal Z-15GM2255
---
---
Reverse hinge roller
lever (see note 1)
Solder terminal Z-15GM255
---
---
Flexible rod (coil spring)
(see note 2)
Solder terminal Z-15GNJ55
---
---
Hinge roller lever
Parallel
With drip-proof
terminal protective
cover
---
---
Screw terminal Z-15GM55-B
Screw terminal Z-15GM2255-B
Screw terminal Z-15GM255-B
Screw terminal Z-15GNJ55-B
Note: 1. The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the
pin plungers are freed by operating the levers.
2. The tip is made of resin.
Minimum Order Lot
The following models are available at the minimum order lot specified below. Orders must be placed per lot.
Actuator
Standard
High-sensitivity
G (0.5 mm)
H (0.25 mm)
Short spring plunger
Z-15GD55-B
---
---
Spring plunger
Z-15GK55-B
---
---
Hinge lever
Z-15GW4455-B
Z-15GW55
Z-15GW55-B
---
---
Short hinge roller lever
Z-15GW2255
Z-15GW2255-B
---
---
Hinge roller lever
Z-15GW255-B
---
---
Flexible rod (coil spring)
Z-15GNJ55-B
---
---
Flexible rod (steel wire)
---
---
Z-15HNJS55-B
Minimum order lot
10
Basic Models (Drip-proof High-sensitivity Models)
Actuator
High-sensitivity
H (0.25 mm)
Flexible rod (steel wire)
Solder terminal Z-15HNJS55
Screw terminal Z-15HNJS55-B
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
37
Specifications
■ Approved Standards
Agency
Standard
UL
File No.
UL508
E41515
CSA
CSA C22.2 No. 55
LR21642
TÜV Rheinland
EN61058-1
R9451585
■ Approved Standard Ratings
UL508 (File No. E41515)
CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
Z-15
Z-10F
TÜV (EN61058-1)
Rated voltage
Z-01H
125 VAC
15 A 1/8 HP
6 A 1/10 HP
0.1 A
250 VAC
15 A 1/4 HP
6 A 1/8 HP
---
480 VAC
15 A
6A
---
30 VDC
---
---
0.1 A
125 VDC
0.5 A
0.6 A
---
250 VDC
0.25 A
0.3 A
---
Z-15H@-B
Z-15G@-B
Z-01H@-B
250 VAC
15 A
15 A
---
125 VAC
---
---
0.1 A
30 VDC
---
---
0.1 A
Note: Z-15H2 Series models are not approved.
Note: Consult with OMRON about approved part numbers by standards.
■ Ratings
Z-15 (Except Micro Load and Flexible Rod Models)
Item
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
Model
Rated voltage
NC
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
G, H, E
125 VAC
250 VAC
500 VAC
15 (10) A (see note)
15 (10) A (see note)
10 A
3A
2.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.25 A
0.75 A
15 (10) A (see note)
15 (10) A (see note)
6A
5A
3A
1.5 A
2.5 A
1.5 A
0.75 A
G
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
15 A
15 A
6A
0.5 A
0.25 A
3A
3A
3A
0.5 A
0.25 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
0.5 A
0.25 A
15 A
10 A
5A
0.05 A
0.03 A
5A
5A
5A
0.05 A
0.03 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
0.05 A
0.03 A
H
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
15 A
15 A
2A
0.4 A
0.2 A
3A
3A
2A
0.4 A
0.2 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.4 A
0.4 A
0.2 A
15 A
10 A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
5A
5A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
E
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
15 A
15 A
15 A
0.75 A
0.3 A
3A
3A
3A
0.75 A
0.3 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
0.75 A
0.3 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
0.4 A
0.2 A
5A
5A
5A
0.4 A
0.2 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
0.4 A
0.2 A
Note: Figures in parentheses are for the Z-15HW52 and Z-15HW78(-B) models, the AC ratings of these models are 125 and 250 V only.
Z-15 (Flexible Rod Models)
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
NO
Motor load
NC
NO
125 VAC
250 VAC
15 A
2A
1A
1A
0.5 A
7A
5A
2.5 A
1.5 A
2A
1A
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
15 A
15 A
2A
0.4 A
0.2 A
2A
2A
2A
0.4 A
0.2 A
1A
1A
1A
0.4 A
0.2 A
7A
7A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
3A
3A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
0.5 A
0.03 A
0.02 A
38
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Z-15H2
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
250 VAC
10 A
3A
2.5 A
1.5 A
1.25 A
10 A
5A
3A
2.5 A
1.5 A
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
15 A
15 A
2A
0.4 A
0.2 A
3A
3A
2A
0.4 A
0.2 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.4 A
0.4 A
0.2 A
15 A
10 A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
5A
5A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
1A
0.03 A
0.02 A
Z-01H
Rated voltage
Resistive load
NC
125 VAC
0.1 A
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
NO
Z-10F
Model
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Series
connection
Parallel
connection
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
NO
Inductive load
Lamp load
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
250 VAC
10 A
10 A
4A
2.5 A
2A
1.5 A
6A
5A
3A
2.5 A
1.5 A
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
10 A
1A
0.6 A
4A
1A
0.6 A
2A
1A
0.6 A
6A
0.1 A
0.05 A
6A
0.1 A
0.05 A
3A
0.1 A
0.05 A
125 VAC
250 VAC
6A
6A
3A
2.5 A
1.5 A
1.25 A
4A
4A
4A
2A
2A
1A
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
6A
0.6 A
0.3 A
4A
0.6 A
0.3 A
2A
0.6 A
0.3 A
4A
0.1 A
0.05 A
6A
0.1 A
0.05 A
3A
0.1 A
0.05 A
The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current.
Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
The normally closed and normally open ratings of reverse hinge lever models are opposite to each other.
The AC ratings of molded terminals are 125 and 250 V only.
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
39
■ Characteristics
Item
Basic
(except micro
load and flexible
rod)/ maintained
contact
Z-15
Basic
(micro load)
Z-01H
Basic
(flexible rod)
Z-15
Split-contact
Z-10F
Operating speed
(see note)
0.01 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1)
1 mm to 1 m/s
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 240 operations/min
Electrical:
20 operations/min
Mechanical: 120 operations/min
Electrical:
20 operations/min
Mechanical: 240 operations/min
Electrical:
20 operations/min
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
15 mΩ max. (initial 50 mΩ max. (initial 15 mΩ max. (initial value)
value)
value)
Dielectric strength
Between contacts of same polarity
Contact gap G:
1,000 VAC, 50/60
Hz for 1 min
Contact gap H, H2: 600 VAC, 50/60 Hz
for 1 min
Contact gap E:
1,500 VAC, 50/60
Hz for 1 min
Between current-carrying metal parts
and ground, and between each terminal
and non-current-carrying metal parts
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm dou- Malfunction: 10 to 20 Hz, 1.5-mm
ble amplitude (see note 5)
double amplitude (see note 5)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm
double amplitude (see note 5)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 max.
(see note 2, 5)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 max.
(see note 3, 5)
Durability
Mechanical:
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min.
Contact gap G, H, H2: 20,000,000 operations min.
Electrical:
100,000 operations
(see note 4)
min.
Contact gap E:
300,000 operations
Electrical:
Contact gap G, H, H2: 500,000 operations min.
Contact gap E:
100,000 operations min.
Degree of protection
General-purpose: IP00
Drip-proof:
Equivalent to IP62
Between contacts of same polarity
Contact gap G: 1,000 VAC, 50/
60 Hz for 1 min
Contact gap H: 600 VAC, 50/
60 Hz for 1 min
Between current-carrying metal
parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 50 m/s2 max.
(see note 5)
25 mΩ max. (initial value)
Between contacts of same polarity
Contact gap F: 1,500 VAC, 50/
60 Hz for 1 min
Between current-carrying metal
parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min
Mechanical: 500,000 operations
min. (see note 1)
Electrical:
100,000 operations
min.
Degree of protection
Class I
against electric shock
Proof tracking index
(PTI)
175
Switch category
D (IEC335-1)
Ambient temperature
Operating:
General-purpose: −25°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Drip-proof:
−15°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity
Operating:
General-purpose: 35% to 85%
Drip-proof:
35% to 95%
Weight
Approx. 22 to 58 g
Approx. 42 to 48 g
Approx. 34 to 61 g
Note: 1. The values are for the plunger models. (For the lever models, the values are at the plunger section.) (Consult your OMRON representative for other models.)
2. The values are for the Z-15G pin plunger.
3. The values are for the Z-10FY-B.
4. The values are for the pin plunger. The durability for models other than the pin plunger is 10,000,000 min.
5. Malfunction: 1 ms max.
40
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
■ Contacts Specification
Item
Z-15
Rivet
Z-01H
Z-10F
Contacts
Shape
Single crossbar
Rivet
Material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Silver alloy
Inrush current
NC
30 A max.
0.1 A max.
40 A max.
NO
15 A max.
0.1 A max.
20 A max.
■ Contact Form
Basic Models
Split-contact Models
General-purpose
Contact Form (Split-contact)
Contact Form (SPDT)
NC
NO
COM
COM
NC
NO
Note: The Z-15GM is a reversible model and the NO and
NC positions are reversed.
NC
NO
Note: The NO and NC terminal arrangement is reversed for Models with reverse operation (Z-10FM).
Connection Example
Series Connection
Parallel Connection
L
L
L
L
L
L
Maintained-contact Models
Contact Form (Maintained-contact)
COM
NC
NO
Pushbutton for resetting
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
41
Engineering Data
■ Mechanical Durability
Z-15G
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 240 operations/min
30
20
10
7
5
3
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min.
Durability (x106 operations)
Durability (x106 operations)
Z-15G
100
70
50
■ Electrical Durability
125 VAC cosφ = 1
125 VAC cosφ = 0.4
10
250 VAC cosφ = 1
250 VAC
cosφ = 0.4
5
1
0.5
2
1
500 VAC cosφ = 1
500 VAC cosφ = 0.4
0.1
0
0.1 0.2
0.3 0.4
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
0
Overtravel (mm)
■ Drip-proof Construction
Without Terminal Protective Cover
Fixed contact (b)
Movable spring
Glued surface
(adhesive is
filled between
case and cover)
Movable contact
Spring pivot
Fixed contact (a)
With Terminal Protective Cover
Rubber boot (weather-resistive
chloroprene is used)
Stainless-steel stopper
(improves sealing)
Rubber packing (improves
sealing between switch
housing and terminal cover)
42
4
6
8
10
12
Switching Current (A)
Nomenclature
Rubber boot
2
Terminal protective covers are sold separately
for maintenance purposes, which can be, however, used with the Z-@-B5V models only.
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
14
16
Dimensions
Note: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all units are in millimeters.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
■ Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Basic Models (General-purpose) & Split-contact Models
The models, illustrations, and graphics are for screw-terminal models (-B). The “-A” at the end of the model number for solder terminal models has been omitted. For details of the terminals, refer to Terminals on page 59.
Pin Plunger
2.3 dia.
23.3±0.25 4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
PT
Z-15G-B, Z-15E-B
Z-15H-B, Z-15H2-B
Z-01H-B, Z-10FY-B
2.3SR (see note)
OP
24.2
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
49.2
Z-15G-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
0.4 mm
0.13 mm
0.05 mm
OP
15.9±0.4 mm
Z-15H-B
Note: Stainless-steel plunger
Z-15H2-B
1.96 to 2.75 N
1.12 N
0.3 mm
0.13 mm
0.025 mm
Slim Spring Plunger
11.9
Z-15E-B
1.96 to 2.5 N
1.12 N
0.3 mm
0.1 mm
0.005 to 0.008 mm
(see
note)
Z-15GS-B, Z-15HS-B,
Z-01HS-B, Z-10FSY-B
2.45 N max.
0.78 N
0.5 mm
0.13 mm
0.04 mm
Z-10FY-B
4.46 to 7.26 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
0.13 mm
0.1 mm
5.2 dia.
23.3±0.25
PT
Z-01H-B
6.12 to 7.85 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
0.13 mm
0.13 mm
4 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia.
hole
OP
9 dia.
24.2
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
Note: Stainless-steel plunger
(flat, 1R chamfered)
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
49.2
11.9
Z-15GS-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
0.4 mm
1.6 mm
0.05 mm
OP
28.2±0.5 mm
Short Spring Plunger
Z-15GD-B, Z-01HD-B
Z-15HD-B, Z-10FDY-B
Z-15ED-B
Z-15HS-B
1.96 to 2.79 N
1.12 N
0.3 mm
1.6 mm
0.025 mm
PT
Z-10FSY-B
4.46 to 7.26 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
1.6 mm
0.1 mm
12.3 dia.
10 dia.
23.3±0.25
12SR
(see
note)
Z-01HS
2.45 N max.
0.78 N
0.5 mm
1.6 mm
0.05 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia.
hole
7.15 dia.
OP
24.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
Note: Plated iron plunger
9.2
+0.1
dia.
4.36−0.05
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Z-15GD-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
0.4 mm
1.6 mm
0.05 mm
OP
21.5±0.5 mm
Z-15HD-B
1.96 to 2.79 N
1.12 N
0.3 mm
1.6 mm
0.025 mm
Z-15ED-B
6.13 to 7.85 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
1.6 mm
0.13 mm
Z-01HD-B
2.45 N max.
0.78 N
0.5 mm
1.6 mm
0.05 mm
Z-10FDY-B
4.46 to 7.26 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
1.6 mm
0.1 mm
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
43
Panel Mount Plunger
23.3±0.25
8.35 dia.
11.9SR
(see
note 1)
PT
Z-15GQ-B, Z-01HQ-B
Z-15HQ-B, Z-10FQY-B
Z-15EQ-B
M12 × 1 mounting screw
Two hexagonal nuts (2 t × 14
width across flats)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
OP
13.1
Two lock nuts (2 t × 15.6 width across flats)
(See
16.3 note 2)
16 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025
9.2
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
Note: 1. Stainless-steel plunger
2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
11.9
49.2
Z-15GQ3-B
23.3±0.25
8.35 dia.
11.9SR
(see
note 1)
PT
Two hexagonal nuts (2 t × 14
width across flats)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
OP
13.1
M12 × 1
mounting screw
Two lock nuts (2 t × 15.6 width across flats)
(See
16.3 note 2)
16 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025
9.2
+0.1
dia.
4.36−0.05
25.4±0.1
Note: 1. Stainless-steel plunger
2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
17.45±0.2
11.9
49.2
Z-15GQ8-B
23.3±0.25
8SR
(see
note
1)
PT
OP
Two hexagonal nuts (2 t × 14
width across flats)
Two lock nuts (2 t × 15.6 width across flats)
(See
note 2)
16 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
M3 × 10 (depth)
M12 × 1
mounting screw
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
13.1
16.3
8.35 dia.
9.2
dia.
Note: 1. Plated brass plunger
2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Z-15GQ-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
0.4 mm
5.5 mm
0.05 mm
OP
21.8±0.8 mm
Z-15HQ-B
1.96 to 2.79 N
1.12 N
0.3 mm
5.5 mm
0.025 mm
Z-15EQ-B
6.13 to 7.85 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
5.5 mm
0.13 mm
Z-01HQ-B
2.45 N max.
0.78 N
0.5 mm
5.5 mm
0.05 mm
Z-10FQY-B
Z-15GQ3-B
Z-15GQ8-B
4.46 to 7.26 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
5.5 mm
0.1 mm
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
4.2 mm
2.5 mm
2.2 mm
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
0.5 mm
5.5 mm
0.05 mm
18.8±0.8 mm
32.5±1 mm
Note: 1. Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or excessive pulling force will be imposed on
the Switch and the case and cover may be damaged.
2. On the model Z-15GQ3-B, PT can be set to a value larger than that for the Z-15GQ.
3. On the model Z-15GQ8-B, operating position can be adjusted by providing a screw in the plunger section.
The M3 hole with a depth of 10 mm is a through hole. Take precautions so that no water or screw lock agent penetrates into the
hole.
44
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
Z-15GQ22-B, Z-15EQ22-B
Z-15HQ22-B, Z-10FQ22Y-B
23.3±0.25
PT
OP
12.7 dia. × 4.8 (stainless-steel roller)
Two hexagonal nuts (3 t × 17
width across flats)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
M12 × 1 mounting screw
15.5
(See
16.3 note)
16 dia.
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
dia.
4.36−0.05
Note: Imperfect screw part with a
maximum length of 1.5 mm.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Z-15GQ22-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
0.4 mm
3.58 mm
0.05 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
Z-15HQ22-B
1.96 to 2.79 N
1.12 N
0.3 mm
3.58 mm
0.025 mm
Z-15EQ22-B
6.13 to 7.85 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
3.58 mm
0.13 mm
Z-10FQ22Y-B
4.46 to 7.26 N
1.12 N
1 mm
3.55 mm
0.1 mm
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger
Z-15GQ21-B, Z-15HQ21-B,
Z-15EQ21-B
12.7 dia. × 4.8 (stainless-steel roller)
23.3±0.25
PT
Two hexagonal nuts (3 t × 17
width across flats)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
OP
M12 × 1 mounting screw
15.5
(See
16.3 note)
16 dia.
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
Note: Imperfect screw part with a
maximum length of 1.5 mm.
17.45±0.2
11.9
Z-15GQ21-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 3.43 N
1.12 N
0.4 mm
3.58 mm
0.05 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
Z-15HQ21-B
1.96 to 2.79 N
1.12 N
0.3 mm
3.58 mm
0.025 mm
Z-15EQ21-B
6.13 to 7.85 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
3.58 mm
0.13 mm
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
45
Leaf Spring
t = 0.3 (stainless-steel spring lever)
Z-15GL-B
4.8
49.6±0.8
FP
OP
23.9
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
4.2+0.075
−0.025
dia. hole
dia.
Z-15GL2-B
FP
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
OP
23.9
20.6 mm
17.4±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.38 N
0.14 N
1.6 mm (see note)
1.3 mm
FP max.
OP
31.8 mm
28.6±0.8 mm
Note: When operating, be sure not to
exceed 1.6 mm.
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
FP max.
OP
17.45±0.2
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic toller)
46±0.8
t = 0.3
(see note)
1.38 N
0.14 N
1.6 mm (see note)
1.3 mm
Note: When operating, be sure not to
exceed 1.6 mm.
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Roller Leaf Spring
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
11.9
Note: Stainless-steel spring lever
49.2
Short Hinge Lever
26.2
Z-15GW21-B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
4.9
28.2R
OP
13.9
20.2 16.9
FP
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.2+0.075
−0.025
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.57 N
0.27 N
2 mm
1 mm
FP max.
OP
24.8 mm
19±0.8 mm
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Hinge Lever
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GW-B, Z-15GW32-B
Z-15HW-B, Z-10FWY-B
Z-15GW3-B (Lever Length: 56R)
(see note)
26.2
20.2
4.9
63.5R
16.9
13.9
OP
FP
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
9.2
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
11.9
49.2
Note: The external dimensions of the actuator vary.
Z-15GW-B
Z-15HW-B
Z-15GW32-B
Z-10FWY-B
Z-15GW3-B
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
0.69 N
0.14 N
5.6 mm
1.27 mm
0.66 N
0.14 N
5.6 mm
0.63 mm
1.47 to 1.96 N
0.92 N
5.6 mm
1.27 mm
0.88 N
0.14 N
5.6 mm
2.4 mm
0.78 N
0.15 N
4.8 mm
1.12 mm
FP max.
28.2 mm
27.4 mm
28.2 mm
29.8 mm
27.2 mm
OP
19±0.8 mm
46
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Low-force Hinge Lever
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GW4-B
4.9
63.5R
26.2
PT
20.2
16.9
OP
13.9
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.2+0.075
−0.025
9.2
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
274 mN
34.3 mN
10 mm
5.6 mm
1.27 mm
OP
19±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
58.8 mN
4.90 mN
19.8 mm
10 mm
2 mm
OP
19.8±1.6 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
58.8 mN
4.90 mN
8.3 mm
5.6 mm
0.65 mm
OP
19±1 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
39.2 mN
2.94 mN
10 mm
6 mm
3 mm
OP
20±1 mm
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
49.2
11.9
Z-15HW24-B
t = 0.8 (stainless-steel lever)
5
120R
26.2
2
PT
20.2
16.9
13.9
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
OP
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
17.45±0.2
11.9
Low-force Wire Hinge Lever
1 dia. (stainless-steel wire lever)
Z-15HW52-B
3 max.
63.5R
26.2
PT
20.2
16.9
OP
13.9
4.2+0.075
−0.025
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
49.2
11.9
Z-15HW78-B
1 dia. (stainless-steel wire lever)
3 max.
26.2
110R
PT
OP
20.2 16.9
Note: The AC rating is 10 A at 125 or13.9
250 V.
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
dia.
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
17.45±0.2
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
47
Short Hinge Roller Lever
Z-15GW22-B, Z-01HW22-B
t=1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15HW22-B, Z-10FW22Y-B (see note)
Z-15EW22-B, Z-15GW2-B
Z-15HW2-B (see note), Z-10FW2Y-B (see note)
(Lever Length: 48.5R) (see note)
9.5 dia. × 4
(plastic roller)
26.6R
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
Note: The external dimensions of the actuator vary.
Z-15GW22-B Z-15HW22-B Z-15EW22-B
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.57 N
0.41 N
2.4 mm
0.5 mm
FP max.
OP
32.5 mm
30.2±0.4 mm
1.47 N
0.41 N
2.4 mm
0.45 mm
Z-01HW22-B
Z-10FW22Y-B
Z-15GW2-B
1.57 N
0.27 N
2.4 mm
0.5 mm
2.45 N
0.34 N
2.4 mm
1 mm
0.98 N
0.22 N
4 mm
1.02 mm
35.1 mm
30.2±0.4 mm
32.5 mm
30.2±0.4 mm
34.8 mm
30.2±0.4 mm
36.5 mm
30.2±0.8 mm
Short Hinge Cross Roller Lever
Z-15GW49-B
T=1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GW54-B (Lever Length: 48.7R)
(see note)
9.5 dia. × 4
(plastic roller)
27.1R
Z-15HW2-B
0.84 N
0.22 N
4 mm
0.6 mm
1.94 N
0.41 N
2.4 mm
1.3 mm
Model
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
Z-10FW2Y-B
1.27 N
0.22 N
4 mm
2 mm
37.4 mm
30.2±0.8 mm
Z-15GW49-B Z-15GW54-B
1.67 N
0.41 N
2.4 mm
0.51 mm
0.98 N
0.22 N
4 mm
1 mm
FP max. 33.3 mm
37.3 mm
OP
31±0.4 mm 31±0.8 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
Note: The external dimensions of the actuator vary.
Z-15GW25-B
2R
26.2
t=1
(stainlesssteel lever)
20 dia. × 4
(plastic roller)
50R
FP
OP
20.2
16.9
13.9
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
dia. hole
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
48
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
0.98 N
0.21 N
4 mm
1.6 mm
FP max.
OP
47.5 mm
41.2±0.8 mm
Unidirectional Short Hinge Roller Lever
Z-15GW2277-B
9.5 dia. × 4
(plastic roller)
Operating direction
t=1
(stainlesssteel lever)
26.2
31.9R
34.1 max.
11.1R
FP
OP
20.2
16.9
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.67 N
0.41 N
2.4 mm
0.51 mm
FP max.
OP
43.6 mm
41.3±0.8 mm
13.9
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Reverse Hinge Lever
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin plungers
are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers are normally
pressed.
Z-15GM-B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
18.65
20.2
4.9
56R
FP
17.4
OP
13.9
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.67 N
0.27 N
5.6 mm
0.89 mm
FP max.
OP
23.8 mm
19±0.8 mm
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Reverse Short Hinge Roller Lever
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin plungers
are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers are normally
pressed.
18.65
Z-15GM22-B,
Z-10FM22Y-B
9.5 dia. × 4
(plastic roller)
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
18.5R
20.2
OP
17.4
FP
13.9
9.2
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
Z-10FM22Y-B
5.28 N
1.67 N
2 mm
0.28 mm
6.37 N
1.67 N
2 mm
0.56 mm
FP max.
OP
31.8 mm
29.4±0.4
mm
33 mm
29.4±0.4 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.2+0.075
−0.025
Z-15GM22-B
Model
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Reverse Hinge Roller Lever
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin plungers
are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers are normally
pressed.
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GM2-B
18.65
9.5 dia. × 4
(plastic roller)
40.6R
FP
OP
20.2 17.4
13.9
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
2.35 N
0.55 N
4 mm
0.64 mm
FP max.
OP
35 mm
30.2±0.8 mm
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
49
Basic Models (Drip-proof) without Terminal Protective Cover
Model
Pin Plunger
6SR
(see note)
Z-15G55-B
Z-01H55-B
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
3.9 dia.
Z-15G55-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 4.22 N
1.12 N
2.2 mm
0.13 mm
0.06 mm
OP
15.9±0.4 mm
Z-01H55-B
3.43 N max.
0.78 N
2.2 mm
0.13 mm
0.06 mm
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Note: Stainless-steel plunger
Short Spring Plunger
15 dia.
Z-15GD55-B
Z-01HD55-B
11.9SR
(see note)
4.36
+0.1
−0.05
4.2+0.075
−0.025
7.15 dia.
dia. hole
Model
Z-15GD55-B
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
1.8 mm
1.6 mm
0.06 mm
OP
21.5±0.5 mm
Z-01HD55-B
3.63 N
0.78 N
1.9 mm
1.6 mm
0.06 mm
dia.
Note: Stainless-steel plunger
Spring Plunger
17 dia.
7.15 dia.
Z-15GK55-B
11.9SR
(see note)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
2.3 mm
1.6 mm
0.06 mm
OP
28.2±0.5 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
2.4 mm
3.5 mm
0.06 mm
OP
37.8±1.2 mm
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Note: Stainless-steel plunger
Z-15GK355-B
17 dia.
8.35 dia.
11.9SR
(see note)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Note: Stainless-steel plunger
50
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Panel Mount Plunger
8.35 dia.
Z-15GQ55-B
11.9SR
(see note 1)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
(see
note 2)
16 dia.
M12 × 1
Mounting screw
Two hexagonal nuts
(2 t × 14 width across flats)
Two lock nuts
(2 t × 15.6 width
across flats)
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
1.8 mm
5.5 mm
0.06 mm
OP
21.8±0.8 mm
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Note: 1. Stainless-steel plunger
2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum
length of 1.5 mm.
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
12.7 dia. × 4.8
(stainless-steel roller)
Z-15GQ2255-B
Two hexagonal nuts
(3 t × 17 width
across flats)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
(see note)
M12 × 1
mounting screw
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
1.8 mm
3.58 mm
0.06 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
16 dia.
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Note: Imperfect screw part with a
maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger
12.7 dia. × 4.8 (stainless-steel roller)
Z-15GQ2155-B
Two hexagonal nuts
(3 t × 17 width across flats)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
(see note)
M12 × 1
mounting screw
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
1.8 mm
3.58 mm
0.06 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
16 dia.
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Note: Imperfect screw part with a
maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
51
Leaf Spring
t = 0.3 (stainless-steel spring lever)
Z-15GL55-B
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.96 N
0.14 N
1.6 mm
1.3 mm
FP max.
OP
20.6 mm
17.5±0.8 mm
Note: When operating, be sure not to
exceed 1.6 mm.
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Roller Leaf Spring
t = 0.3
(stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GL255-B
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.96 N
0.14 N
1.6 mm
1.3 mm
FP max.
OP
31.8 mm
28.6±0.8 mm
Note: When operating, be sure not to
exceed 1.6 mm.
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Short Hinge Lever
Z-15GW2155-B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
28.2R
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.86 N
0.27 N
2 mm
1 mm
FP max.
OP
25 mm
19±0.8 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Long Hinge Lever
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GW4455-B
100R
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
0.88 N
0.14 N
5.6 mm
3.5 mm
FP max.
OP
33 mm
19±1.2 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Hinge Lever
Z-15GW55-B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
63.5R
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
52
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
0.98 N
0.14 N
5.6 mm
2 mm
FP max.
OP
28.2 mm
19±0.8 mm
Model
Short Hinge Roller Lever
Z-15GW2255-B
Z-01HW2255-B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
26.6R
Z-15GW2255-B
Z-01HW2255-B
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.96 N
0.41 N
2.4 mm
0.8 mm
1.96 N
0.27 N
2.4 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
32.9 mm
30.2±0.4 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Hinge Roller Lever
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
48.5R
Z-15GW255-B
t = 1 (see note)
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.27 N
0.21 N
4 mm
1.6 mm
FP max.
OP
36.5 mm
30.2±0.8 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Note: Stainless-steel lever
Unidirectional Short Hinge Roller Lever
Z-15GW227755-B
Operating direction
t=1
(stainlesssteel lever)
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
31.9R
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.77 N
0.49 N
2.4 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
43.6 mm
41.3±0.8 mm
11.1R
34.1 max.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
Reverse Hinge Lever
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin
plungers are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers
are normally pressed.
18.65±0.4
Z-15GM55-B
4 max.
FP
OP
5.6
9.2
20.2
17.4
56R
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.96 N
0.27 N
5.6 mm
0.89 mm
FP max.
OP
23.8 mm
19±0.8 mm
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
11.9
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia.
17.45±0.2
Note: Stainless-steel lever
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
53
Reverse Short Hinge Roller Lever
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin
plungers are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers
are normally pressed.
Z-15GM2255-B
18.65
18.5R
5.6
FP
9.2
20.2
17.4
OP
4 max.
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
5.69 N
1.67 N
2 mm
0.28 mm
FP max.
OP
31.8 mm
29.4±0.4 mm
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
4.36
+0.1
−0.05
dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
11.9
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia.
17.45±0.2
Note: Stainless-steel lever
Reverse Hinge Roller Lever
Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin
plungers are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers
are normally pressed.
Z-15GM255-B
18.65
5.6
9.2
FP
OP
40.6R
20.2
17.4
4 max.
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
4.36
+0.1
−0.05
dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
54
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
4.2+0.075
−0.025
11.9
dia.
17.45±0.2
Note: Stainless-steel lever
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
2.65 N
0.55 N
4 mm
0.64 mm
FP max.
OP
35 mm
30.2±0.8 mm
Flexible Rod (Coil Spring)
Z-15GNJ55-B
(see note 1)
6.1 dia.
3.2 dia.
OF max.
PT max.
0.49 N
(20 mm)
OT
42 to 60 mm
Nylon rod
30 Operating range (see note 2)
12 dia.
Rubber cap
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
Note: 1. Operation is possible in any direction other than the axial direction (indicated by the arrow ↓).
2. Use only the area within the top 30 mm of the rod as the operating part. (Do not use the area that falls within 80 mm from the
mounting hole as the operating part. Using this area may cause damage to the nylon rod.
)
OF max.
PT max.
Flexible Rod (Steel Wire)
Z-15HNJS55-B
0.15 N
(25 mm)
(see note 1)
1-dia. stainless steel
wire (see note 3)
Operating range
(see note 2)
Four, M3 set screws
with hexagonal
holes
12 dia.
Rubber cap
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 -0.05 dia.
Note: 1. Operation is possible in any direction other than the axial direction (indicated by the arrow ↓).
2. Use only the area within the top 30 mm of the rod as the operating part. (Do not use the area that falls within 100 mm from the
mounting hole as the operating part. Using this area may cause damage to the steel wire.)
3. The steel wire can be replaced if damaged. (Model: Lever for HNJS55)
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
55
Basic Models (Drip-proof) with Terminal Protective Cover
Pin Plunger
6SR (stainless-steel plunger)
Z-15GA55-B5V
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
3.9 dia.
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 to 4.22 N
1.12 N
2.2 mm
0.13 mm
0.06 mm
OP
15.9±0.4 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
2.4 mm
3.5 mm
0.06 mm
OP
37.8±1.2 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
Z-15GK3A55-B5V
17 dia.
8.35 dia.
11.9SR (stainless-steel plunger)
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.36
+0.1
−0.05
dia.
Panel Mount Plunger
8.35 dia.
Z-15GQA55-B5V
11.9SR (stainless-steel plunger)
Two hexagonal
nuts (2 t × 14
width across flat
Two lock nuts
(2 t × 15.6
width across
flats)
16 dia.
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
1.8 mm
5.5 mm
0.06 mm
OP
21.8±0.8 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
12.7 dia. × 4.8
(stainless-steel roller)
Z-15GQ22A55-B5V
Two hexagonal nuts
(3 t × 17 width
across flats)
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
1.8 mm
3.58 mm
0.06 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
16 dia.
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
56
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Panel Mount Cross-roller Plunger
Z-15GQ21A55-B5V
12.7 dia. × 4.8 (stainless-steel roller)
Two hexagonal
nuts (3 t × 17
width across flats)
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.30 N
1.12 N
1.8 mm
3.58 mm
0.06 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
16 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged.
Long Hinge Lever
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GW44A55-B5V
100R
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
Hinge Lever
63.5R
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
Short Hinge Roller Lever
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
26.6R
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
FP max.
OP
33 mm
19±1.2 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
0.98 N
0.14 N
5.6 mm
2 mm
FP max.
OP
28.2 mm
19±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.96 N
0.41 N
2.4 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
32.9 mm
30.2±0.4 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.27 N
0.21 N
4 mm
1.6 mm
FP max.
OP
36.5 mm
30.2±0.8 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GW22A55-B5V
0.88 N
0.14 N
5.6 mm
3.5 mm
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
Z-15GWA55-B5V
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
Hinge Roller Lever
Z-15GW2A55-B5V
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
48.5R
(see note)
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
Note: t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
57
Unidirectional Short Hinge Roller Lever
Z-15GW2277A55-B5V
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
31.9R
11.1R
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.77 N
0.49 N
2.4 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
43.6 mm
41.3±0.8 mm
34.1 max.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
Maintained-contact Models
Pin Plunger
Plunger
Z-15ER
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
2.3 dia.
2.3SR (stainless steel plunger)
Reset position
7.1 min.
4.36
+0.1
−0.05
dia.
Reset button
(plastic plunger)
Slim Spring Plunger
Z-15ESR
(See note.)
6.4 dia. Reset free position
9.5 max.
5.2 dia.
4 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
Reset position
7.1 min.
9 dia.
Reset button
(plastic plunger)
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
6.4 dia. Reset free
position
9.5 max.
OF max.
PT max.
OT min.
1.96 to 2.50 N
0.4 mm
0.13 mm
OP
15.9±0.4 mm
Reset Button
OF max.
OT min.
0.55 to 2.79 N
0.4 mm
Plunger
OF max.
PT max.
OT min.
2.65 N
0.4 mm
1.6 mm
OP
28.2±0.5 mm
Reset Button
OF max.
OT min.
2.79 N
0.4 mm
Note: Stainless steel plunger (tip only, flat, R1 bevel).
Hinge Lever
t=1 (stainless steel lever)
Z-15EWR
Lever Tip
63.5R
Reset position
7.1 min.
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
Reset button
(plastic button)
58
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
OF max.
OT min.
0.54 N
5.6 mm
FP max.
OP
28.2 mm
19±0.8 mm
Reset Button
6.4 dia. Reset free position
9.5 max.
OF max.
OT min.
2.94 N
0.4 mm
■ Terminals
Basic Models (General-purpose) & Split-contact Models
Basic (General-purpose) Models
Split-contact Models
Screw Terminals (Y-B)
Solder Terminal
Screw Terminals (-B)
5.6
6.4
9.2
20
20
49.2
11.9
25.4±0.1 11.9
17.45±0.2
23
17.45±0.2
Three,
M4 × 5.5
Terminal
screws (with
toothed
washer)
49.2
17.1
17.45±0.2
Five,
M3.5 × 5.5
terminal
screws (with
toothed
washer)
Appropriate terminal screw tightening torque:
0.49 to 0.78 N⋅m.
Appropriate terminal screw tightening
torque: 0.78 to 1.18 N⋅m.
Note: With reverse action models (Z-15GM), the positions of NO and NC terminals are Note: With reverse action models (Z-10FM), the
reversed.
positions of NO and NC terminals are reversed.
Basic Models (Drip-proof) without Terminal Protective Cover
Without Terminal Protective Cover
9.2
20
20
17.45±0.2
Three, M4 × 5.5
Terminal screws
(with toothed
washer)
49.2
Note: With reverse action models (Z-15GM), the positions of NO and NC terminals are reversed.
Mounting
Use M4 screws with plane washers and spring washers to mount the Switch. Tighten each mounting screw securely to a torque of 1.18 to
1.47 N·m.
Basic Models (General-purpose) & Split-contact Models
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes or M4
Panel Mount Plunger
12.5+0.2
0 dia.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
12.5+0.2
0 dia.
25.4±0.1
Basic Models (Drip-proof) without Terminal Protective Cover
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes or M4
Panel Mount Plunger
12.5+0.2
0 dia.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
12.5+0.2
0 dia.
25.4±0.1
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
59
Molded Terminals (Drip-proof Type/Molded Terminal)
■ Contact Form
COM (Black)
NC (Red)
NO (White)
Note: With the reverse action
model (Z-15GM), the positions of NO and NC terminals are reversed.
■ Dimensions
L/R Type
D Type
(The following illustration is the R type.)
Lead wire
a
b
d
VSF
12
4
13
VCT
19
11
20
Lead wire
a
b
d
VSF
12
4
12
VCT
19
11
16
Lead Wire Specifications
Lead wire
VSF (single-core, vinyl cord)
Nominal crosssectional area (mm2)
1.25
VCT (vinyl-insulated cable)
Finished outer diameter
(mm)
Approx. 3.1 dia.
Three-core: approx. 10.5 dia.
Note: No models with molded terminals are approved by UL, CSA, or TÜV.
60
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
Connection to
terminal
Black: COM
White: NO
Red: NC
Length (m)
1, 3
Precautions
Refer to pages 25 to 30 of General Information for details.
■ Correct Use
Panel Mount Switch (Z-15@Q@, Z-01@Q@)
Use the terminal shown below.
When mounting the panel mount plunger model with screws on a
side surface, be careful of the dog angle and operation speed.
Excessive dog angle or operation speed may damage the Switch.
The Switch can be panel mounted, provided that the hexagonal
nut of the actuator is tightened to a torque of 2.94 to 4.9 N·m.
When using the panel mount plunger model mounted with screws
on a side surface, be careful not to apply a large shock. Applying
a shock exceeding 100G may damage the Switch.
When using the panel mount plunger model mounted with screws
on a side surface, remove the hexagonal nuts from the actuator.
High-sensitivity Switch (Z-15H)/
Extra-high-sensitivity Switch (Z-15H2)
When using the Switch in a DC circuit, be sure to provide an arc
suppressor as well because the small contact gap of the Switch
may result in contact troubles.
In an application where a high repeat accuracy is required, limit
the current that flows through the Switch to within 0.1 A. Also, use
a relay to control a high-capacity load if the Switch is connected to
such a load. (In this case, the exciting current of the relay coil is
the load of the Switch.)
Do not apply a force of 19.6 N or higher to the pin plunger.
Exercise care that the environment conditions such as temperature and humidity do not change abruptly.
Models with Drip-proof Terminal Cover
(Z-@A55-B5V)
4.3 dia.
8
20 max.
A cable 8.5 to 10.5 mm in diameter can be applicable to the sealing rubber of the lead outlet of the Switch. A two-core or threecore VCT cable having a cross-sectional area of 1.25 mm2 is
especially suitable for this.
Use M4 small screws with spring toothed washer are used as the
terminal screws.
Drip-proof Switch (Z@55)
The Switch is not perfectly oil-tight; so do not dip it in oil or water.
The rubber boots are made from weather-resistive chloroprene
rubber.
Do not use Basic Switches in places with radical changes in temperature.
Rubber boots and rubber caps will tend to harden at lower ambient temperatures. If an Actuator is used in a pressed state for an
extended period of time at low temperatures, it may return slowly
or it may not return at all.
OMRON can provide special Actuators for use at low temperature
with rubber boots or rubber caps made of silicon rubber, which
has superior resistance to cold. Ask you OMRON representative
for details.
Split-contact Switch (Z-10F@Y)
Wiring
To attach the Protective Cover to the case, hold the cover in
almost parallel to the case and then push it to the case. If the
cover is pushed diagonally, the rubber packing may slip off,
degrading the sealability of the Switch.
Incorrect
Terminal with
toothed washer
The applicable current varies depending on how the contacts are
used. If the Switch is connected in series, the Switch can endure
a current 1.5 to 2 times higher than the current that can be
applied in parallel connection.
Flexible Rod Switch (Z-15@NJ@55, Dripproof)
When the rod is fully swung, the Switch may operate when the
lever returns, causing chattering. Use a circuit that compensates
for chattering wherever possible.
Do not switch the rod to the fullest extent when the Switch is to
break a power circuit because such a practice may cause metal
deposition to occur between the mating contacts of the Switch.
Rubber packing
Correct
Use round solderless terminals having the following dimensions
to connect leads to the terminals. Tighten the screws of terminals
to a torque of 0.78 to 1.18 N·m.
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
61
Micro Load Applicable Range
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that
operate in the following range. However, even when using micro
load models within the operating range shown here, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase
contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
DC voltage (V)
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability
level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5×10−6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Item
Z-01H
Minimum applicable 1 mA at 5 VDC
load
Z-15@, Z-10FY
160 mA at 5 VDC
Others
Do not apply an excessive force to the mounting bracket with a
screwdriver or a similar object when attaching or detaching the
protective cover; otherwise, the cover will be deformed.
Screwdriver
0.8 W
26 mA 100 mA
Operating range
for micro load
models Z-01H
Operating
range for
generalload models
Z-15H, H2
Z-15G
Z-15E
Z-10FY
Z-15ER
This terminal protective cover cannot be used with models whose
model number does not have the prefix “-B5V.”
Terminal protective covers can be ordered separately for maintenance use.
■ Accessories (Order Separately)
Refer to Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories for details about Terminal Covers, Separators, and Actuators.
1 mA
100 mA 160 mA
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B001-E1-12A
62
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
General-purpose Basic Switch Z
General-purpose Basic Switch
A
High-capacity Switch Capable of
Handling 20 A Loads with Large Inrush
Currents
• Same shape as OMRON Z Basic Switches except in pin
plunger position, yet endures inrush currents as large as
75 A.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
A-20G@-@
1
2 3
4
1. Ratings
20: 20 A (250 VAC)
2. Contact Gap
G:
0.5 mm
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
D:
Short spring plunger
Q:
Panel mount plunger
Q21: Panel mount cross roller plunger
Q22: Panel mount roller plunger
V:
Hinge lever
V2: Hinge roller lever
V21: Short hinge lever
V22: Short hinge roller lever
4. Terminals
None: Solder terminal
B:
Screw terminal (with toothed washer)
General-purpose Basic Switch A
63
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Actuator
Solder terminal
Screw terminal (-B)
Pin plunger
A-20G
Short spring plunger
A-20GD
A-20GD-B
Panel mount plunger
A-20GQ
A-20GQ-B
Panel mount roller
plunger
A-20GQ22
A-20GQ22-B
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
---
A-20GQ21-B
Short hinge lever
A-20GV21
A-20GV21-B
Hinge lever
A-20GV
A-20GV-B
Short hinge roller
lever
A-20GV22
A-20GV22-B
Hinge roller lever
A-20GV2
A-20GV2-B
Note: Refer to Terminals in Model Z for solder and screw terminals.
Specifications
■ Approved Standards
Agency
Standard
File No.
UL
UL508
E41515
CSA
CSA C22.2 No. 55
LR21642
■ Approved Standard Ratings
UL508 (File No. E41515)
CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
125 VAC
A-20G
1 HP 10 A “L”
250 VAC
2 HP
480 VAC
20 A
125 VDC
0.5 A
250 VDC
0.25 A
64
General-purpose Basic Switch A
A-20G-B
■ Ratings
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
NO
NC
125 VAC
250 VAC
500 VAC
20 A
20 A
15 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
4A
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
20 A
20 A
6A
0.5 A
0.25 A
3A
3A
3A
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Inductive load
Lamp load
Inductive load
NO
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
0.5 A
0.25 A
NC
NO
Motor load
NC
20 A
20 A
10 A
12.5 A
8.3 A
2A
20 A
15 A
5A
0.05 A
0.03 A
12.5 A
12.5 A
5A
0.05 A
0.03 A
NO
The above values are for steady-state current.
Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min
■ Characteristics
Operating speed
0.01 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 240 operations/min
Electrical:
20 operations/min (under rated load)
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
15 mΩ max. (initial value)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between the current-carrying metal parts and the ground, and between each
terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude (see note 2)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 max. (see note 1, 2)
Durability
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min.
Electrical:
500,000 operations min.
Degree of protection
IP00
Degree of protection
against electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Switch category
D (IEC335-1)
Ambient temperature
Operating: −25°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 35% to 85%
Weight
Approx. 23 to 58 g
Note: 1. The value is for the pin plunger. (Contact your OMRON representative for other models.)
2. Malfunction: 1 ms max.
■ Contact Form (SPDT)
COM
NC
NO
General-purpose Basic Switch A
65
■ Contact Specification
Item
Contacts
A-20
Shape
Rivet
Material
Silver alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.5 mm
Inrush current NC
75 A max.
NO
75 A max.
Engineering Data
■ Mechanical Durability
■ Electrical Durability
A-20G
10
7
5
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 240 operations/min
3
2
1
0.7
0.5
10
0.7
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
250 VAC,
cosφ = 1
1
0.2
0.2
125 VAC,
cosφ = 0.4
2
0.3
0.1
125 VAC, cosφ = 1
3
0.3
0
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min
7
5
Durability (x106 operations)
Durability (x106 operations)
A-20G
250 VAC, cosφ = 0.4
0.1
0
0.7 0.8
5
Overtravel (mm)
10
15
20
25
Switching current (A)
Dimensions
Note: 1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
■ Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
The models, illustrations, and graphics are for screw-terminal models. (The dimensions for models that are omitted here are the same as
for pin-plunger models.)
Pin Plunger
19.05±0.25
PT
A-20G-B
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
2.3 dia.
2.3SR (stainless-steel plunger)
OP
24.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
9.2
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
: Anchored Frames in table above.
25.4±0.1
49.2
OP
16.3±0.4 mm
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
3.92 to 6.13 N
2.79 N
1.3 mm
3 mm
0.2 mm
OP
26.2±0.5 mm
17.45+0.2
15 dia.
19.05±0.25
PT
OP
11.2
dia.
7.15
dia.
11.9SR (stainlesssteel plunger)
7.5
24.2
66
3.92 to 6.13 N
2.79 N
1.3 mm
0.25 mm
0.2 mm
11.9
Short Spring Plunger
A-20GD-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
General-purpose Basic Switch A
Panel Mount Plunger
A-20GQ-B
19.05±0.25
8.35 dia.
PT
11.9SR (stainless-steel plunger)
M12 × 1 mounting screw (see note 1)
(See note 2)
OP
Two hexagon nuts
(2 t × 14 width across flats)
13.1
Two lock nuts
(2 t × 15.6 width across flats)
16 dia.
16.3
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
3.92 to 6.13 N
2.79 N
1.3 mm
5.6 mm
0.2 mm
OP
21.8±0.8 mm
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
6.18 N max.
2.75 N
1.3 mm
3.58 mm
0.35 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
6.18 N max.
2.75 N
1.3 mm
3.58 mm
0.35 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.57 N max.
0.41 N
6.5 mm
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
OP
19±0.8 mm
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
0.69 N max.
0.14 N
15.9 mm
4 mm
2.4 mm
OP
19±0.8 mm
Note: 1. Do not use both M12 mounting screw and mounting holes at the same time.
2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
A-20GQ22-B
PT
12.7 dia. × 4.8
(stainless-steel roller)
19.05±0.25
Two hexagon nuts
(3 t × 17 width across flats)
(See
OP
15.5 note 2)
M12 × 1 mounting screw
(see note 1)
16 dia.
16.3
Note: 1. Do not use both M12 mounting screw and mounting holes at the same time.
2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger
A-20GQ21-B
PT
OP
12.7 dia. × 4.8
(stainlesssteel roller)
19.05±0.25
Two hexagon nuts
(3 t × 17 width across flats)
(See
15.5 note 2)
M12 × 1 mounting
screw (see note 1)
16 dia.
16.3
Note: 1. Do not use both M12 mounting screw and mounting holes at the same time.
2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Short Hinge Lever
24.56±0.25
A-20GV21-B
t=1
(stainlesssteel lever)
4.9
28.3R
PT
20.2
14.7 OP
17.9
Hinge Lever
A-20GV-B
24.56±0.25
63.5R
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
4.9
20.2
17.9
14.7
General-purpose Basic Switch A
67
.
Short Hinge Roller Lever
A-20GV22-B
24.56±0.25
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
t=1
(stainlesssteel lever)
PT
26.2R
OP
20.2
17.9
24.56±0.25
t=1
(stainlesssteel lever)
PT
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
48.4R
OP
20.2
1.57 N
0.41 N
6.3 mm
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
OP
29.8±0.8 mm
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
0.88 N
0.14 N
12 mm
2.4 mm
2.2 mm
OP
30.2±0.8 mm
14.7
Hinge Roller Lever
A-20GV2-B
OF
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
17.9
14.7
■ Terminals
Solder Terminal
Screw Terminals (-B)
6.4
9.2
20
25.4±0.1 11.9
20
17.45±0.2
17.45±0.2
49.2
Three, M4 × 5.5
Terminal screws
(with toothed
washer)
49.2
Appropriate terminal screw tightening torque:
0.78 to 1.18 N⋅m.
Mounting
Use M4 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers
to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of
1.18 to 1.47 N·m.
The Switch can be panel mounted, provided that the hexagonal
nut of the actuator is tightened to a torque of 2.94 to 4.9 N·m.
Mounting Holes
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes or M4
Panel Mount Plunger
25.4+0.1
68
General-purpose Basic Switch A
12.5+0.2
0
dia.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
12.5+0.2
dia.
0
Precautions
Refer to pages 25 to 30 of General Information for details.
■ Correct Use
Panel-mounting (A-20GQ@)
If a Switch is side-mounted with screws, remove the hexagonal
nut of the actuator.
If a Switch is side-mounted and secured with screws, make sure
that the angle or speed of the actuating object is not excessively
large or too high, otherwise the Switch may be damaged.
If a Switch is panel-mounted, pay utmost attention to make sure
that the actuating speed or OT distance is not excessively high or
large. Not doing so may damage the Switch.
■ Accessories (Order
Separately)
Refer to Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories for details about Terminal Covers, Separators, and Actuators.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B002-E1-07A
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
General-purpose Basic Switch A
69
General-purpose Basic Switch
X
Direct Current Switch with Built-in
Magnetic Blowout
• Incorporates a small permanent magnet in the contact
mechanism to deflect the arc to effectively extinguish it.
• Same shape and mounting procedures as the Z Basic
Switches.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
X-10G@-@
1 2 3
4
1. Ratings
10: 10 A (125 VDC)
2. Contact Gap
G:
0.9 mm
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
D:
Short spring plunger
S:
Slim spring plunger
Q:
Panel mount plunger
Q21: Panel mount cross roller plunger
Q22: Panel mount roller plunger
L:
Leaf spring
W:
Hinge lever
W2: Hinge roller lever
W21: Short hinge lever
W22: Short hinge roller lever
W4: Low-force hinge lever
M:
Reverse hinge lever
M2: Reverse hinge roller lever
M22: Reverse short hinge roller lever
70
General-purpose Basic Switch X
4. Terminals
None: Solder terminal
B:
Screw terminal (with toothed washer)
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Actuator
Solder
Screw
Pin plunger
X-10G
X-10G-B
Slim spring
plunger
X-10GS
X-10GS-B
Short spring
plunger
X-10GD
X-10GD-B
Panel mount
plunger
X-10GQ
X-10GQ-B
Panel mount
roller plunger
X-10GQ22
X-10GQ22-B
Panel mount cross
roller plunger
X-10GQ21
Leaf spring
X-10GL
X-10GL-B
Short hinge lever
X-10GW21
X-10GW21-B
X-10GQ21-B
Actuator
Solder
Screw
Hinge lever
X-10GW
X-10GW-B
Low-force hinge
lever
X-10GW4
X-10GW4-B
Short hinge roller
lever
X-10GW22
X-10GW22-B
Hinge roller lever
X-10GW2
X-10GW2-B
Reverse hinge
lever
X-10GM
X-10GM-B
Reverse short
hinge roller lever
X-10GM22
X-10GM22-B
Reverse hinge
roller lever
X-10GM2
X-10GM2-B
Note: The plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the compression coil springs and the plungers are freed by operating the levers.
Specifications
■ Approved Standards
Agency
Standard
File No.
UL
UL508
E41515
CSA
CSA C22.2 No. 55
LR21642
■ Approved Standard Ratings
UL508 (File No. E41515)
CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
X-10G
125 VDC
10 A
250 VDC
3A
General-purpose Basic Switch
X
71
■ Ratings
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
Inductive load
Lamp load
NC
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
250 VDC
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
3A
3A
3A
3A
3A
1.5 A
NO
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
0.75 A
Inductive load
NC
10 A
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
2A
Motor load
NO
10 A
10 A
10 A
6A
1.5 A
NC
5A
5A
5A
5A
2A
NO
2.5 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
2.5 A
1.5 A
The above values are for the steady-state current.
Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
The above electrical ratings also apply to the AC voltage.
With the reverse-type models (X-10GM@), the normally closed circuits and normally open circuits are reversed.
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min
■ Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 240 operations/min
Electrical:
20 operations/min
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
15 mΩ max. (initial value)
Dielectric strength
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity, between current-carrying metal parts
and the ground, and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude (see note 2)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 max. (see note 1, 2)
Durability
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min.
Electrical:
100,000 operations min.
Degree of protection
IP00
Degree of protection
against electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Switch category
D (IEC335-1)
Ambient temperature
Operating: −25°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 35% to 85% max.
Weight
Approx. 27 to 63 g
Note: 1. The values are for the pin plunger models. (Contact your OMRON representative for other models.)
2. Malfunction: 1 ms max.
■ Contact Specification
Item
X-10
Contacts
Material
Silver alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.9 mm
Inrush current
NC
30 A max.
NO
15 A max.
■ Contact Form (SPDT)
COM
NC
NO
Note: With the reverse-type models (X-10GM@), the NC and NO
terminal arrangements are reversed.
72
General-purpose Basic Switch X
Engineering Data
■ Mechanical Durability
(Pin Plunger)
■ Electrical Durability
(Pin Plunger)
50,000
5,000
Durability (x103 operations)
10,000
7,000
5,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
700
500
1,000
700
500
125 VDC L/R = 0
300
200
125 VDC
L/R = 7 ms
100
70
50
30
20
300
200
100
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min
3,000
2,000
Durability (x103 operations)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 240 operations/min
30,000
0
10
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
0
2
Overtravel (mm)
4
6
8
10
12
14
Switching current (A)
Dimensions
Note: 1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
■ Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
The models, illustrations, and graphics are for screw-terminal models. (The dimensions for models that are omitted here are the same as
for pin-plunger models.)
Pin Plunger
X-10G-B
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia.
PT
23.3±0.25
2.3 dia.
2.3SR (see note 1)
(see note 2)
OP
24.2
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
11.9
X-10GS-B
OP
15.9±0.4 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.00 N
1.12 N
0.9 mm
1.6 mm
0.18 mm
OP
28.2±0.5 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.00 N
1.12 N
0.9 mm
1.6 mm
0.18 mm
OP
21.2±0.5 mm
Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger
2. Three vent holes
Slim Spring Plunger
PT
5.00 N
1.12 N
0.9 mm
0.13 mm
0.18 mm
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1
49.2
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
23.3±0.25
See
note 1
5.2 dia.
4 dia.
(see note 2)
OP
9 dia.
24.2
Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger (flat, 1R chamfering)
2. Vent holes (3 places)
Short Spring Plunger
X-10GD-B
12SR (see note 1)
PT
23.3±0.25
12.3 dia.
10 dia.
7.15 dia.
(see note 2)
OP
24.2
Note: 1. Plated iron plunger
2. Three vent holes
General-purpose Basic Switch
X
73
Panel Mount Plunger
X-10GQ-B
23.3±0.25
PT
8.35 dia.
M12 × 1 mounting screw
11.9SR
(see
note 1)
Two hexagonal nuts
(2 t × 14 width across flats)
Two lock nuts
(2 t × 15.6 width across flats)
(see note 2)
See note 3
OP
13.1
16 dia.
16.3
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.00 N
1.12 N
0.9 mm
5.5 mm
0.18 mm
OP
21.8±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.00 N
1.12 N
0.9 mm
3.6 mm
0.18 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.00 N
1.12 N
0.9 mm
3.6 mm
0.18 mm
OP
33.4±1.2 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.96 N
0.14 N
1.6 mm (see note)
2.3 mm
FP max.
OP
22.1 mm
17.4±0.8 mm
Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger
2. Three vent holes
3. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
X-10GQ22-B
23.3±0.25
PT
12.7 dia. × 4.8 (see note 1)
M12 × 1 mounting screw
OP
Two hexagonal nuts
(3 t × 17 width across flats)
See note 3
15.5
(see note 2)
16 dia.
16.3
Note: 1. Stainless-steel roller
2. Three vent holes
3. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger
X-10GQ21-B
23.3±0.25
PT
12.7 dia. × 4.8 (see note 1)
M12 × 1 mounting screw
Two hexagonal nuts
(3 t × 17 width across flats)
OP
15.5
See note 3
(see note 2)
16 dia.
16.3
Note: 1. Stainless-steel roller
2. Three vent holes
3. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm.
Leaf Spring
t = 0.3 (see note 1)
X-10GL-B
4.8
49.6±0.8
(see note 2)
FP OP
Note: 1. Reference value
2. Be sure to use the switch at
the rated OT value of 1.6 mm.
Note: 1. Stainless-steel spring lever
2. Three vent holes
Short Hinge Lever
26.2
28.2 R
X-10GW21-B
t = 1 (see note 1)
20.2 17.4
14.4
4.9
OP FP
9.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
(see note 2)
dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
11.9
17.45±0.2
+0.075
4.2−0.025
dia. holes
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Three vent holes
74
General-purpose Basic Switch X
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
2.45 N
0.31 N
2.1 mm
1.7 mm
FP max.
OP
25.5 mm
20.7±0.8 mm
Hinge Lever
X-10GW-B
t = 1 (see note 1)
4.9
63.5R
26.2
(see note 2)
20.2 17.4
14.4
OP
FP
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.08 N
0.14 N
4.8 mm
3.9 mm
FP max.
OP
34.6 mm
21.1±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
0.25 N
0.05 N
14.3 mm
4.8 mm
3.9 mm
OP
21.1±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
2.16 N
0.34 N
2.4 mm
1.7 mm
FP max.
OP
37.1 mm
32.2±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.42 N
0.21 N
4 mm
3 mm
FP max.
OP
40.5 mm
32.2±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
2.16 N
0.25 N
5.5 mm
2.1 mm
FP max.
OP
26.8 mm
21.1±0.8 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
6.86 N
1.52 N
2 mm
0.75 mm
FP max.
OP
36.1 mm
32.2±0.8 mm
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Three vent holes
Low-force Hinge Lever
t= 1 (see note 1)
X-10GW4-B
4.9
63.5R
26.2
(see note 2)
PT
20.2 17.4
14.4
OP
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Three vent holes
t = 1 (see note 3)
Short Hinge Roller Lever
26.2
9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1)
X-10GW22-B
(see note 2)
26.6R
20.2
OP FP
17.4
14.4
Note: 1. Plastic roller
2. Three vent holes
3. Stainless-steel spring lever
Hinge Roller Lever
t = 1 (see note 3)
X-10GW2-B
9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1)
26.2
(see note 2)
48.5R
OP
20.2 17.4
FP
14.4
Note: 1. Plastic roller
2. Three vent holes
3. Stainless-steel spring lever
Reverse Hinge Lever
t = 1 (see note 1)
X-10GM-B
4.9
18.65
(see note 2)
56R
20.2 17.4
14.4
OP
FP
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Three vent holes
Reverse Short Hinge Lever
X-10GM22-B
t = 1 (see note 3)
9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1)
18.65
(see note 2)
18.5R
20.2 17.4
OP FP
14.4
Note: 1. Plastic roller
2. Three vent holes
3. Stainless-steel spring lever
General-purpose Basic Switch
X
75
Reverse Hinge Roller Lever
t = 1 (see note 3)
X-10GM2-B
9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1)
18.65
40.6R
(see note 2)
OP
20.2 17.4
FP
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
3.14 N
0.49 N
4 mm
1.5 mm
FP max.
OP
37.4 mm
32.2±0.8 mm
14.4
Note: 1. Plastic roller
2. Three vent holes
3. Stainless-steel spring lever
■ Terminals
Screw Terminals (-B)
Solder Terminal
9.2
6.4
9.2
20
20
25.4±0.1
11.9
17.45±0.2
17.45±0.2
49.2
Three, M4 × 5.5
Terminal screws
(with toothed
washer)
49.2
Appropriate terminal screw tightening torque:
0.78 to 1.18 N⋅m.
Note: 1. Tighten the terminal screws to a torque of 0.78 to 1.18 N·m.
2. In case of DC voltage, set the COM to the positive terminal.
Mounting
Use M4 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers
to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of
1.18 to 1.47 N·m.
The Switch can be panel mounted, provided that the hexagonal
nut of the actuator is tightened to a torque of 2.94 to 4.9 N·m.
Mounting Holes
Two, 4.2-dia. mounting
holes or M4 screw holes
Panel Mount Plunger
25.4±0.1
76
General-purpose Basic Switch X
12.5+0.2
0
dia.
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
12.5+0.2
0 dia.
Precautions
Refer to pages 25 to 30 of General Information for details.
■ Correct Use
Panel-mounted Model (X-10GQ@)
Handling
To side-mount the panel-mount Switch to the panel with screws,
remove the hexagonal nut from the actuator.
Set the common (COM) terminal to the positive terminal. If it is set
to the negative terminal, the Switch will not turn OFF.
When using the Switch under an inductive load, the arc suppression capability varies depending on current. If the current
becomes 0.6 to 1.2 A or of the time constant L/R exceeds 7 ms,
be sure to provide an arc suppressor.
Since the Switch incorporates a permanent magnet, attention
must be paid to the following points:
• Avoid mounting the Switch directly onto a magnetic substance.
Too large a dog angle and too fast operating speed may damage
the Switch when the Switch is side-mounted on the panel.
Too fast operating speed and too long overtravel of the roller
plunger Switch may result in damage to the Switch.
■ Accessories
(Order separately)
Refer to Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories for details about Terminal Covers, Separators, and Actuators.
• Do not subject the Switch to severe shocks.
• Avoid placing the Switch in a strong magnetic field.
• Be sure to prevent iron dust or iron chips from adhering to
the built-in magnet or the magnetic blowout function of the
Switch will be adversely affected.
• Do not apply thermal shock to the Switch, or the magnetic
flux will be diminished.
Since a ventilation hole is provided to avoid abnormal corrosion
due to operating conditions, provide a dustproofing device in locations where the Switch is exposed to dust.
Do not change operating positions for the actuator. Changing the
position may cause malfunction.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B003-E1-08A
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
General-purpose Basic Switch
X
77
Special-purpose Basic Switch
DZ
DPDT Basic Switch for Two Independent
Circuit Control
• Incorporates two completely independent built-in switches.
• Ideal for switching the circuits operating on two different
voltages, and for controlling two independent circuits.
• Interchangeable with OMRON Z Basic Switches, as both
switches are identical in mounting hole dimensions,
mounting pitch and pin plunger position.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
DZ-10G@-1@
1 2 3 4 5
4. Contact Form
1:
DPDT
5. Terminals
A:
Solder terminal
B:
Screw terminal
1. Ratings
10: 10 A (250 VAC)
2. Contact Gap
G:
0.5 mm
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
V:
Hinge lever
V22: Short hinge roller lever
V2: Hinge roller lever
W:
Hinge lever
W22: Short hinge roller lever
W2: Hinge roller lever
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Actuator
OT
Solder terminal
Screw terminal
Pin plunger
0.13 mm min.
DZ-10G-1A
DZ-10G-1B
Hinge lever
1.6 mm min.
DZ-10GW-1A
DZ-10GW-1B
0.4 mm min.
DZ-10GV-1A
DZ-10GV-1B
0.9 mm min.
DZ-10GW22-1A
DZ-10GW22-1B
0.13 mm min.
DZ-10GV22-1A
DZ-10GV22-1B
1.2 mm min.
DZ-10GW2-1A
DZ-10GW2-1B
0.26 mm min.
DZ-10GV2-1A
DZ-10GV2-1B
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
78
Special-purpose Basic Switch DZ
Specifications
■ Approved Standards
Agency
■ Approved Standard Ratings
Standard
File No.
UL
UL508
E41515
CSA
CSA C22.2 No. 55
LR21642
UL508 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
DZ-10G
125 VAC
10 A 1/3 HP
250 VAC
10 A 1/4 HP
480 VAC
2A
125 VDC
0.5 A
250 VDC
0.25 A
■ Ratings
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Inrush current
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
250 VAC
10 A
10 A
2A
1.5 A
1A
0.7 A
6A
4A
3A
2A
1.5 A
1A
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
10 A
10 A
10 A
3A
3A
3A
1.5 A
1.5 A
1.5 A
6A
6A
4A
5A
5A
3A
2.5 A
2.5 A
1.5 A
125 VAC
0.5 A
0.5 A
0.05 A
0.05 A
250 VDC
0.25 A
0.25 A
0.03 A
0.03 A
NC
NO
30 A max. 15 A max.
Note: 1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
3. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
■ Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (at pin plunger)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 240 operations/min
Electrical:
20 operations/min
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
15 mΩ max. (initial value)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between non-continuous terminals
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and non-current-carrying metal
part, and between current-carrying metal part and ground and between switches
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 max. (See notes 1 and 2.)
Durability
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min.
Electrical:
500,000 operations min.
Ambient temperature
Operating: −25°C to 80°C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity
Operating: 35% to 85% max.
Weight
Approx. 30 to 50 g
Note: 1. The values are for pin plunger models. (Contact your OMRON representative for other models.)
2. Malfunction: 1 ms max.
■ Contact Form (DPDT)
COM1
NC1
NO1
COM2
NC2
NO2
Special-purpose Basic Switch
DZ
79
Engineering Data
■ Mechanical Durability
(Pin Plunger)
Without load
Operating frequency:
240 operations/minute
50,000
Durability (x103 operations)
Durability (x103 operations)
100,000
70,000
■ Electrical Durability
(Pin Plunger)
30,000
10,000
7,000
5,000
3,000
10,000
7,000
5,000
Operating frequency:
20 operations/minute
Overtravel: 0.13 mm
cosφ = 1
3,000
125 VAC cosφ = 1
1,000
700
500
250 VAC cosφ = 1
300
2,000
1,000
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5 0.6
0.7
100
0.8
0
5
10
15
Switching current (A)
Overtravel (mm)
Dimensions
■ Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note: 1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The solder terminal model has a suffix “-1A” in its model number and its omitted dimensions are the same as the corresponding
dimensions of the pin plunger model.
Pin Plunger
DZ-10G-1B
PT
2.5SR (stainless-steel pin plunger)
3 dia.
0.4
23.3±0.25
OP
14.5
4.2+0.075
−0.025
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
5.59 N
0.56 N
1.7 mm
0.13 mm
0.4 mm
OP
15.6±0.4 mm
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
1.67 N
0.27 N
1.6 mm
4 mm
FP max.
OP
46.3 mm
21.8±1 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.96 N
0.13 N
6 mm
0.4 mm
1.7 mm
OP
18.3±1 mm
8.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
11.9
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
17.45±0.2
Hinge Lever
DZ-10GW-1B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
28.4
63.5R
4.9
FP
19.7 17.7
14.5 OP
*
8.2
+0.075
4.2 −0.025
11.9
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
25.4±0.1
49.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
17.45±0.2
DZ-10GV-1B
PT
63.5R
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
1.1
4.9
17.7 19.7
OP 14.5
8.2
+0.075
4.2 −0.025
+0.075
11.9 4.2 −0.025 dia. hole
+0.1
4.36 −0.05 dia.
80
Special-purpose Basic Switch DZ
25.4±0.1
49.2
17.45±0.2
Short Hinge Roller Lever
DZ-10GW22-1B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
28.4
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
26.2R
FP
OP
19.7 17.7
DZ-10GV22-1B
25.4±0.1
49.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
PT
30.2R 1.1
OP
14.5
17.7
19.7
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.22 N
0.41 N
3 mm
0.13 mm
0.6 mm
OP
29.4±0.8 mm
8.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.075
+0.1
39.7 mm
30.2±0.8 mm
17.45±0.2
t = 1 (Stainless-steel lever)
4.36−0.05 dia.
FP max.
OP
8.2
11.9
+0.1
3.92 N
0.83 N
0.9 mm
2.4 mm
14.5
4.2+0.075
−0.025
4.36 −0.05 dia.
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
25.4±0.1
11.9
4.2 −0.025 dia. hole
17.45±0.2
49.2
Hinge Roller Lever
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
28.4
DZ-10GW2-1B
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
48.4R
FP
OP
19.7 17.7
14.5
25.4±0.1
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
47.6 mm
31.8±0.8 mm
17.45±0.2
t = 1 (stainless-steel lever)
PT
9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller)
48.4R
1.1
OP
17.7
14.5
19.7
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.65 N
0.33 N
4 mm
0.26 mm
1.1 mm
OP
29.4±0.8 mm
8.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
4.36+0.1
−0.05 dia.
FP max.
OP
11.9
49.2
DZ-10GV2-1B
2.09 N
0.41 N
1.2 mm
3.3 mm
8.2
4.2+0.075
−0.025
+0.1
4.36−0.05
dia.
OF max.
RF min.
OT min.
MD max.
4.2+0.075
−0.025 dia. hole
17.45±0.2
25.4±0.1 11.9
49.2
Special-purpose Basic Switch
DZ
81
■ Terminals
Solder Terminals (-1A)
Screw Terminals (-1B)
Six M3 pan head screws
(with toothed washer)
Mounting
Use M4 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers
to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of
1.18 to 1.47 N·m.
Mounting Holes
Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes or
M4 screw holes
25.4 ± 0.1
Precautions
Refer to pages 25 to 30 of General Information for details.
■ Cautions
The rated permissible switching speed and frequency indicate the
switching reliability of the Switch.
Terminal Connection
When soldering lead wires to the Switch, make sure that the
capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W maximum. Do not take more
than 5 s to solder any part of the Switch. Improper soldering may
cause abnormal heat radiation from the Switch and the Switch
may burn.
The characteristics of the Switch will deteriorate if a soldering iron
with a capacity of more than 60 W is applied to any part of the
Switch for 6 s or more.
The life of a Switch is determined at the specified switching
speed. The life varies with the switching speed and frequency
even when they are within the permissible ranges. In order to
determine the life of a Switch model to be applied to a particular
use, it is best to conduct an appropriate durability test on some
samples of the model under actual conditions.
Make sure that the actuator travel does not exceed the permissible OT position. The operating stroke must be set to 70% to 100%
of the rated OT.
Operation
■ Accessories (Order
separately)
Make sure that the switching frequency or speed is within the
specified range.
Refer to Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories for details about Terminal Covers, Separators, and Actuators.
If the switching speed is extremely slow, the contact may not be
switched smoothly, which may result in a contact failure or contact
welding.
If the switching speed is extremely fast, switching shock may
damage the Switch soon. If the switching frequency is too high,
the contact may not catch up with the speed.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B060-E1-07A
82
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Special-purpose Basic Switch DZ
High-temperature Basic Switch
TZ
Stable Operation at an Ambient
Temperature of 400°C
• Incorporates a ceramic insulator, cobalt-alloy spring, and
special-alloy contact, thus ensuring high contact reliability
at high ambient temperature.
• Smoothly operates at an ambient temperature of 400°C.
Model Number Structure
■ Model Number Legend
TZ-1G@
1 2 3
1. Rating
1:
1 A, 250 VAC
2. Contact Gap
G:
0.5 mm
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
V:
Hinge lever
V2: Hinge roller lever
V22: Short hinge roller lever
Ordering Information
■ List of Model
Actuator
Model
Pin plunger
TZ-1G
Hinge lever
TZ-1GV
Short hinge roller lever
TZ-1GV22
Hinge roller lever
TZ-1GV2
High-temperature Basic Switch
TZ
83
Specifications
■ Ratings
Rated
voltage
Non-inductive load (A)
Resistive load
NC
Inductive load (A)
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
250 VAC
1
1
0.9
0.45
0.45
0.3
1
1
1.5
0.45
0.75
0.3
8 VDC
14 VDC
30 VDC
125 VDC
1
1
1
0.4
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.05
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.05
1
1
1
0.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.05
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.05
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current.
Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
The above ratings are tested under the following conditions.
1. Ambient temperature: 20±2 °C
2. Ambient humidity: 65±5%
3. Switching frequency: 20 times/min
■ Characteristics
Operating speed
0.05 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 60 operations/min
Electrical:
20 operations/min
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
100 mΩ max. (initial value)
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude (see note 2)
Shock resistance
Destruction: 500 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 max. (see note 2)
Durability
Mechanical: 100,000 operations min.
Electrical:
50,000 operations min.
Degree of protection
IP00
Electric shock protection
Class I
Ambient temperature
Operating:
−65°C to 400°C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity
Operating:
35% to 85% max.
Weight
Approx. 45 to 54 g
Note: 1. This operating speed applies to switches with pin-type pushbuttons.
2. This refers to a malfunction period of 1 ms max.
■ Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush current
84
Specification
Cross bar
Material
Platinum alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.5 mm
NC
9 A max.
NO
4.5 A max.
High-temperature Basic Switch TZ
Nomenclature
Ceramic
pushbutton
Bracket
Fixed contact
Movable spring
COM
NC
NO
Movable contact
Ceramic terminal block
Fixed contact
Dimensions
■ Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note: 1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Each dimension has a tolerance of ±0.4 mm unless otherwise specified.
Pin Plunger
TZ-1G
(Ceramic pushbutton)
8.2 dia.
3 dia.
Two, 3.56-dia. holes
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.9 N
1.12 N
0.4 mm
0.13 mm
0.15 mm
OP
15.6±0.6 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
0.98 N
0.14 N
3.5 mm
4.6 mm
1.3 mm
OP
18±1.2 mm
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.35 N
0.34 N
1.5 mm
1.9 mm
0.6 mm
OP
28.6±1.2 mm
Three, M3.5
11.4
Hinge Lever
TZ-1GV
(Stainless-steel lever)
63.5R
Two, 3.56-dia.
holes
Three, M3.5
11.4
Short Hinge Roller Lever
(Stainless-steel lever)
TZ-1GV22
9.5 dia. 4 (stainless-steel roller)
26.2R
Two, 3.56-dia.
holes
11.4
Three, M3.5
High-temperature Basic Switch
TZ
85
Hinge Roller Lever
(Stainless-steel lever)
TZ-1GV2
9.5 dia. 4 (stainless-steel roller)
48.4R
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.27 N
0.2 N
2.6 mm
3.5 mm
1 mm
OP
28.6±1.2 mm
Two, 3.56-dia.
holes
11.4
Three, M3.5
Precautions
Refer to pages 25 to 30 of General Information for details.
■ Correct Use
Handling
Operation
The Switch has a ceramic casing. Do not drop the Switch from a
height of 30 cm or more. Doing so will break the casing.
Do not modify the Actuator and change the operating position.
Mounting
Be sure to turn OFF the power supply to the Switch before mounting, dismounting, wiring, or working on the Switch for maintenance. Not doing so may result in an electric shock or the Switch
may burn.
Mount the switch with M3.5 stainless-steel screws with plane
washer and spring washers securely.
Use M3.5 stainless-steel mounting screws with plane washers or
spring washers to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws
to a torque of 0.69 to 0.98 N·m.
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.56-dia. mounting holes or
M3.5 screw holes
25.4 ± 0.1
Connect nickel-plated solderless terminals to the TZ. Each terminal must be secured on the TZ with M3.5 nut.
Make sure that the ceramic case is free of metal powder or other
impurities.
Make sure that the switching speed is not extremely slow or do
not use the Switch so that the pushbutton will be set to a position
between the FP and OP.
Make sure that the pin-type pushbutton and the switching stroke
are on the same vertical line.
Make sure that the switching frequency or speed is within the
specified range.
• If the switching speed is extremely slow, the contact may not be
switched smoothly, which may result in a contact failure or contact welding.
• If the switching speed is extremely fast, switching shock may
damage the Switch soon. If the switching frequency is too high,
the contact may not catch up with the speed.
The rated permissible switching speed and frequency indicate the
switching reliability of the Switch.
The life of a Switch is determined at the specified switching
speed. The life varies with the switching speed and frequency
even when they are within the permissible ranges. In order to
determine the life of a Switch model to be applied to a particular
use, it is best to conduct an appropriate durability test on some
samples of the model under actual conditions.
Make sure that the actuator travel does not exceed the permissible OT position. The operating stroke must be set to 70% to 100%
of the rated OT.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B102-E1-02
86
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
High-temperature Basic Switch TZ
Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories
Z/A/X/DZ
Ordering Information
■ List of Models
Terminal Covers (Sold Separately)
Common to Z, A, X, and DZ Models
The Terminal Cover is secured with mounting screws and protects the casing and terminal wires from dust, vibration, or fingers, thus preventing terminal short-circuiting, ground faults, wire disconnection or improper connection, and electric shock accidents.
Terminal Covers made of phenol resin have five or six thin wall sections. These sections can be torn open for providing holes for lead cables
at desired points.
Application Soldering terminal use
Material
Mounting direction
Screw terminal use
Remarks
Model
Phenol resin
Side mounting
AP-A
AP-B
---
Metal press mold
Side mounting
AP1-A
AP1-B
Used for AP-A and AP-B
Vinyl chloride
Side mounting
AP-Z
---
Note: Use the screw-terminal use Terminal Cover for DZ-series soldering-terminal models.
Separator (Sold Separately)
Common to Z, A, X, and DZ Models
Model: Separator for Z
Actuators (Sold Separately)
Common to Z and X Models
A Switch can be actuated by a cam or an appropriate object, in which case, use one of the following Actuators according to the application.
Actuator
Common to Z and X models
Hinge lever
XAA-1
Hinge roller lever
ZAA-2
Panel mount plunger
Short
ZAQ-3
Medium
ZAQ-2
Long
ZAQ-1
Panel mount roller plunger
ZAQ-22
Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories
Z/A/X/DZ
87
Dimensions
■ Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Terminal Covers
AP-A
AP-B
Soldering Terminal Use
(Phenol Resin)
Screw Terminal Use
(Phenol Resin)
2.15R
2.15R
6.5
Note: The Cover has five thin, easy-to-separate portions for easy lead wire connections.
Note: The Cover has six thin, easy-to-separate portions for easy lead wire connections.
AP1-A
AP1-B
Soldering Terminal Use
(Metal Press Mold)
Screw Terminal Use
(Metal Press Mold)
2.15R
2.15R
Note: 1. The Cover has five holes for easy
lead wire connections.
2. AP1-A should be used with AP-A.
Note: 1. The Cover has six holes for easy
lead wire connections.
2. AP1-B should be used with AP-B.
AP-Z
Soldering or Screw Terminal Use
(Vinyl Chloride)
Pressure plate
(t1 steel)
Two, 4.2 dia.
Cable Pull-out Dimension
A-A' cross-section
8 dia.
Nut
M3 × 20 Phillips screw
(with plane washer and
nut)
Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories Z/A/X/DZ
6 dia.
Note: A 6-dia. or 8-dia. cable can be used by
cutting the cable pull-out hole to the size
of the cable to be used.
Note: Each dimension has a tolerance of ±0.4 mm unless otherwise specified. (±0.8 mm for the AP-Z)
88
B-B' cross-section
Separator
Two, 4.5 dia.
Note: 1. Each dimension has a tolerance of +0.4 mm unless
otherwise specified.
2. The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished
Tetron Cloth) and its heat-resisting temperature is
130°C.
t = 0.38
Actuators
Note: These Actuators are not provided with Switches.
Hinge Lever
XAA-1
Model
Two, M4 30
Two, M4
Stainless steel
60R
Z-15G-B
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.90 N
1.67 N
6 mm
12.7 mm
2.2 mm
FP max.
32.9±1.6 mm
X-10G-B
4.90 N
1.67 N
6 mm
12.7 mm
3.3 mm
Note: This Actuator can be used with the
Z-15G(-B) and ZX-10G(-B). When
mounting the Switch, set the
overtravel to between 32% and
100%, taking into consideration the
operating body and the distance
between the Actuator and the dog.
Hinge Roller Lever
Model
Two, M4 30
Two, M4
ZAA-2
9.5 dia. × 4.8 (stainlesssteel roller)
Stainless steel
Z-15G-B
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.90 N
1.67 N
6 mm
12.7 mm
2.2 mm
FP max.
44.5±1.6 mm
X-10G-B
4.90 N
1.67 N
6 mm
12.7 mm
3.3 mm
Note: This Actuator can be used with the
Z-15G(-B) and ZX-10G(-B). When
mounting the Switch, set the
overtravel to between 32% and
100%, taking into consideration the
operating body and the distance
between the Actuator and the dog.
58.5R
Note: Each dimension has a tolerance of ±0.4 mm unless otherwise specified.
Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories
Z/A/X/DZ
89
Short Panel Mount Plunger
ZAQ-3
Model
23.3
12SR
M12 × 1 mounting
screw
(Note 1)
2 t × 14 width across
flats
(Note 3)
14.5
dia.
2 t × 15.6 width
across flats
Two M4 nuts
Two M4 × 25 ± round
head screw
(Note 2)
ZAQ-3
Z-15E-B
7.9 dia.
X-10G-B
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
8.34 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
4.8 mm
0.15 mm
5.39 N
1.12 N
1 mm
4.5 mm
0.2 mm
OP
27.8±1.5 mm
Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger
2. Bronze frame
3. Incomplete screw section
part with a maximum of
1.5 mm
Note: This Actuator (pin plunger) can be used with Standard Pin Plungers (Z-15G(-B), Z-15E(-B), X-10G(-B), DZ-10G-1A(-1B)) for the Z,
X, and DZ models.
Medium Panel Mount Plunger
Model
ZAQ-2
23.3
12SR
M12 × 1 mounting
screw
2 t × 14 width across
flats
(Note 1)
2 t × 15.6 width
across flats
(Note 3)
ZAQ-2
Z-15E-B
7.9 dia.
14.5
dia.
Two M4 × 25
screw
X-10G-B
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
8.34 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
4.8 mm
0.15 mm
5.39 N
1.12 N
1 mm
4.5 mm
0.2 mm
OP
53.2±1.5 mm
Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger
2. Bronze frame
3. Incomplete screw section
part with a maximum of
1.5 mm
Two M4 nuts
(Note 2)
Note: This Actuator (pin plunger) can be used with Standard Pin Plungers (Z-15G(-B), Z-15E(-B), X-10G(-B), DZ-10G-1A(-1B)) for the Z,
X, and DZ models.
Model
Long Panel Mount Plunger
7.9 dia.
ZAQ-1
23.3
12SR
(Note 1)
M12 × 1 mounting
screw
2 t × 14 width across
flats
2 t × 15.6 width
across flats
(Note 3)
14.5
dia.
Two, M4 × 25 screws
(Note 2)
ZAQ-1
Z-15E-B
X-10G-B
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
8.34 N
1.12 N
0.8 mm
20.6 mm
0.15 mm
5.39 N
1.12 N
1 mm
20.4 mm
0.2 mm
OP
69.1±1.5 mm
Note:1. Stainless-steel pin plunger
2. Bronze frame
3. Incomplete screw section
part with a maximum of 1.5
mm
Two, M4 nuts
Note: This Actuator (pin plunger) can be used with Standard Pin Plungers (Z-15G(-B), Z-15E(-B), X-10G(-B), DZ-10G-1A(-1B)) for the Z,
X, and DZ models.
90
Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories Z/A/X/DZ
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
Model
ZAQ-22
48
PT
12.7 dia. (Note 1)
4.8
23.3±0.25
OP
1.6
(Note 3)
14.5
dia.
20.7
Two hex nuts
5-mm thickness, 19 mm
between opposing edges
With groove for roller
penetration
M12 × 1 mounting
screw
18.9
23.9
(Note 2)
11.9
25.4±0.2
49.2
Two, M4 × 25
screws
20.7
ZAQ-22
Z-15E-B
Spring washer
DZ-10G-B
OF max.
RF min.
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
8.34 N
1.12 N
2 mm
3.58 mm
0.15 mm
11.1 N
1.12 N
2 mm
1 mm
0.46 mm
OP
37±0.8 mm 35.4±1.2 mm
Note: This Actuator (roller plunger) can be used with standard pin plungers (Z-15G(B), Z-15E(-B), and DZ10G-1A(-1B)).
It cannot be used with X
models.
Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger
2. Bronze frame
3. Incomplete screw section part
with a maximum of 1.5 mm.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B106-E1-01A
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories
Z/A/X/DZ
91
D3V
Miniature Basic Switch
Reliable Basic Switch with External
Lever
• Available by 0.1 A, 6 A, 11 A, 16 A and 21 A models, all
with self-cleaning contacts.
• Available with internally or externally fitted levers, and 2
fixing positions for external levers.
• Conforms to EN61058-1 and UL1054.
Ordering Information
■
Model Number Legend
D3V-@@@@-@@@-@-@
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8
9
1. Ratings
21:
20 (4) A at 250 VAC
16:
16 (3) A at 250 VAC
11:
11 (3) A at 250 VAC
6:
6 (2) A at 250 VAC
01:
0.1 A at 125 VAC
2. Contact Gap
None: 1 mm (F gap)
G:
0.5 mm (G gap)
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
1:
Short hinge lever
2:
Hinge lever
3:
Long hinge lever
4:
Simulated roller lever
5:
Short hinge roller lever
6:
Hinge roller lever
4. Hinge Position
None: Internal/Far from plunger
M:
External/Far from plunger
K:
External/Near plunger
92
5. Contact Form
1:
SPDT
2:
SPST-NC
3:
SPST-NO
6. Terminals
A:
Solder terminals
C2:
Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C:
Quick-connect terminals (#250)
7. Maximum Operating Force
5:
1.96 N {200 gf}
4A:
1.23 N {125 gf}
4:
0.98 N {100 gf}
3:
0.49 N {50 gf}
2:
0.25 N {25 gf}
Note:
These values are for the pin plunger models.
8. Mounting Hole Size
None: 3.1 mm
K:
2.9 mm
9. Special Code
None: Standard
H:
High temperature (125°C)
E:
Special rating: 21 (8) A
D3V
■
D3V
Available Combinations
Model
D3V-21
D3V-16
D3V-11
D3V-6
21 A
16 A
11 A
6A
Rated current
OF max.
Heat
resistance
Contact
gap
Terminals
Standard
(85°C)
#250
Standard
(105°C)
High temperature
(125°C)
Note:
1.23 N
{125 gf}
G
1.96 N
{200 gf}
F
0.98 N
{100 gf}
G
F/G
1.96 N
{200 gf}
0.98 N
{100 gf}
F
F
G
0.49 N
{50 gf}
1.96 N
{200 gf}
G
F/G
G
0.1 A
0.98 N
{100 gf}
F
D3V-01
0.49 N
{50 gf}
0.49 N
{50 gf}
0.25 N
{25 gf}
G
F
F
G
#187
●
#187
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
●
#250
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
●
#187
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
#250
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
1. ●: Standard
❍: Semi-standard
2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with standard approvals.
93
D3V
D3V
List of Models
■
• 21 A (OF: 1.23 N {125 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
Pin plunger
---
D3V-21G-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G-3@4A-∆
Short hinge lever
Internal
D3V-21G1-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G1-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G1-3@4A-∆
M
D3V-21G1M-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G1M-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G1M-3@4A-∆
Internal
D3V-21G2-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G2-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G2-3@4A-∆
M
D3V-21G2M-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G2M-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G2M-3@4A-∆
Internal
D3V-21G3-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G3-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G3-3@4A-∆
M
D3V-21G3M-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G3M-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G3M-3@4A-∆
Internal
D3V-21G4-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G4-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G4-3@4A-∆
M
D3V-21G4M-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G4M-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G4M-3@4A-∆
Internal
D3V-21G5-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G5-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G5-3@4A-∆
M
D3V-21G5M-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G5M-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G5M-3@4A-∆
Internal
D3V-21G6-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G6-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G6-3@4A-∆
M
D3V-21G6M-1@4A-∆
D3V-21G6M-2@4A-∆
D3V-21G6M-3@4A-∆
Hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
• 16 A (OF: 1.96 N {200 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
D3V-16-1@5-∆
D3V-16-2@5-∆
D3V-16-3@5-∆
Pin plunger
---
Short hinge lever
Internal
D3V-161-1@5-∆
D3V-161-2@5-∆
D3V-161-3@5-∆
M
D3V-161M-1@5-∆
D3V-161M-2@5-∆
D3V-161M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-162-1@5-∆
D3V-162-2@5-∆
D3V-162-3@5-∆
M
D3V-162M-1@5-∆
D3V-162M-2@5-∆
D3V-162M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-163-1@5-∆
D3V-163-2@5-∆
D3V-163-3@5-∆
M
D3V-163M-1@5-∆
D3V-163M-2@5-∆
D3V-163M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-164-1@5-∆
D3V-164-2@5-∆
D3V-164-3@5-∆
M
D3V-164M-1@5-∆
D3V-164M-2@5-∆
D3V-164M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-165-1@5-∆
D3V-165-2@5-∆
D3V-165-3@5-∆
M
D3V-165M-1@5-∆
D3V-165M-2@5-∆
D3V-165M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-166-1@5-∆
D3V-166-2@5-∆
D3V-166-3@5-∆
M
D3V-166M-1@5-∆
D3V-166M-2@5-∆
D3V-166M-3@5-∆
Hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
Note:
94
The @ in the model number is for the terminal code.
A:
Solder terminals
C2:
Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C:
Quick-connect terminals (#250)
The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size.
None: 3.1 mm
K:
2.9 mm
D3V
D3V
• 16 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
D3V-16-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-161-1@4-∆
D3V-161-2@4-∆
D3V-161-3@4-∆
M
D3V-161M-1@4-∆
D3V-161M-2@4-∆
D3V-161M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-162-1@4-∆
D3V-162-2@4-∆
D3V-162-3@4-∆
M
D3V-162M-1@4-∆
D3V-162M-2@4-∆
D3V-162M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-163-1@4-∆
D3V-163-2@4-∆
D3V-163-3@4-∆
M
D3V-163M-1@4-∆
D3V-163M-2@4-∆
D3V-163M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-164-1@4-∆
D3V-164-2@4-∆
D3V-164-3@4-∆
M
D3V-164M-1@4-∆
D3V-164M-2@4-∆
D3V-164M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-165-1@4-∆
D3V-165-2@4-∆
D3V-165-3@4-∆
M
D3V-165M-1@4-∆
D3V-165M-2@4-∆
D3V-165M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-166-1@4-∆
D3V-166-2@4-∆
D3V-166-3@4-∆
M
D3V-166M-1@4-∆
D3V-166M-2@4-∆
D3V-166M-3@4-∆
Short hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
SPST-NO
D3V-16-2@4-∆
---
Hinge lever
SPST-NC
D3V-16-1@4-∆
Pin plunger
• 11 A (OF: 1.96 N {200 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
D3V-11-1@5-∆
D3V-11-2@5-∆
D3V-11-3@5-∆
Pin plunger
---
Short hinge lever
Internal
D3V-111-1@5-∆
D3V-111-2@5-∆
D3V-111-3@5-∆
M
D3V-111M-1@5-∆
D3V-111M-2@5-∆
D3V-111M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-112-1@5-∆
D3V-112-2@5-∆
D3V-112-3@5-∆
M
D3V-112M-1@5-∆
D3V-112M-2@5-∆
D3V-112M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-113-1@5-∆
D3V-113-2@5-∆
D3V-113-3@5-∆
M
D3V-113M-1@5-∆
D3V-113M-2@5-∆
D3V-113M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-114-1@5-∆
D3V-114-2@5-∆
D3V-114-3@5-∆
M
D3V-114M-1@5-∆
D3V-114M-2@5-∆
D3V-114M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-115-1@5-∆
D3V-115-2@5-∆
D3V-115-3@5-∆
M
D3V-115M-1@5-∆
D3V-115M-2@5-∆
D3V-115M-3@5-∆
Internal
D3V-116-1@5-∆
D3V-116-2@5-∆
D3V-116-3@5-∆
M
D3V-116M-1@5-∆
D3V-116M-2@5-∆
D3V-116M-3@5-∆
Hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
Note:
The @ in the model number is for the terminal code.
A:
Solder terminals
C2:
Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C:
Quick-connect terminals (#250)
The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size.
None: 3.1 mm
K:
2.9 mm
95
D3V
D3V
• 11 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
D3V-11-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-111-1@4-∆
D3V-111-2@4-∆
D3V-111-3@4-∆
M
D3V-111M-1@4-∆
D3V-111M-2@4-∆
D3V-111M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-112-1@4-∆
D3V-112-2@4-∆
D3V-112-3@4-∆
M
D3V-112M-1@4-∆
D3V-112M-2@4-∆
D3V-112M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-113-1@4-∆
D3V-113-2@4-∆
D3V-113-3@4-∆
M
D3V-113M-1@4-∆
D3V-113M-2@4-∆
D3V-113M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-114-1@4-∆
D3V-114-2@4-∆
D3V-114-3@4-∆
M
D3V-114M-1@4-∆
D3V-114M-2@4-∆
D3V-114M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-115-1@4-∆
D3V-115-2@4-∆
D3V-115-3@4-∆
M
D3V-115M-1@4-∆
D3V-115M-2@4-∆
D3V-115M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-116-1@4-∆
D3V-116-2@4-∆
D3V-116-3@4-∆
M
D3V-116M-1@4-∆
D3V-116M-2@4-∆
D3V-116M-3@4-∆
Short hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
SPST-NO
D3V-11-2@4-∆
---
Hinge lever
SPST-NC
D3V-11-1@4-∆
Pin plunger
• 11 A (OF: 0.49 N {50 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
D3V-11G-1@3-∆
D3V-11G-2@4-∆
D3V-11G-3@3-∆
Pin plunger
---
Short hinge lever
Internal
D3V-11G1-1@3-∆
D3V-11G1-2@4-∆
D3V-11G1-3@3-∆
M
D3V-11G1M-1@3-∆
D3V-11G1M-2@3-∆
D3V-11G1M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-11G2-1@3-∆
D3V-11G2-2@3-∆
D3V-11G2-3@3-∆
M
D3V-11G2M-1@3-∆
D3V-11G2M-2@3-∆
D3V-11G2M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-11G3-1@3-∆
D3V-11G3-2@3-∆
D3V-11G3-3@3-∆
M
D3V-11G3M-1@3-∆
D3V-11G3M-2@3-∆
D3V-11G3M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-11G4-1@3-∆
D3V-11G4-2@3-∆
D3V-11G4-3@3-∆
M
D3V-11G4M-1@3-∆
D3V-11G4M-2@3-∆
D3V-11G4M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-11G5-1@3-∆
D3V-11G5-2@3-∆
D3V-11G5-3@3-∆
M
D3V-11G5M-1@3-∆
D3V-11G5M-2@3-∆
D3V-11G5M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-11G6-1@3-∆
D3V-11G6-2@3-∆
D3V-11G6-3@3-∆
M
D3V-11G6M-1@3-∆
D3V-11G6M-2@3-∆
D3V-11G6M-3@3-∆
Hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
Note:
96
The @ in the model number is for the terminal code.
A:
Solder terminals
C2:
Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C:
Quick-connect terminals (#250)
The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size.
None: 3.1 mm
K:
2.9 mm
D3V
D3V
• 6 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
D3V-6-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-61-1@4-∆
D3V-61-2@4-∆
D3V-61-3@4-∆
M
D3V-61M-1@4-∆
D3V-61M-2@4-∆
D3V-61M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-62-1@4-∆
D3V-62-2@4−∆
D3V-62-3@4-∆
M
D3V-62M-1@4-∆
D3V-62M-2@4-∆
D3V-62M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-63-1@4-∆
D3V-63-2@4-∆
D3V-63-3@4-∆
M
D3V-63M-1@4-∆
D3V-63M-2@4-∆
D3V-63M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-64-1@4-∆
D3V-64-2@4-∆
D3V-64-3@4-∆
M
D3V-64M-1@4-∆
D3V-64M-2@4-∆
D3V-64M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-65-1@4-∆
D3V-65-2@4-∆
D3V-65-3@4-∆
M
D3V-65M-1@4-∆
D3V-65M-2@4-∆
D3V-65M-3@4-∆
Internal
D3V-66-1@4-∆
D3V-66-2@4-∆
D3V-66-3@4-∆
M
D3V-66M-1@4-∆
D3V-66M-2@4-∆
D3V-66M-3@4-∆
Short hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
SPST-NO
D3V-6-2@4-∆
---
Hinge lever
SPST-NC
D3V-6-1@4-∆
Pin plunger
• 6 A (OF: 0.49 N {50 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
D3V-6G-1@3-∆
D3V-6G-2@3-∆
D3V-6G-3@3-∆
Pin plunger
---
Short hinge lever
Internal
D3V-6G1-1@3-∆
D3V-6G1-2@3-∆
D3V-6G1-3@3-∆
M
D3V-6G1M-1@3-∆
D3V-6G1M-2@3-∆
D3V-6G1M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-6G2-1@3-∆
D3V-6G2-2@3-∆
D3V-6G2-3@3-∆
M
D3V-6G2M-1@3-∆
D3V-6G2M-2@3-∆
D3V-6G2M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-6G3-1@3-∆
D3V-6G3-2@3-∆
D3V-6G3-3@3-∆
M
D3V-6G3M-1@3-∆
D3V-6G3M-2@3-∆
D3V-6G3M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-6G4-1@3-∆
D3V-6G4-2@3-∆
D3V-6G4-3@3-∆
M
D3V-6G4M-1@3-∆
D3V-6G4M-2@3-∆
D3V-6G4M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-6G5-1@3-∆
D3V-6G5-2@3-∆
D3V-6G5-3@3-∆
M
D3V-6G5M-1@3-∆
D3V-6G5M-2@3-∆
D3V-6G5M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-6G6-1@3-∆
D3V-6G6-2@3-∆
D3V-6G6-3@3-∆
M
D3V-6G6M-1@3-∆
D3V-6G6M-2@3-∆
D3V-6G6M-3@3-∆
Hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
Note:
The @ in the model number is for the terminal code.
A:
Solder terminals
C2:
Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C:
Quick-connect terminals (#250)
The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size.
None: 3.1 mm
K:
2.9 mm
97
D3V
D3V
• 01 A (OF: 0.49 N {50 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
D3V-01-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-011-1@3-∆
D3V-011-2@3-∆
D3V-011-3@3-∆
M
D3V-011M-1@3-∆
D3V-011M-2@3-∆
D3V-011M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-012-1@3-∆
D3V-012-2@3-∆
D3V-012-3@3-∆
M
D3V-012M-1@3-∆
D3V-012M-2@3-∆
D3V-012M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-013-1@3-∆
D3V-013-2@3-∆
D3V-013-3@3-∆
M
D3V-013M-1@3-∆
D3V-013M-2@3-∆
D3V-013M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-014-1@3-∆
D3V-014-2@3-∆
D3V-014-3@3-∆
M
D3V-014M-1@3-∆
D3V-014M-2@3-∆
D3V-014M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-015-1@3-∆
D3V-015-2@3-∆
D3V-015-3@3-∆
M
D3V-015M-1@3-∆
D3V-015M-2@3-∆
D3V-015M-3@3-∆
Internal
D3V-016-1@3-∆
D3V-016-2@3-∆
D3V-016-3@3-∆
M
D3V-016M-1@3-∆
D3V-016M-2@3-∆
D3V-016M-3@3-∆
Short hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge roller lever
Hinge roller lever
SPST-NO
D3V-01-2@3-∆
---
Hinge lever
SPST-NC
D3V-01-1@3-∆
Pin plunger
• 01 A (OF: 0.25 N {25 gf})
Actuator
Hinge position
Contact form
SPDT
Pin plunger
Note:
98
---
D3V-01-1@2-∆
The @ in the model number is for the terminal code.
A:
Solder terminals
C2:
Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C:
Quick-connect terminals (#250)
The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size.
None: 3.1 mm
K:
2.9 mm
SPST-NC
D3V-01-2@2-∆
SPST-NO
D3V-01-3@2-∆
D3V
D3V
Specifications
■
Ratings
Type
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
D3V-21
D3V-16
D3V-11
D3V-6
D3V-01
Note:
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
250 VAC
21 A
3A
12 A
4A
8 VDC
21 A
5A
12 A
7A
30 VDC
14 A
5A
12 A
5A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
250 VAC
16 A
2A
10 A
3A
8 VDC
16 A
4A
10 A
6A
30 VDC
10 A
4A
10 A
4A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
250 VAC
11 A
1.5 A
6A
2A
8 VDC
11 A
3A
6A
3A
30 VDC
6A
3A
6A
3A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
250 VAC
6A
3A
4A
---
8 VDC
6A
3A
4A
---
30 VDC
6A
3A
4A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.1 A
0.4 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
125 VAC
0.1 A
0.05 A
---
0.2 A
---
---
8 VDC
0.1 A
---
---
---
30 VDC
0.1 A
NO
1. The above current values are the normal current values of models with a contact gap of 1 mm (gap F), which vary with the normal
current values of models with a contact gap of 0.5 mm (gap G).
2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
4. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
5. The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
99
D3V
■
D3V
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 600 operations/min max.
Electrical:
30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 M Ω min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial values)
D3V-21: 50 mΩ max.
D3V-16, D3V-11, D3V-6: 30 mΩ max.
D3V-01, 0.49 N {50 gf}:50 mΩ max.
0.25 N {25 gf}:100 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction:400 m/s2 {approx. 40G} max.
Malfunction:100 m/s2 {approx. 10G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min.
Electrical:
D3V-21:
50,000 operations min.
D3V-16:
100,000 operations min.
D3V-11:
200,000 operations min.
D3V-6, D3V-01: 500,000 operations min.
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against electric
shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
250
Ambient operating temperature
D3V-21, D3V-01:
–25°C to 85°C (with no icing)
D3V-16, D3V-11, D3V-6: –25°C to 105°C (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 6.2 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength values shown in the table are for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position.
4. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
■
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with standard approvals.
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
125 VAC
D3V-21G
D3V-16
D3V-16G
D3V-11
D3V-11G
D3V-6
D3V-6G
D3V-01
---
16 A, 1/2 HP 16 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 6 A, 1/4 HP
6 A, 1/4 HP
0.1 A
250 VAC
20.1 A
16 A, 1/2 HP 16 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 6 A, 1/4 HP
6 A, 1/4 HP
---
125 VDC
---
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
---
---
---
250 VDC
---
0.3 A
---
0.3 A
---
---
---
---
EN 61058-1: 1992+A1: 1993 (License No. 119151L)
Rated voltage
D3V-21G
D3V-16
D3V-11
D3V-6
D3V-01
125 VAC
---
---
---
---
0.1 A
250 VAC
20 (4) A
16 (3) A
11 (3) A
6 (2) A
---
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C) for D3V-21/D3V-01, T105 (0°C to 105°C) for D3V-16/D3V-11/D3V-6
Rated voltage
250 VAC
D3V-21G
21 (8) A
Testing conditions: 10,000 operations, T85 (0°C to 85°C)
100
D3V
■
D3V
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
D3V-21
Specification
Inrush current
D3V-16
D3V-11
D3V-6
D3V-01
Rivet
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gap
(standard value)
0.5 mm
1 mm (F gap type) or 0.5 mm (G gap type)
1.0 mm
Gold alloy
NC
50 A max.
40 A max.
---
24 A max.
15 A max.
NO
Minimum applicable load (see note)
Note:
■
160 mA at 5 VDC
1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 109.
Contact Form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
NC
NC
NO
NO
COM
COM
COM
Dimensions
■
Terminals
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The table below is for the SPDT contact specifications. Two terminals will be available for SPST-NO or SPST-NC contact specifications. For terminal positions, refer to the above Contact Form.
Terminal
type
Solder Terminals(A)
COM
Quick-connect Terminals
(#250) (C)
(5.5)
(5.5)
(4.9)
(6.5)
(6.5)
(7.7)
2.9
3.2
2.9
t = 0.5 (10)
Three, solder terminals
Terminal
dimensions
Quick-connect Terminals
(#187) (C2)
6.35
3.2 (see note)
4.75±0.1
t = 0.5 (10)
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
(12.0)
t = 0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
8
6.35
3.2
3.95
4.75±0.1
6.35±0.1
2.4 dia. 1.6 dia.
Note: Indicates the length to the center of the
1.6-dia. holes
■
1.6-dia. terminal hole
1.65-dia. terminal hole
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes or
M3 screw holes
10.3±0.1
22.2±0.1
101
D3V
■
D3V
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The following illustrations and drawings are for quick-connect terminals (#187) (terminals C2). D3V models incorporate terminals
A and C. These models are different from #187 models in terminal size only. Terminals A and C are omitted from the following
drawings. Refer to Terminals on page 101 for these terminals.
4. The @ in the model number is for the terminal code.
5. The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size.
The hole size in the following illustrations of models with a suffix “K” in the ∆ is 2.9 mm.
).
➡
6. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction (
A
➡
Pin Plunger Models
D3V-21G-1@4A-∆
D3V-16-1@5-∆
D3V-11-1@5-∆
D3V-11-1@4-∆
D3V-6-1@4-∆
D3V-6G-1@3-∆
D3V-01-1@2-∆
D3V-01-1@3-∆
Model
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
D3V-21G-1@4A-∆
D3V-16-1@5-∆
D3V-11-1@5-∆
D3V-11-1@4-∆
D3V-6-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.20 N {20 gf}
1.96 N {200 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.2 mm
1.0 mm
0.3 mm
1.2 mm
1.0 mm
0.4 mm (F gap type) or 0.3 mm (G gap type)
OP
14.7±0.4 mm
102
0.98 N {100 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
D3V-6G-1@3-∆
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
D3V-01-1@3-∆
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
1.2 mm
1.0 mm
0.4 mm
D3V-01-1@2-∆
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
D3V
D3V
Short Hinge Lever Models
Model
D3V-21G1-1@4A-∆
0.7
A
22.1
t=0.5
8.1
➡
3.1+0.13
−0.03 dia. hole 1.6
D3V-21G1-1@4A-∆
D3V-161-1@5-∆
D3V-111-1@5-∆
D3V-111-1@4-∆
D3V-61-1@4-∆
D3V-6G1-1@3-∆
D3V-011-1@3-∆
10.3±0.1
15.9 7.2
2.8
(10)
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
D3V-161-1@5-∆
D3V-111-1@5-∆
D3V-111-1@4-∆
D3V-61-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.20 N {20 gf}
1.96 N {200 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.5 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm (F gap type) or 0.5 mm (G gap type)
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
4.2
2.8
4
18.7
2.85
PT
OP
3.1+0.13
−0.03
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
10.3
D3V-6G1-1@3-∆
0.98 N {100 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
D3V-011-1@3-∆
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G1M-1@4A-∆
D3V-161M-1@5-∆
D3V-111M-1@5-∆
D3V-111M-1@4-∆
D3V-61M-1@4-∆
D3V-6G1M-1@3-∆
D3V-011M-1@3-∆
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
Note: Stainless-steel lever
Model
D3V-21G1M-1@4A-∆
D3V-161M-1@5-∆
D3V-111M-1@5-∆
D3V-111M-1@4-∆
D3V-61M-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.20 N {20 gf}
1.96 N {200 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.98 N {100 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.5 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm (F gap type) or 0.5 mm (G gap type)
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
D3V-6G1M-1@3-∆
D3V-011M-1@3-∆
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm
A
3.1+0.13
−0.03 dia. hole
1.6
27.9±0.8
t=0.5
14.3
8.5
➡
D3V-21G1K-1@4A-∆
D3V-161K-1@5-∆
D3V-111K-1@5-∆
D3V-111K-1@4-∆
D3V-61K-1@4-∆
D3V-6G1K-1@3-∆
D3V-011K-1@3-∆
PT
2.85
4.5
0.7
2.8
4
18.7
10.3±0.1
15.9 7.2
OP
+0.13
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
D3V-21G1K-1@4A-∆
D3V-161K-1@5-∆
D3V-111K-1@5-∆
2.8
(10)
D3V-111K-1@4-∆
D3V-61K-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.83 N {85 gf}
0.08 N {8 gf}
1.27 N {130 gf}
0.16 N {16 gf}
0.64 N {65 gf}
0.08 N {8 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
3.5 mm
1.1 mm
1.1 mm
3.5 mm
1.1 mm
1.2 mm (F gap type) or 1.1 mm (G gap type)
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
3.1−0.03
10.3
27.8
37.8±0.8
D3V-6G1K-1@3-∆
D3V-011K-1@3-∆
0.34 N {35 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
3.5 mm
1.1 mm
1.2 mm
103
D3V
D3V
Hinge Lever Models
A
35.6±0.8
3.1+0.13
−0.03 dia. hole 1.6
t=0.5
2.8
4
18.8
D3V-21G2-1@4A-∆
D3V-162-1@5-∆
D3V-112-1@5-∆
2.85 4.2
PT
8.1
0.7
10.3±0.1
15.9 7.2
2.8
(10)
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
➡
D3V-21G2-1@4A-∆
D3V-162-1@5-∆
D3V-112-1@5-∆
D3V-112-1@4-∆
D3V-62-1@4-∆
D3V-6G2-1@3-∆
D3V-012-1@3-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.78 N {80 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm (F gap type) or 0.8 mm (G gap type)
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
3.1+0.13
−0.03
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
D3V-112-1@4-∆
D3V-62-1@4−∆
OP
10.3
D3V-6G2-1@3-∆
D3V-012-1@3-∆
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.29 N {30 gf}
--4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G2M-1@4A-∆
D3V-162M-1@5-∆
D3V-112M-1@5-∆
D3V-112M-1@4-∆
D3V-62M-1@4-∆
D3V-6G2M-1@3-∆
D3V-012M-1@3-∆
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
Note: Stainless-steel lever
Model
D3V-21G2M-1@4A-∆
D3V-162M-1@5-∆
D3V-112M-1@5-∆
D3V-112M-1@4-∆
D3V-62M-1@4−∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.78 N {80 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm (F gap type) or 0.8 mm (G gap type)
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
D3V-6G2M-1@3-∆
D3V-012M-1@3-∆
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.29 N {30 gf}
--4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G2K-1@4A-∆
D3V-162K-1@5-∆
D3V-112K-1@5-∆
D3V-112K-1@4-∆
D3V-62K-1@4-∆
D3V-6G2K-1@3-∆
D3V-012K-1@3-∆
3.1 +0.13
−0.03 dia. hole
0.7
D3V-21G2K-1@4A-∆
t=0.5
18.7
D3V-162K-1@5-∆
D3V-112K-1@5-∆
2.8
(10)
D3V-112K-1@4-∆
D3V-62K-1@4−∆
0.44 N {45 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
0.69 N {70 gf}
0.08 N {8 gf}
0.34 N {35 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
6.0 mm
2.5 mm
1.3 mm
6.0 mm
2.5 mm
2.0 mm (F gap type) or 1.3 mm (G gap type)
OP
15.2±2.0 mm
PT
2.85
4.5
2.8
10.3±0.1 OP
4
OF max.
RF min.
104
41.4±0
14.3
8.5
15.9 7.2
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
1.6
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
3.1+0.13
−0.03
10.3
27.8
37.8±0.8
D3V-6G2K-1@3-∆
D3V-012K-1@3-∆
0.20 N {20 gf}
--6.0 mm
2.5 mm
2.0 mm
D3V
D3V
Long Hinge Lever Models
A
3.1+0.13
−0.03 dia. hole
➡
D3V-21G3-1@4A-∆
D3V-163-1@5-∆
D3V-113-1@5-∆
D3V-113-1@4-∆
D3V-63-1@4-∆
D3V-6G3-1@3-∆
D3V-013-1@3-∆
59.4±0.8
t=0.5
1.6
8.1
0.7
PT
2.85 4.2
2.8
4
15.9 7.2
18.7
10.3±0.1
OP
+0.13
2.8
(10)
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
3.1−0.03
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
27.8
10.3
37.8±0.8
Model
D3V-21G3-1@4A-∆
D3V-163-1@5-∆
D3V-113-1@5-∆
D3V-113-1@4-∆
D3V-63-1@4-∆
D3V-6G3-1@3-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.44 N {45 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
0.69 N {70 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.34 N {35 gf}
---
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
9.0 mm
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
9.0 mm
2.0 mm
2.8 mm (F gap type) or 2.0 mm (G gap type)
9.0 mm
3.2 mm
2.8 mm (F gap type) or 2.0 mm (G gap type)
OP
+2.6
15.2 −3.2 mm
D3V-013-1@3-∆
0.20 N {20 gf}
--9.0 mm
3.2 mm
2.8 mm
15.2±2.6 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G3M-1@4A-∆
D3V-163M-1@5-∆
D3V-113M-1@5-∆
D3V-113M-1@4-∆
D3V-63M-1@4-∆
D3V-6G3M-1@3-∆
D3V-013M-1@3-∆
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
Note: Stainless-steel lever
Model
D3V-21G3M-1@4A-∆
D3V-163M-1@5-∆
D3V-113M-1@5-∆
D3V-113M-1@4-∆
D3V-63M-1@4-∆
D3V-6G3M-1@3-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.44 N {45 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
0.69 N {70 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.34 N {35 gf}
---
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
9.0 mm
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
9.0 mm
2.0 mm
2.8 mm (F gap type) or 2.0 mm (G gap type)
9.0 mm
3.2 mm
2.8 mm (F gap type) or 2.0 mm (G gap type)
OP
+2.6
15.2 −3.2 mm
D3V-013M-1@3-∆
0.20 N {20 gf}
--9.0 mm
3.2 mm
2.8 mm
15.2±2.6 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G3K-1@4A-∆
D3V-163K-1@5-∆
D3V-113K-1@5-∆
D3V-113K-1@4-∆
D3V-63K-1@4-∆
D3V-6G3K-1@3-∆
D3V-013K-1@3-∆
3.1+0.13
−0.03 dia. hole 1.6
14.3
8.5
65.2±0.8
t=0.5
PT
2.85 4.5
0.7
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
4
15.9 7.2
18.7
2.8
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
(10)
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
3.1+0.13
−0.03
10.3
27.8
37.8±0.8
Model
D3V-21G3K-1@4A-∆
D3V-163K-1@5-∆
D3V-113K-1@5-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.20 N {20 gf}
---
0.34 N {35 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
15.0 mm
4.0 mm
3.0 mm
15.0 mm
4.0 mm
3.8 mm (F gap type) or 3.0 mm (G gap type)
OP
15.2±3.0 mm
D3V-113K-1@4-∆
D3V-63K-1@4-∆
0.20 N {20 gf}
---
D3V-6G3K-1@3-∆
D3V-013K-1@3-∆
0.10 N {10 gf}
--15.0 mm
4.0 mm
3.8 mm
105
D3V
D3V
A
➡
Simulated Roller Lever Models
D3V-21G4-1@4A-∆
D3V-164-1@5-∆
D3V-114-1@5-∆
D3V-114-1@4-∆
D3V-64-1@4-∆
D3V-6G4-1@3-∆
D3V-014-1@3-∆
1.6
PT
2.8
4
18.8
D3V-21G4-1@4A-∆
D3V-164-1@5-∆
D3V-114-1@5-∆
2.8
(10)
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.4 mm
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm (F gap type) or 0.8 mm (G gap type)
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
3.1+0.13
−0.03
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
10.3
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
D3V-114-1@4-∆
D3V-64-1@4-∆
0.83 N {85 gf}
0.07 N {7 gf}
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 7.2
OF max.
RF min.
2.85 4.2
t=0.5
8.1
0.7
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
32.5±0.8
+0.13
3.1−0.03 dia. hole
D3V-6G4-1@3-∆
D3V-014-1@3-∆
0.29 N {30 gf}
--4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G4M-1@4A-∆
D3V-164M-1@5-∆
D3V-114M-1@5-∆
D3V-114M-1@4-∆
D3V-64M-1@4-∆
D3V-6G4M-1@3-∆
D3V-014M-1@3-∆
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
Note: Stainless-steel lever
Model
D3V-21G4M-1@4A-∆
D3V-164M-1@5-∆
D3V-114M-1@5-∆
D3V-114M-1@4-∆
D3V-64M-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.83 N {85 gf}
0.07 N {7 gf}
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.4 mm
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm (F gap type) or 0.8 mm (G gap type)
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
0.29 N {30 gf}
---
1.6
0.7
38.4±0.8
14.3
8.5
➡
+0.13
PT
18.7
15.9
D3V-164K-1@5-∆
D3V-114K-1@5-∆
2.8
2.8
(10)
D3V-114K-1@4-∆
D3V-64K-1@4-∆
0.74 N {75 gf}
0.10 N {10 gf}
0.39 N {40 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
8.0 mm
1.5 mm
3.0 mm
8.0 mm
1.5 mm
3.5 mm (F gap type) or 3.0 mm (G gap type)
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
OP
10.3±0.1
7.2
0.54 N {55 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
2.85 4.5
t=0.5
4
OF max.
RF min.
106
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm
3.1−0.03 dia. hole
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
D3V-21G4K-1@4A-∆
D3V-014M-1@3-∆
A
D3V-21G4K-1@4A-∆
D3V-164K-1@5-∆
D3V-114K-1@5-∆
D3V-114K-1@4-∆
D3V-64K-1@4-∆
D3V-6G4K-1@3-∆
D3V-014K-1@3-∆
Model
D3V-6G4M-1@3-∆
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
+0.13
3.1−0.03
D3V-6G4K-1@3-∆
10.3
D3V-014K-1@3-∆
0.20 N {20 gf}
--8.0 mm
1.5 mm
3.5 mm
D3V
D3V
A
➡
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
D3V-21G5-1@4A-∆
D3V-165-1@5-∆
D3V-115-1@5-∆
D3V-115-1@4-∆
D3V-65-1@4-∆
D3V-6G5-1@3-∆
D3V-015-1@3-∆
20.1±0.8
+0.13
0.7
D3V-21G5-1@4A-∆
4.8
t=0.5
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
4
15.9 7.2
18.8
2.8
(10)
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
8.1
D3V-165-1@5-∆
D3V-115-1@5-∆
D3V-115-1@4-∆
D3V-65-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
1.42 N {145 gf}
0.2 N {20 gf}
2.35 N {240 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.5 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm (F gap type) or 0.5 mm (G gap type)
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
1.18 N {120 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
3.1+0.13
−0.03
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
10.3
D3V-6G5-1@3-∆
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm
A
➡
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
D3V-21G5M-1@4A-∆
D3V-015-1@3-∆
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
D3V-21G5M-1@4A-∆
D3V-165M-1@5-∆
D3V-115M-1@5-∆
D3V-115M-1@4-∆
D3V-65M-1@4-∆
D3V-6G5M-1@3-∆
D3V-015M-1@3-∆
Model
5.1
PT
3.1−0.03 dia. hole 1.6
D3V-165M-1@5-∆
D3V-115M-1@5-∆
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
D3V-115M-1@4-∆
D3V-65M-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
1.42 N {145 gf}
0.2 N {20 gf}
2.35 N {240 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
1.18 N {120 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.5 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm (F gap type) or 0.5 mm (G gap type)
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
D3V-6G5M-1@3-∆
D3V-015M-1@3-∆
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
0.6 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G5K-1@4A-∆
D3V-165K-1@5-∆
D3V-115K-1@5-∆
D3V-115K-1@4-∆
D3V-65K-1@4-∆
D3V-6G5K-1@3-∆
D3V-015K-1@3-∆
+0.13
3.1−0.03 dia. hole 1.6
25.9±0.8
14.3
t=0.5
8.5
PT
5.1
0.7
2.8 OP
4
18.8
10.3±0.1
15.9 7.2
+0.13
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
D3V-21G5K-1@4A-∆
D3V-165K-1@5-∆
D3V-115K-1@5-∆
2.8
(10)
D3V-115K-1@4-∆
D3V-65K-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.98 N {100 gf}
0.08 N {8 gf}
1.57 N {160 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
0.78 N {80 gf}
0.08 N {8 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
2.6 mm
1.0 mm
0.8 mm
2.6 mm
1.0 mm
0.9 mm (F gap type) or 0.8 mm (G gap type)
OP
20.7±1.0 mm
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
3.1−0.03
D3V-6G5K-1@3-∆
10.3
D3V-015K-1@3-∆
0.39 N {40 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
2.6 mm
1.0 mm
0.9 mm
107
D3V
D3V
Hinge Roller Lever Models
A
➡
D3V-21G6-1@4A-∆
D3V-166-1@5-∆
D3V-116-1@5-∆
D3V-116-1@4-∆
D3V-66-1@4-∆
D3V-6G6-1@3-∆
D3V-016-1@3-∆
33.0±0.8
+0.13
3.1−0.03 dia. hole
1.6
8.1
5.1
PT
4.8
t=0.5
0.7
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
4
15.9 7.2
18.7
+0.13
2.8
(10)
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
D3V-21G6-1@4A-∆
D3V-166-1@5-∆
D3V-116-1@5-∆
0.79 N {80 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm (F gap type) or 0.8 mm (G gap type)
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
10.3
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
D3V-116-1@4-∆
D3V-66-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
3.1−0.03
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
D3V-6G6-1@3-∆
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
D3V-016-1@3-∆
0.29 N {30 gf}
--4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm
➡
A
D3V-21G6M-1@4A-∆
D3V-166M-1@5-∆
D3V-116M-1@5-∆
D3V-116M-1@4-∆
D3V-66M-1@4-∆
D3V-6G6M-1@3-∆
D3V-016M-1@3-∆
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
Model
D3V-21G6M-1@4A-∆
D3V-166M-1@5-∆
D3V-116M-1@5-∆
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
D3V-116M-1@4-∆
D3V-66M-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.79 N {80 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
1.23 N {125 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
0.59 N {60 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
0.8 mm
4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm (F gap type) or 0.8 mm (G gap type)
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
D3V-6G6M-1@3-∆
D3V-016M-1@3-∆
0.29 N {30 gf}
--4.0 mm
1.6 mm
1.5 mm
A
➡
D3V-21G6K-1@4A-∆
D3V-166K-1@5-∆
D3V-116K-1@5-∆
D3V-116K-1@4-∆
D3V-66K-1@4-∆
D3V-6G6K-1@3-∆
D3V-016K-1@3-∆
39.8±0.8
+0.13
3.1−0.03 dia. hole
1.6
14.3
8.5
PT
5.1
t=0.5
0.7
2.8
4
10.3±0.1
15.9 7.2
18.8
OP
+0.13
t=0.5
Three, #187 series tab
Model
D3V-21G6K-1@4A-∆
D3V-166K-1@5-∆
D3V-116K-1@5-∆
D3V-116K-1@4-∆
D3V-66K-1@4-∆
OF max.
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
0.74 N {75 gf}
0.10 N {10 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
7.2 mm
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
7.2 mm
2.0 mm
2.7 mm (F gap type) or 2.0 mm (G gap type)
OP
20.7±2.2 mm
108
2.8
(10)
0.39 N {40 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
3.4±0.15 dia. hole
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
3.1−0.03
D3V-6G6K-1@3-∆
10.3
D3V-016K-1@3-∆
0.20 N {20 gf}
--7.2 mm
2.0 mm
2.7 mm
D3V
D3V
Precautions
■
Cautions
Handling
Be careful not to drop the switch. Doing so may cause damage to
the switch’s internal components because it is designed for a
small load.
■
Correct Use
Mounting
Using Micro Loads
Use two M3 mounting screws with an appropriate screwdriver to
mount the switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to
0.59 N • m {4 to 6 kgf • cm}.
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current
occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase
contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
Mount lever-operated switches with a maximum operating force of
0.49 N in a direction where the actuator weight will not be applied
to the switch. Since the switch is designed for a small load, its
resetting force is small. Therefore, resetting failure may occur if
unnecessary load is applied to the switch.
Insulation Distance
According to EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for
this switch should be 1.1 mm and minimum clearance distance
between the terminal and mounting plate should be 1.9 mm. If the
insulation distance cannot be provided in the product incorporating the switch, either use a switch with insulation barrier or use a
Separator to ensure sufficient insulation distance.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability
level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 × 10−6/operations
indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than
1/2,000,000 operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
Mounting Direction
Operating range
for micro load
models D3V-01
Operating
range for
generalload models
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
Solder Terminal Approval Conditions
Soldering iron can be used.
Soldering hook hole available.
Soldering terminal types 1 and 2 are met.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B103-E1-02A
109
Miniature Basic Switch
V
Reliable Basic Switches in a Wide
Variation
Wide variation of best-selling microswitches with
switching currents of 10 to 21 A.
Can be used for interrupting current when doors are
opened or closed.
Available in two types of cases:
thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin.
RCEW
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
V-jjj-jjjj-j
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1.
Ratings
21: 21 A at 250 VAC
16: 16 A at 250 VAC
15: 15 A at 250 VAC
11: 11 A at 250 VAC
10: 10 A at 250 VAC
2.
Contact Gap
None: 1 mm (F gap)
G:
0.5 mm (G gap) (for remodelling)
3.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
1:
Short hinge lever
2:
Hinge lever
3:
Long hinge lever
4:
Simulated roller lever
5:
Short hinge roller lever
6:
Hinge roller lever
4.
110
Contact Form
1: SPDT (COM bottom terminal, double-throw)
2: SPST-NC (COM bottom terminal, normally closed)
3: SPST-NO (COM bottom terminal, normally open)
4: SPDT (COM side terminal, double-throw)
5: SPST-NC (COM side terminal, normally closed)
6: SPST-NO (COM side terminal, normally open)
5.
Terminals
A: Solder terminals
C2: Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C: Quick-connect terminals (#250)
B: Screw terminals
6.
Barrier (Models with Thermoplastic Case Only)
None: Without barrier
R:
Right-hand barrier
L:
Left-hand barrier
7.
Maximum Operating Force
6: 3.92 N {400 gf}
5: 1.96 N {200 gf}
4: 0.98 N {100 gf}
Note: These values are for the pin plunger models.
8.
Special Purpose (Models with Thermosetting Case
Only)
T: Heat-resistive
V
V
Available Combinations
Thermoplastic case
Terminal
Insulation
barrier
Heat
resistance
Bottom
No
Standard
(80_C)
Heat
i t t
resistant
(150_C)
Yes
Side
Note:
V-21
V-16
V-11
V-15
V-10
Rated current
21 A
16 A
11 A
15 A
10 A
OF
COM
terminal
position
Standard
(80_C)
No
Standard
(80_C)
Thermosetting case
Model
Terminal symbol
3.92 N
{400 gf}
3.92 N
{400 gf}
1.96 N
{200 gf}
0.98 N
{100 gf}
3.92 N
{400 gf}
1.96 N
{200 gf}
1.96 N
{200 gf}
0.98 N
{100 gf}
Solder terminals (A)
---
f
F
F
f
F
F
F
Quick-connect terminals
(#187) (C2)
---
f
F
F
f
F
F
F
Quick-connect terminals
(#250) (C)
F
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
Screw terminals (B)
---
---
---
f
(1.96 N)
f
F
F
F
Solder terminals (A)
---
---
---
---
f
F
F
F
Quick-connect terminals
(#187) (C2)
---
---
---
---
f
f
f
f
Quick-connect terminals
(#250) (C)
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Screw terminals (B)
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Solder terminals (A)
---
f
F
---
---
---
---
---
Quick-connect terminals
(#187) (C2)
---
f
F
---
---
---
---
---
Quick-connect terminals
(#250) (C)
F
f
F
---
---
---
---
---
Solder terminals (A)
---
---
---
---
f
F
F
F
Quick-connect terminals
(#187) (C2)
---
---
---
---
f
f
f
f
Quick-connect terminals
(#250) (C)
f
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
1. F: Standard
f: Semi-standard
2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for spacific models with standard approvals.
List of Models
General-purpose Models
(Only combinations with standard terminals are shown.)
Thermoplastic Case
Actuator
Pin plunger
COM
tterminal
i l
position
Bottom
Contact
f
form
C
21 A (OF: 3.92 N {400 gf})
Without barrier
Right-hand barrier
Left-hand barrier
V-21-1C6
V-21-1CR6
V-21-1CL6
SPST-NC
V-21-2C6
V-21-2CR6
V-21-2CL6
SPST-NO
V-21-3C6
V-21-3CR6
V-21-3CL6
SPDT
V-211-1C6
V-211-1CR6
V-211-1CL6
Hinge lever
V-212-1C6
V-212-1CR6
V-212-1CL6
Long hinge lever
V-213-1C6
V-213-1CR6
V-213-1CL6
Simulated roller lever
V-214-1C6
V-214-1CR6
V-214-1CL6
Short hinge
roller lever
V-215-1C6
V-215-1CR6
V-215-1CL6
Hinge roller lever
V-216-1C6
V-216-1CR6
V-216-1CL6
Short hinge lever
Note:
C:
SPDT
Terminals
((see note)
t )
Quick-connect terminals (#250)
111
V
V
Actuator
Pin plunger
COM
tterminal
i l
position
Bottom
Contact
f
form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
Short hinge
g lever
SPDT
Hinge
g lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge
g
roller lever
Hinge roller lever
Note:
112
A: Solder terminals
C2: Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C: Quick-connect terminals (#250)
Terminals
((see note)
t )
16 A (OF: 1.96 N {200 gf})
Without barrier
Right-hand barrier
Left-hand barrier
A
V-16-1A5
V-16-1AR5
V-16-1AL5
C2
V-16-1C25
V-16-1C2R5
V-16-1C2L5
C
V-16-1C5
---
---
A
V-16-2A5
V-16-2AR5
V-16-2AL5
C2
V-16-2C25
V-16-2C2R5
V-16-2C2L5
C
V-16-2C5
---
---
A
V-16-3A5
V-16-3AR5
V-16-3AL5
C2
V-16-3C25
V-16-3C2R5
V-16-3C2L5
C
V-16-3C5
---
---
A
V-161-1A5
V-161-1AR5
V-161-1AL5
C2
V-161-1C25
V-161-1C2R5
V-161-1C2L5
C
V-161-1C5
---
---
A
V-162-1A5
V-162-1AR5
V-162-1AL5
C2
V-162-1C25
V-162-1C2R5
V-162-1C2L5
C
V-162-1C5
---
---
A
V-163-1A5
V-163-1AR5
V-163-1AL5
C2
V-163-1C25
V-163-1C2R5
V-163-1C2L5
C
V-163-1C5
---
---
A
V-164-1A5
V-164-1AR5
V-164-1AL5
C2
V-164-1C25
V-164-1C2R5
V-164-1C2L5
C
V-164-1C5
---
---
A
V-165-1A5
V-165-1AR5
V-165-1AL5
C2
V-165-1C25
V-165-1C2R5
V-165-1C2L5
C
V-165-1C5
---
---
A
V-166-1A5
V-166-1AR5
V-166-1AL5
C2
V-166-1C25
V-166-1C2R5
V-166-1C2L5
C
V-166-1C5
---
---
V
V
Actuator
Pin plunger
COM terminal
position
iti
Contact form
Bottom
SPDT
Short hinge
g lever
Hinge
g lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge
g roller lever
Hinge
g roller lever
Note:
Terminals (see
(
note))
11 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf}
Without barrier
A
V-11-1A4
C2
V-11-1C24
C
V-11-1C4
A
V-111-1A4
C2
V-111-1C24
C
V-111-1C4
A
V-112-1A4
C2
V-112-1C24
C
V-112-1C4
A
V-113-1A4
C2
V-113-1C24
C
V-113-1C4
A
V-114-1A4
C2
V-114-1C24
C
V-114-1C4
A
V-115-1A4
C2
V-115-1C24
C
V-115-1C4
A
V-116-1A4
C2
V-116-1C24
C
V-116-1C4
A: Solder terminals
C2: Quick-connect terminals (#187)
C: Quick-connect terminals (#250)
113
V
V
Thermosetting Case
Actuator
Pin plunger
COM
terminal
position
Bottom
Contact
form
SPDT
Bottom
OF: 0.98 N {100 gf}
V-10-1A5
V-10-1A4
V-15-1C25
V-10-1C25
V-10-1C24
B
V-15-1B5
V-10-1B5
V-10-1B4
A
V-15-2A5
V-10-2A5
V-10-2A4
C2
V-15-2C25
V-10-2C25
V-10-2C24
B
V-15-2B5
V-10-2B5
V-10-2B4
A
V-15-3A5
V-10-3A5
V-10-3A4
C2
V-15-3C25
V-10-3C25
V-10-3C24
B
V-15-3B5
V-10-3B5
V-10-3B4
A
V-15-4A5
V-10-4A5
V-10-4A4
SPST-NC
V-15-5A5
V-10-5A5
V-10-5A4
SPST-NO
V-15-6A5
V-10-6A5
V-10-6A4
A
V-151-1A5
V-101-1A5
V-101-1A4
C2
V-151-1C25
V-101-1C25
V-101-1C24
B
V-151-1B5
V-101-1B5
V-101-1B4
A
V-152-1A5
V-102-1A5
V-102-1A4
C2
V-152-1C25
V-102-1C25
V-102-1C24
B
V-152-1B5
V-102-1B5
V-102-1B4
A
V-153-1A5
V-103-1A5
V-103-1A4
C2
V-153-1C25
V-103-1C25
V-103-1C24
B
V-153-1B5
V-103-1B5
V-103-1B4
A
V-154-1A5
V-104-1A5
V-104-1A4
C2
V-154-1C25
V-104-1C25
V-104-1C24
B
V-154-1B5
V-104-1B5
V-104-1B4
A
V-155-1A5
V-105-1A5
V-105-1A4
C2
V-155-1C25
V-105-1C25
V-105-1C24
B
V-155-1B5
V-105-1B5
V-105-1B4
A
V-156-1A5
V-106-1A5
V-106-1A4
C2
V-156-1C25
V-106-1C25
V-106-1C24
B
V-156-1B5
V-106-1B5
V-106-1B4
SPDT
SPDT
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge
roller lever
Hinge roller lever
1. A: Solder terminals
C2: Quick-connect terminals (#187)
B: Screw terminals
2. OF values shown in the table are for the pin plunger models.
114
OF: 1.96 N {200 gf}
V-15-1A5
Hinge
g lever
Note:
OF: 1.96 N {200 gf}
10 A
C2
SPST-NO
Short hinge
g lever
15 A
A
SPST-NC
Side
Terminals
(see note
1)
V
V
Heat Resistant Models (Up to 150°C)
15 A
10 A
OF: 1.96 N {200 gf}
OF: 0.98 N {100 gf}
V-15-1A5-T
V-10-1A4-T
V-151-1A5-T
V-101-1A4-T
Hinge lever
V-152-1A5-T
V-102-1A4-T
Long hinge lever
V-153-1A5-T
V-103-1A4-T
Simulated roller lever
V-154-1A5-T
V-104-1A4-T
Short hinge roller lever
V-155-1A5-T
V-105-1A4-T
Hinge roller lever
V-156-1A5-T
V-106-1A4-T
Actuator
COM
terminal
position
Bottom
Pin plunger
Contact form
SPDT
Short hinge lever
Terminals
Solder termil (A)
nals
Barrier (V-21 and V-16 Models Only)
Right-hand Barrier
Left-hand Barrier
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Model
V-21
V-16
V-15
V-11
V-10
Note:
Resistive load
Rated voltage
250 VAC
21 A
125 VDC
250 VDC
0.6 A
0.3 A
250 VAC
16 A
125 VDC
250 VDC
0.6 A
0.3 A
250 VAC
15 A
125 VDC
250 VDC
0.6 A
0.3 A
250 VAC
11 A
125 VDC
250 VDC
0.6 A
0.3 A
250 VAC
10 A
125 VDC
250 VDC
0.6 A
0.3 A
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
115
V
V
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Model
Voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
V-21
V-16
V-15
V-11
V-10
Note:
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
NC
250 VAC
21 A
3A
12 A
4A
8 VDC
21 A
5A
12 A
7A
30 VDC
14 A
5A
12 A
5A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
250 VAC
16 A
2A
10 A
3A
8 VDC
16 A
4A
10 A
6A
30 VDC
10 A
4A
10 A
4A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
250 VAC
15 A
2A
10 A
3A
8 VDC
15 A
4A
10 A
6A
30 VDC
10 A
4A
10 A
4A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
250 VAC
11 A
1.5 A
6A
2A
8 VDC
11 A
3A
6A
3A
30 VDC
6A
3A
6A
3A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
250 VAC
10 A
1.5 A
6A
2A
8 VDC
10 A
3A
6A
3A
30 VDC
6A
3A
6A
3A
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.1 A
0.6 A
0.1 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.3 A
0.05 A
NO
1. The above current values are the normal current values of models with a contact gap of 1 mm (gap F), which vary with the normal
current values of models with a contact gap of 0.5 mm (gap G).
2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
4. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
116
Motor load
NO
V
V
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 600 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
15 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
g
(
t 2)
(see
note
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
V-21, V-16, and V-11 models: 2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts
and ground, and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
V-15 and V-10 models: 1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and
ground, and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance
(see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
(see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: V-21/V-16/V-15: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
V-11/V-10:
200 m/s2 {approx. 20G} max.
Durability
(see note 4)
Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: V-21/V-16/V-15: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
(V-15 heat resistive: 20,000 operation min. (30 operations/min))
V-11/V-10:
300,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
(V-10 heat resistive: 50,000 operation min. (30 operations/min))
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
–25°C to 150°C for heat-resistive model (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 6.2 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength values shown in the table are for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position.
4. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with standard approvals.
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File NO. lR21642)
Rated voltage
V-21
V-16
V-15
V-11
V-10
21 A, 1/2 HP
16 A, 1/2 HP
15 A, 1/2 HP
11 A, 1/3 HP
10 A, 1/3 HP
125 VDC
0.6 A
0.6 A
0.6 A
0.6 A
0.6 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.3 A
0.3 A
0.3 A
0.3 A
125 VAC
250 VAC
EN61058-01 (File No. 129608, VDE approval)
Rated
voltage
250 VAC
V-21
V-16
V-11
EN61058-1 (File No. T9451451, TÜV Rheinland
approval)
Rated voltage
20 (4) A
16 (4) A
11 (3) A
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T105 (0°C to 105°C)
V-15
V-10
250 VAC
15 A
10 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.3 A
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C)
117
V
V
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush current
V-21
V-16
V-15
Specification
Rivet
Material
Silver alloy
Gap
(standard value)
1 mm (F gap) or 0.5 mm (G gap)
NC
50 A max.
V-11
V-10
Silver
40 A max.
36 A max.
24 A max.
NO
Minimum applicable load
160 mA at 5 VDC
Contact Form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
V-21/-16/-15/-10
V-21/-16/-15
V-10 (0.98 N {100 gf}),
V-11
100
50
V-10 (1.96 N
{200 gf})
V-15
V-16
V-21
10
0.01
0
0.2 0.4
Full stroke
OT rated value
0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 (1.6) 1.8
OT (mm)
118
6
5
V-11/-10
Number of operations (x10 )
200
6
6
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 600 operations/min
Number of operations (x10 )
Electrical Durability
(Pin Plunger Models)
Number of operations (x10 )
Mechanical Durability
(Pin Plunger Models)
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
cosφ = 1, 250 VAC
2
1
0.5
V-21
0.3
V-15
V-16
0.1
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
Switching current (A)
28
5
2
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
cosφ = 1, 250 VAC
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
0
V-10
V-11
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Switching current (A)
V
V
Dimensions
Terminals
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The following is for the SPDT contact specifications. Two terminals will be available for SPST-NO or SPST-NC contact specifications. For terminal positions, refer to Contact Form on page 118.
3. Right-angle PCB terminal type is available
D5 type: Pins at right angles, to the right.
D6 type: Pins at right angles, to the left.
Drawings will be provided if requested.
Terminal
type
Solder terminals (A)
COM
bottom
position
Quick-connect
Terminals (#187) (C2)
(5.5)
(5.5)
(4.9)
(6.5)
(6.5)
(7.7)
2.9
3.2
2.9
Screw Terminals (B)
Three, #M3 0.5 3.2
Phillips screw washer
3.1
(10)
(10)
t = 0.5
Three, solder terminals
COM side
position
Quick-connect
Terminals (#250) (C)
t = 0.8 (12.0)
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
t = 0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
t = 0.8
(5.5)
(5.5)
(4.9)
(6.5)
(6.5)
(7.7)
2.4
2.4
3.6
(7)
---
(10)
Terminal
dimensions
Note:
(12.0)
(10)
6.35
3.2 (see note)
6.35
3.2
4.75±0.1
4.75±0.1
2.4 dia. 1.6 dia.
Indicates the length to the
center of the 1.6-dia. holes
1.6-dia. terminal hole
8.1
3.95
6.35±0.1
---
1.65-dia. terminal hole
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes or
M3 screw holes
10.3 ± 0.1
22.2 ± 0.1
119
V
V
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The following illustrations and drawings are for quick-connect terminals (#250) (terminals C). V models with a switching current of
16 A or 11 A incorporates terminals A and C2. These models are different from #250 models in terminal size only. Terminals A, C2,
and side common terminals are omitted from the following drawings. Refer to Kinds of Terminals on page 119 for these terminals.
4. The j in the model number is for the terminal code.
5. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
(Without Barrier)
V-21-1j6
V-16-1j5
V-11-1j4
20.2±0.25
A
1.6
PT
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
4.2
0.6
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
OP
8.4
10.3±0.1
Model
15.9 19.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1 2.8 (12.0)
27.8
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
10.3
39.8±0.8
(With Right-hand Barrier)
V-21-1jR6
V-16-1jR5
A
PT
20.2±0.25
V-21-1j6
V-16-1j5
OF max.
3.92 N {{400 g
gf}}
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.78 N {80 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
PT max.
1.2 mm
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
OP
14.7±0.4 mm
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
2.8
4.2
1.6
0.6
2.8
2.8
2.8
OP
8.4
10.3±0.1
15.9
19.1
21.9
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
0.6
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1 2.8
27.8
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
(12.0)
terminals (#250)
10.3
39.8±0.8
40.2
Model
(With Left-hand Barrier)
+0.13
V-21-1jL6
V-16-1jL5
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
1.6
4.2
2.8
A
2.8
0.6
2.8
PT
2.8
19.1
21.9
20.2±0.25
8.4
15.9
10.3±0.1
OP
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
0.6
10.3
3.4±0.15 dia.
(12.0) 2.8 22.2±0.1
27.8
39.8±0.8
40.2
120
V-11-1j4
V-11-1j5
OF max.
0.98 N {{100 g
gf}}
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.20 N {20 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
PT max.
1.2 mm
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
OP
14.7±0.4 mm
V
V
Short Hinge Lever Models
V-211-1j6
V-161-1j5
V-111-1j4
22.1
A
PT
2.8
t = 0.5
(see
note)
8.1
4.3
3.1 +0.13
–0.03 dia. holes
1.6
0.6
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
8.4
15.9
19.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
22.2±0.1 2.8 (12.0)
27.8
39.8±0.8
t = 0.5
(see note)
A
8.1
1.6
Note:
4.3
0.6
2.8
2.8
2.8
OP
8.4
10.3±0.1
15.9
19.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
(12.0)
2.8
27.8
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
Stainless-steel lever
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
V-161-1j5
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
Model
35.6±0.8
PT
V-211-1j6
3.92 N {{400 g
gf}}
10.3
Hinge Lever Models
V-212-1j6
V-162-1j5
V-112-1j4
Model
OF max.
1.6
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
t = 0.5 (see note)
4.3
0.6
2.8
OP
8.4 15.9
10.3±0.1
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
Model
V-212-1j6
2.45 N {{250 g
gf}}
1.23 N {{125 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
Stainless-steel lever
59.4±0.8
A
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
V-162-1j5
10.3
Long Hinge Lever Models
2.8
RF min.
Model
Note:
PT
0.98 N {{100 g
gf}}
OF max.
39.8±0.8
V-213-1j6
V-163-1j5
V-113-1j4
V-111-1j4
OF max.
2.8
19.1
V-112-1j4
OF max.
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
Model
V-213-1j6
OF max.
1.27 N {{130 g
gf}}
0.69 N {70
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.12 N {12 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
9.0 mm
OT min.
2.0 mm
MD max.
2.8 mm
OP
15.2 –3.2 mm
V-163-1j5
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1 2.8
27.8
39.8±0.8
(12.0)
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
+2.6
10.3
Model
Note:
Stainless-steel lever
V-113-1j4
OF max.
0.34 N {{35 g
gf}}
RF min.
---
PT max.
9.0 mm
OT min.
3.2 mm
MD max.
2.8 mm
OP
15.2±2.6 mm
121
V
V
Simulated Roller Lever Models
V-214-1j6
V-164-1j5
V-114-1j4
32.6±0.8
3.5R
PT
OP
A
t = 0.5
(see note)
8.1
1.6
3.1 +0.13
–0.03 dia. holes
4.3
2.8
0.6
2.8
2.8
8.4
15.9
10.3±0.1
+0.13
22.2±0.1 2.8
27.8
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
(12.0)
V-214-1j6
2.45 N {{250 g
gf}}
1.23 N {{125 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
10.3
Model
39.8±0.8
Note:
Stainless-steel lever
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
V-215-1j6
V-165-1j5
V-115-1j4
20.1
A t = 0.5
(see 8.1
note 1)
PT
1.6
5.1
0.6
+0.13
4.8 dia. × 4.8
(see note 2)
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
2.8
2.8
OP
8.4 15.9
10.3±0.1
V-164-1j5
19.1
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
Model
OF max.
19.1
V-114-1j4
OF max.
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
Model
V-215-1j6
OF max.
4.71 N {{480 g
gf}}
2.35 N {{240 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
V-165-1j5
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
2.8
t=0.8
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
(12.0)
39.8±0.8
Note:
Model
10.3
1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
Hinge Roller Lever Models
V-216-1j6
V-166-1j5
V-116-1j4
34.0±0.8
PT
A
t = 0.5
(see note 1)
8.1
1.6
5.1
0.6
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
2.8
OP 2.8
10.3±0.1
8.4
4.8 dia. × 4.8
(see note 2)
15.9 19.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
V-115-1j4
OF max.
1.18 N {{120 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
Model
V-216-1j6
OF max.
2.45 N {{250 g
gf}}
1.23 N {{125 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.14 N {14 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
V-166-1j5
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
2.8
27.8
39.8±0.8
122
10.3
t=0.8
(12.0) Three, quick-connect
terminals (#250)
Note:
Model
V-116-1j4
1. Stainless-steel lever
OF max.
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
V
V
Thermosetting Case (V-15/-10 Models)
The following illustration and drawing are for solder and quick-connect terminals (#187) (terminals A). V models with a switching current of 15 A
or 10 A incorporate terminals B or C2. These models are different from #187 models in terminal size only.
Refer to Terminals on page 119 for these terminals.
Pin Plunger Models
V-15-1j5
V-10-1j5
V-10-1j4
20.2±0.25
4.2
PT
2.8
A
2.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
Model
V-15-1j5
V-10-1j5
OF max.
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
0.98 N {{100 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.20 N {20 gf}
PT max.
1.2 mm
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
OP
14.7±0.4 mm
V-10-1j4
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
2.8
27.8
10.3
t=0.5
Three, solder
terminals
(10)
37.8±0.8
Short Hinge Lever Models
V-151-1j5
V-101-1j5
V-101-1j4
t = 0.5 (see note)
22.1
PT
A
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
dia. holes
8.1
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9
18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
2.8
V-152-1j5
V-102-1j5
V-102-1j4
10.3
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
Note:
OF max.
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
0.98 N {{100 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
V-101-1j4
Stainless-steel lever
t = 0.5 (see note)
35.6±0.8
PT
V-151-1j5
V-101-1j5
(10)
37.8±0.8
Hinge Lever Models
Model
4.3 2.8
+0.13
4.3
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
A
8.1
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9
18.8
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
2.8
10.3
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
2.8
Model
V-152-1j5
V-102-1j5
OF max.
1.23 N {{125 g
gf}}
0.59 N {60
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.14 N {14 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
V-102-1j4
27.8
(10)
37.8±0.8
Note:
Stainless-steel lever
Long Hinge Lever Models
V-153-1j5
V-103-1j5
V-103-1j4
A
PT
OP
2.8
Model
t = 0.5 (see note)
59.4±0.8
8.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
V-153-1j5
V-103-1j5
V-101-1j4
OF max.
0.69 N {{70 g
gf}}
0.34 N {{35 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
---
PT max.
9.0 mm
9.0 mm
OT min.
2.0 mm
3.2 mm
MD max.
2.8 mm
2.8 mm
4.3
2.8
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
2.8
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
(10)
10.3
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
OP
+2.6
15.2 –3.2
mm
15.2±2.6 mm
37.8±0.8
Note:
Stainless-steel lever
123
V
V
Simulated Roller Lever Models
Model
V-154-1j5
V-104-1j5
OF max.
1.23 N {{125 g
gf}}
0.59 N {60
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.14 N {14 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
3.5R
V-154-1j5
V-104-1j5
V-104-1j4
t = 0.5 (see note)
A
PT
4.3
+0.13
32.6±0.8
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
8.1
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
2.8
10.3
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
(10)
V-104-1j4
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
37.8±0.8
Note:
Stainless-steel lever
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
V-155-1j5
V-105-1j5
V-105-1j4
4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2)
t = 0.5 (see note 1)
A
5.1
20.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
8.1
PT
OP
2.8
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
2.8
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
10.3
Model
V-155-1j5
V-105-1j5
OF max.
2.35 N {{240 g
gf}}
1.18 N {{120 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
V-105-1j4
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
(10)
37.8±0.8
Note:
1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
Hinge Roller Lever Models
V-156-1j5
V-106-1j5
V-106-1j4
4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2)
t = 0.5 (see note 1)
A
34.0±0.8
PT
8.1
OP
3.1 +0.13
–0.03 dia. holes
2.8
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
2.8
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
(10)
Model
V-156-1j5
V-106-1j5
OF max.
1.23 N {{125 g
gf}}
0.59 N {60
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.14 N {14 gf}
0.06 N {6 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
5.1
10.3
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
37.8±0.8
Note:
1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
124
V-106-1j4
V
V
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Mounting
Specifications Approved by TÜV Rheinland
Use M3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to
0.59 N S m {4 to 6 kgf S cm}.
According to EN61058-1
Insulation Distance
Appropriate Cable Size (mm2)
According to EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for this
Switch should be 1.1 mm and minimum clearance distance between the terminal and mounting plate should be 1.9 mm. If the insulation distance cannot be provided in the product incorporating
the Switch, either use a Switch with insulation barrier or use a Separator to ensure sufficient insulation distance. Refer to Separator on
page 152.
Correct Use
Model
Solder terminals
Screw terminals
V-10
0.75, 1.25, 2.0
0.75, 1.25
V-15
1.25, 2.0
1.25
Use M3 crimp terminals for connecting to the screw terminals.
Applicable M3 crimp terminals:
Daido Solderless Terminal Mfg. Co., Ltd.
F1.25–3
J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
1.25 B3A
Actuator (Sold Separately)
Various Actuators are available as shown on pages 152 to 155.
Connector (Sold Separately)
Refer to Terminal Connectors on page 282.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B010-E1-09B
125
Miniature Basic Switch
VX
Miniature Basic Switch with Low
Operating Force and High Contact
Reliability
Wide variation extends from micro load to 5-A
switching current, with shapes identical to those of
the V-series Miniature Basic Switch.
A unique internal mechanism enables high contact
strength with low operating force. Can be used for
detecting lightweight objects.
RCW
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
VX-jj-jjj
1
2
3
4
5
1.
Ratings
5: 5 A at 250 VAC
01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
1: Short hinge lever
2: Hinge lever
3: Long hinge lever
4: Simulated roller lever
5: Short hinge roller lever
6: Hinge roller lever
126
3.
Contact Form
1: SPDT
2: SPST-NC
3: SPST-NO
4.
Terminals
A: Solder terminals
C2: Quick-connect terminals (#187)
5.
Maximum Operating Force
2: OF 0.25 N {25 gf}
3: OF 0.49 N {50 gf}
Note: These values are for the pin plunger models.
VX
VX
List of Models
Actuator
OF max.
Terminals
((see note)
t )
Pin plunger
p g
A
C2
Short hinge
g lever
A
Model
5A
VX-5-1A2
VX-01-1A2
0.49 N {50 gf}
VX-5-1A3
VX-01-1A3
0.25 N {25 gf}
VX-5-1C22
VX-01-1C22
0.49 N {50 gf}
VX-5-1C23
VX-01-1C23
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
VX-51-1A3
VX-011-1A3
VX-51-1C23
VX-011-1C23
VX-52-1A3
VX-012-1A3
VX-52-1C23
VX-012-1C23
VX-53-1A3
VX-013-1A3
VX-53-1C23
VX-013-1C23
VX-54-1A3
VX-014-1A3
VX-54-1C23
VX-014-1C23
VX-55-1A3
VX-015-1A3
VX-55-1C23
VX-015-1C23
VX-56-1A3
VX-016-1A3
VX-56-1C23
VX-016-1C23
C2
Hinge
g Lever
0.29 N {{30 g
gf}}
A
C2
Long hinge lever
0.20 N {20 gf}
A
C2
Simulated roller lever
0.29 N {{30 g
gf}}
A
C2
Short hinge roller lever
0.59 N {60 gf}
A
C2
Hinge roller lever
0.29 N {30 gf}
A
C2
Note:
0.1 A
0.25 N {25 gf}
1. Contact your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
2. Terminals A:
C2:
Solder terminals
Quick-connect terminals (#187)
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Model
Resistive load
Rated voltage
VX-5
250 VAC
5A
VX-01
125 VAC
0.1 A
30 VDC
0.1 A
Note:
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Voltage
Model
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
VX-5
VX-01
Note:
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
NO
NC
125 VAC
5A
0.5 A
4A
8 VDC
5A
3A
4A
30 VDC
5A
3A
4A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.1 A
0.4 A
250 VDC
0.3 A
0.05 A
0.2 A
125 VAC
0.1 A
---
---
8 VDC
0.1 A
---
---
30 VDC
0.1 A
NO
1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
127
VX
VX
Characteristics
Item
VX-5
VX-01
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 600 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
30 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction: 400 m/s2 {approx. 40G} max.
Malfunction: 100 m/s2 {approx. 10G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations min.
(60 operations/min)
(Refer to the following Engineering Data.)
Electrical: 500,000 operations min.
(30 operations/min)
(Refer to the following Engineering Data.)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 6.2 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
50 mΩ max.
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min.
(60 operations/min)
(Refer to the following Engineering Data.)
Electrical: 1,000,000 operations min.
(30 operations/min)
(Refer to the following Engineering Data.)
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The value for dielectric strength shown is for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1 ms.
4. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
EN61058-1 (File No. 124761, VDE approval)
Rated voltage
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File
No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
VX-5
VX-01
125 VAC
5A
0.1 A
250 VAC
5A
---
30 VDC
---
0.1 A
VX-5
VX-01
125 VAC
5A
0.1 A
250 VAC
5A
---
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T105 (0°C to 105°C)
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush current
VX-5
Rivet
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.5 mm
NC
15 A max.
---
NO
---
---
160 mA at 5 VDC
1 mA at 5 VDC
Minimum applicable load (see note)
Note:
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 132.
Contact Form
SPDT
128
VX-01
Specification
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
VX
VX
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
VX-01
VX-5
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 600 operations/min
100
50
Full stroke
Rated value
of OT
10
0
0.2 0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Number of operations (x10 6)
Number of operations (x10 6)
200
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 600 operations/min
200
100
50
10
Full stroke
Rated value
of OT
1.4 (1.6) 1.8
0
Overtravel (mm)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4 (1.6) 1.8
Overtravel (mm)
Electrical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
VX-5
Number of operations (x10 6)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
cosφ = 1, 250 VAC
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
0
0.5 1
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9 10 11 12
Switching current (A)
Number of operations (x10 6)
VX-01
5
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
cosφ = 1, 250 VAC
10
5
125 VAC, 30 VDC
2
1
0.5
0.3
0.1
0
0.01 0.02
0.05
0.08
0.1
Switching current (A)
129
VX
VX
Dimensions
Terminals
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The following is for the SPDT contact specifications.
Terminal type
Solder terminals (A)
COM bottom position
Quick-connect terminals (#187) (C2)
(5.5)
(5.5)
(6.5)
(6.5)
2.9
2.9
t=0.5 (10)
t=0.5 (10)
Three, quick-connect terminals (#187)
Three, solder terminals
Terminal dimensions
6.35
3.2 (see note)
6.35
3.2
4.75±0.1
2.4 dia.
Note:
4.75±0.1
1.6 dia.
1.6-dia. terminal hole
The length to the center of the 1.6-dia. holes.
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes
or M3 screw holes
10.3 ± 0.1
22.2 ± 0.1
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The following illustrations and drawings are for solder terminals (Terminal A). Illustrations for Terminal C2 are omitted. For details,
refer to Terminals.
4. The j in the model number is for the terminal code.
A: Solder terminals
C2: Quick-connect terminals (#187)
5. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
VX-5-1j2
VX-5-1j3
VX-01-1j2
VX-01-1j3
PT
+0.13
20.2±0.25
A
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
4.2
2.8
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
1.6
2.8
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
10.3
Three, solder terminals
Model
VX-5-1j2
VX-01-1j2
OF max.
0.25 N {{25 g
gf}}
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.03 N {3 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
PT max.
1.2 mm
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.3 mm
OP
14.7±0.4 mm
VX-5-1j3
VX-01-1j3
(10)
37.8±0.8
Short Hinge Lever Models
VX-51-1j3
VX-011-1j3
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
A
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
22.1
PT
4.3
dia. holes
2.8
8.1
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
37.8±0.8
130
1.6
2.8
(10)
10.3
Three, solder terminals
Model
VX-51-1j3
OF max.
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.04 N {4 gf} (reference value)
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
Note:
VX-011-1j3
The values indicated in parentheses
are reference values for cases when
the installation direction is such that
the lever weight is not applied to the
plunger.
VX
VX
Hinge Lever Models
VX-52-1j3
VX-012-1j3
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
35.6±0.8
A
PT
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
4.3
dia. holes
8.1
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
Model
VX-52-1j3
OF max.
0.29 N {{30 g
gf}}
RF min.
---
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
VX-012-1j3
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
1.6
2.8
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
10.3
Three, solder terminals
(10)
37.8±0.8
Long Hinge Lever Models
VX-53-1j3
VX-013-1j3
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
A
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
59.4±0.8
PT
4.3
8.1
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
1.6
2.8
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
Model
VX-53-1j3
OF max.
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
---
PT max.
9.0 mm
OT min.
3.2 mm
MD max.
2.0 mm
OP
15.2±2.6 mm
VX-013-1j3
10.3
Three, solder terminals
(10)
37.8±0.8
Simulated Roller Lever Models
VX-54-1j3
VX-014-1j3
3.5R
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
A
PT
4.3
32.6±0.8
Model
VX-54-1j3
OF max.
0.29 N {{30 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.02 N {2 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
VX-014-1j3
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
8.1
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
1.6
2.8
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
10.3
Three, solder terminals
(10)
37.8±0.8
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
VX-55-1j3
VX-015-1j3
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
A
20.1
PT
4.8 dia. × 4.8 (oilless polyacetar resin roller)
5.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
8.1
OP
2.8
10.3±0.1
15.9 18.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
Model
VX-55-1j3
OF max.
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.04 N {4 gf} (reference value)
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
Note:
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
1.6
2.8
(10)
10.3
Three, solder terminals
VX-015-1j3
The values indicated in parentheses
are reference values for cases when
the installation direction is such that
the lever weight is not applied to the
plunger.
37.8±0.8
131
VX
VX
Hinge Roller Lever Models
VX-56-1j3
VX-016-1j3
4.8 dia. × 4.8
(oilless polyacetar resin roller)
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
A
34.0±0.8
PT
5.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
8.1
2.8
10.3±0.1
OP
15.9 18.8
Model
VX-56-1j3
OF max.
0.29 N {{30 g
gf}}
RF min.
---
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
VX-016-1j3
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
27.8
1.6
2.8
10.3
Three, solder terminals
(10)
37.8±0.8
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Handling
Be careful not to drop the Switch. Doing so may cause damage to
the Switch’s internal components because it is designed for a small
load.
Correct Use
Mounting
Use M3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to
0.59 N S m {4 to 6 kgf S cm}.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
Mounting Direction
For a Switch with an actuator, mount the Switch in a direction where
the actuator weight will not be applied to the Switch.
Since the Switch is designed for a small load, its resetting force is
small. Therefore, resetting failure may occur if unnecessary load is
applied to the Switch.
Operating
range for
generalload models
VX-5
Operating range
for micro load
models VX-01
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
Actuator (Sold Separately)
Various Actuators are available as shown on pages 152 to 155.
Connector (Sold Separately)
Refer to Terminal Connectors on page 282.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B039-E1-02B
132
Miniature Basic Switch
D2MV
Ultra-low Load, Miniature Basic Switch
Twin crossbar contact employed for exceptionally
high contact reliability in micro load applications.
A coil spring employed in the internal mechanism
extends durability and improves contact reliability.
RC
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2MV-jj-jjj
1
2
3
4
5
1.
Ratings
1:
1 A at 125 VAC
01:
0.1 A at 30 VDC
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L11: Short hinge lever
L:
Hinge lever
L111: Long hinge lever
L13: Simulated roller lever
L22: Short hinge roller lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
3.
Contact Form
1: SPDT
2: SPST-NC
3: SPST-NO
4.
Terminals
C: Solder terminals
5.
Maximum Operating Force
1: 0.10 N {10 gf}
2: 0.25 N {25 gf}
3: 0.49 N {50 gf}
Note: These values are for the pin plunger models.
List of Models
Actuator
Pin plunger
p g
OF max.
0.1 A
1A
0.10 N {10 gf}
D2MV-01-1C1
D2MV-1-1C1
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2MV-01-1C2
D2MV-1-1C2
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2MV-01-1C3
D2MV-1-1C3
Short hinge lever
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2MV-01L11-1C3
D2MV-1L11-1C3
Hinge lever
0.29 N {30 gf}
D2MV-01L-1C3
D2MV-1L-1C3
Long hinge lever
0.15 N {15 gf}
D2MV-01L111-1C3
D2MV-1L111-1C3
Simulated roller lever
0.29 N {30 gf}
D2MV-01L13-1C3
D2MV-1L13-1C3
Short hinge roller lever
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2MV-01L22-1C3
D2MV-1L22-1C3
Hinge roller lever
0.29 N {30 gf}
D2MV-01L2-1C3
D2MV-1L2-1C3
Note:
Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
133
D2MV
D2MV
Specifications
Ratings
Model
Rated voltage
D2MV-1
Item
D2MV-01
Resistive load
125 VAC
1A
0.1 A
30 VDC
1A
0.1 A
Note:
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
The j symbols in the model number are for the actuator type code and operating force code respectively.
Model
Non-inductive load
Voltage
g
Resistive load
NC
D2MV-1
(1 A type)
D2MV-01
(0 1 A type)
(0.1
Note:
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
125 VAC
1A
0.1 A
---
---
8 VDC
1A
0.1 A
---
---
14 VDC
1A
0.1 A
30 VDC
1A
0.1 A
125 VAC
0.1 A
---
---
---
8 VDC
0.1 A
---
---
---
14 VDC
0.1 A
30 VDC
0.1 A
1. The above values are for the steady-current state.
2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
4. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
Characteristics
Operating speed
1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 300 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial
value)
D2MV-01 models: 50 mΩ max.
D2MV-1 models: 30 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength (see
note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and the ground
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see
note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
(see note 3)
Destruction: Models with OF of 0.10 N: 150 m/s2 {approx. 15G} max.
Models with OF between 0.25 and 0.49 N: 400 m/s2 {approx. 40G} max.
Malfunction: 100 m/s2 {approx. 10G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.)
Electrical: D2MV-1 models: 500,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
D2MV-01 models: 1,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
(Refer to Engineering Data.)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection
against electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating
humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 6 g (pin plunger models)
134
NO
D2MV
Note:
D2MV
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The values for dielectric strength shown are for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position.
4. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
135
D2MV
D2MV
Approved Standards
Contact Form
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
SPDT
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
D2MV-1
D2MV-01
125 VAC
1A
0.1 A
30 VDC
1A
0.1 A
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush
currentt
D2MV-01 models
D2MV-1 models
Specification
Twin crossbar
Needle
Material
Gold alloy
Silver
Gap
(standard
value)
0.5 mm
NC
0.1 A max.
1 A max.
1 mA at 5 VDC
30 mA at 5 VDC
NO
Minimum applicable
load (see note)
Note:
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro Loads on page 139.
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
D2MV-01(1)-1C1
D2MV-01(1)-1C2(3)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 300 operations/min
Percentage of OT to its rated value (%)
136
Electrical Durability
(Pin Plunger Models)
Number of operations (x10 6)
Number of operations (x10 6)
Mechanical Durability
(Pin Plunger Models)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
cosφ = 1
D2MV-01
D2MV-1
Percentage of switching current to its rated value (%)
D2MV
D2MV
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes or
M3 screw holes
6.5
6.3
10.3 ± 0.1
3.9
7.5
6.3
22.2 ± 0.1
3.2
1.2
4.75±0.1
2.4 dia. 1.3 dia.
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The RF values indicated in parentheses are for cases where the lever weight is not applied to the plunger.
3. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
20.2±0.25
D2MV-01-1Cj
D2MV-1-1Cj
+0.07
PT
3 –0.05 dia. holes
2.8
A
4.2
2.8
2.8
OP 10.3±0.1
11.6
15.9
19.8±0.8
3 +0.07
–0.05
+0.15
3.2 –0.07 dia.
Note:
22.2±0.1
31.8
The j in the model number
is for the OF code.
Model
2.8
4
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
10.3
(7.5)
39.3±0.8
D2MV-01-1C1
D2MV-1-1C1
D2MV-01-1C2
D2MV-1-1C2
D2MV-01-1C3
D2MV-1-1C3
OF max.
0.10 N {{10 g
gf}}
0.25 N {{25 g
gf}}
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.005 N {0.5 gf} (reference value)
0.01 N {1 gf} (reference value)
0.02 N {2 gf} (reference value)
PT max.
1.2 mm
OT min.
1.3 mm
MD max.
0.25 mm
OP
14.7±0.4 mm
Short Hinge Lever Models
Model
t = 0.5 (see note)
D2MV-01L11-1C3
D2MV-1L11-1C3
A
+0.07
3 –0.05 dia. holes
+0.15
3.2 –0.07 dia.
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
Note:
D2MV-01L11-1C3
D2MV-1L11-1C3
OF max.
0.49 N {50 gf}
RF min.
i
0.04
0
04 N {4 gf}
f}
(reference value)
PT max.
1.7 mm
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
Stainless-steel lever
137
D2MV
D2MV
Hinge Lever Models
D2MV-01L-1C3
D2MV-1L-1C3
35.6±0.8
PT
A
Model
t = 0.5 (see note)
3 +0.07
–0.05 dia. holes
4.3
8.1
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
11.6
15.9
+0.07
3 –0.05
22.2±0.1
31.8
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
4
2.8
10.3
(7.5)
39.3±0.8
Note:
t = 0.5 (see note)
+0.07
3 –0.05 dia. holes
t=0.5
Three, solder
terminals
3.3 mm
OT min.
2.1 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
A
OF max.
0.15 N {15 gf}
RF min.
i
0.01
0
01 N {1 gf}
f}
(reference value)
PT max.
6.0 mm
OT min.
4.0 mm
MD max.
1.4 mm
OP
15.2±2.6 mm
Model
3.5R
PT
32.6±0.8
t = 0.5
(see note)
8.1
3 +0.07
–0.05 dia. holes
4.3
2.8
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
11.6
15.9
19.8±0.8
+0.07
3 –0.05
3.2 +0.15
–0.07 dia.
10.3
22.2±0.1 2.8
31.8
4
D2MV-01L111-1C3
D2MV-1L111-1C3
Stainless-steel lever
Simulated Roller Lever Models
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
D2MV-01L13-1C3
D2MV-1L13-1C3
OF max.
0.29 N {30 gf}
RF min.
i
0.02
0
02 N {2 gf}
f}
(reference value)
PT max.
3.3 mm
OT min.
1.9 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
(7.5)
39.3±0.8
Note:
Stainless-steel lever
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2)
A
t = 0.5 (see note 1)
3 +0.07
–0.05 dia. holes
+0.15
3.2 –0.07 dia.
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
138
PT max.
Model
Note:
D2MV-01L22-1C3
D2MV-1L22-1C3
0.02
0
02 N {2 gf}
f}
(reference value)
A
+0.15
3.2 –0.07 dia.
D2MV-01L13-1C3
D2MV-1L13-1C3
0.29 N {30 gf}
RF min.
i
Stainless-steel lever
Long Hinge Lever Models
D2MV-01L111-1C3
D2MV-1L111-1C3
OF max.
19.8±0.8
+0.15
3.2 –0.07 dia.
D2MV-01L-1C3
D2MV-1L-1C3
Model
D2MV-01L22-1C3
D2MV-1L22-1C3
OF max.
0.49 N {50 gf}
RF min.
i
0.04
0
04 N {4 gf}
f}
(reference value)
PT max.
1.7 mm
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
D2MV
D2MV
Hinge Roller Lever Models
D2MV-01L2-1C3
D2MV-1L2-1C3
Model
4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2)
A
34±0.8
PT
t = 0.5
(see note 1) 8.1
5.1
3 +0.07
–0.05
dia. holes
2.8
OP
10.3±0.1
11.6
15.9 19.8±0.8
+0.07
3 –0.05
+0.15
3.2 –0.07 dia.
22.2±0.1
31.8
2.8
4
0.5 t
Three, solder terminals
D2MV-01L2-1C3
D2MV-1L2-1C3
OF max.
0.29 N {30 gf}
RF min.
i
0.02
0
02 N {2 gf}
f}
(reference value)
PT max.
3.3 mm
OT min.
2.1 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
10.3
(7.5)
39.3±0.8
Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller
Precautions
Cautions
Handling
Be careful not to drop the Switch. Doing so may cause damage to
the Switch’s internal components because it is designed for a small
load.
Correct Use
Mounting
Use M3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to
0.59 N S m {4 to 6 kgf S cm}.
Mounting Direction
For a Switch with an actuator, mount the Switch in a direction where
the actuator weight will not be applied to the Switch.
Since the Switch is designed for a small load, its resetting force is
small. Therefore, resetting failure may occur if unnecessary load is
applied to the Switch.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Operating
range for
D2MV-1
Operating
range for
D2MV-01
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
Actuator (Sold Separately)
Various Actuators are available as shown on pages 152 to 155.
Connector (Sold Separately)
Refer to Terminal Connectors on page 282.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B018-E1-07B
139
Miniature Basic Switch
K
Simple Internal Mechanism Enables
Durability of 20,000,000 Mechanical
Operations or More
Long-life design with an OT stopper inside the case
and high-precision movable spring.
A choice of types with right-hand barrier, left-hand
barrier and no barrier for the terminals is available.
RCW
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
Kjj
1
1.
2
Barrier
1: With right-hand barrier
2: With left-hand barrier
3: Without barrier
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L:
Hinge lever
L13: Simulated roller lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
List of Models
Actuator
OF
max.
With right-hand barrier
With left-hand barrier
Without barrier
Pin plunger
0.25 N
{25 gf}
K1
K2
K3
Hinge lever
0.15 N
{15 gf}
K1L
K2L
K3L
Simulated roller lever
K1L13
K2L13
K3L13
Hinge roller lever
K1L2
K2L2
K3L2
Specifications
Ratings
Rated voltage
125 VAC
250 VAC
Note:
140
Resistive load
5A
3A
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min.
K
K
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
5A
1.5 A
0.7 A
3A
1.5 A
0.7 A
250 VAC
3A
1A
0.5 A
2A
1A
0.5 A
8 VDC
5A
3A
3A
4A
3A
14 VDC
5A
3A
3A
4A
3A
30 VDC
5A
3A
3A
4A
3A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.05 A
0.05 A
0.4 A
0.05 A
250 VDC
0.2 A
0.05 A
0.03 A
0.2 A
0.03 A
Note:
1. The above values are for the steady-state current.
2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.7 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
4. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 300 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
30 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarities
2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction: 500 m/s2 {approx. 50G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 20,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.)
Electrical: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 5.9 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1 ms.
4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
141
K
K
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
Contact Specifications
Contact
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
K
125 VAC
5A
250 VAC
3A
Inrush current
EN61058-1 (File No. 40006539, VDE approval)
Rated voltage
5A
250 VAC
3A
Rivet
Material
Silver
Gap
(standard value)
0.5 mm
NC
10 A max.
NO
10 A max.
Minimum applicable load (see note)
K
125 VAC
Specification
Note:
160 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer
to Using Micro Loads on page 144.
Contact Form
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operatings), T80 (0°C to 80°C)
SPDT
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability
1,000
100
Without load
Operating frequency: 300 operations/min
50
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
K1
30
20
10
7
5
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Operating frequency:
30 operations/min
At full OT
125 VAC cosφ = 1
700
Number of operations (x10 3)
70
Number of operations (x10 6)
Electrical Durability
500
300
100
70
50
0
1.2
Overtravel (mm)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
K1
1
2
3
4
5
6
Switching current (A)
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes or
M3 screw holes
3.7
5.1
4.75±0.1
5.1
2.4 dia.
142
10.3 ± 0.1
1.3 dia.
22.2 ± 0.1
K
K
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. Dimensions of models without barrier are exactly the same as those of models with right- or left-hand barrier except the dimensions
of the barrier.
4. Barrier specification symbol will be indicated in the j of the model number.
5. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
Model
2R (see note)
20.2±0.25
K1 (With Right-hand Barrier)
PT
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
2.8
A
2.8
OP
10.3±0.15
4.2
3.7
5.1
0.25 N {{25 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.05 N {5 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
14.4±0.7 mm
2.8
15.9
5.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
K1
OF max.
10.3
t=0.5
Three, quick-connect
terminals (#187)
2.8
22.2±0.15
13.4±0.8
17±0.8
43.3±0.8
K2 (With Left-hand Barrier)
Model
20.2±0.25
2.8
+0.13
4.2
2.8
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
A
PT
K2
OF max.
0.25 N {{25 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.05 N {5 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
14.4±0.7 mm
2.8
10.3 OP
15.9
10.3
13.35±0.8
(t=0.5)
3.1 –0.03
2.8
17±0.8
43.3±0.8
Three,
quick-connect
terminals
(#187)
Hinge Lever Models
KjL
+0.13
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.15
Model
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
PT
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
35.6±0.8
A
8.1
dia. holes
KjL
OF max.
0.15 N {{15 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.015 N {1.5 gf}
2.8
PT max.
4.7 mm
10.3±0.15
OT min.
1.3 mm
MD max.
2.4 mm
OP
14.9±2 mm
4.3
2.8
OP
15.9
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
10.3
2.8
22.2±0.15
13.4±0.8
17±0.8
43.3±0.8
t=0.5
Three,
quick-connect
terminals (#187)
143
K
K
Simulated Roller Lever Models
KjL13
A
PT
t = 0.5 (stainless-steel lever)
Model
3.1 +0.13
–0.03 dia. holes
32.6±0.8
3.5R
4.3
2.8
8.1
2.8
OP
10.3±0.15
15.9
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
KjL13
OF max.
0.15 N {{15 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.015 N {1.5 gf}
PT max.
4.7 mm
OT min.
1.3 mm
MD max.
2.4 mm
OP
18.4±2 mm
10.3
2.8
22.2±0.15
13.4±0.8
17±0.8
t=0.5
Three,
quick-connect
terminals (#187)
43.3±0.8
Hinge Roller Lever Models
KjL2
PT
4.8 dia. × 4.8
(see note 1)
A
Model
t = 0.5 (see note 2)
5.3
34±0.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
8.1
2.8
OP
10.3±0.15
15.9
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
10.3
KjL2
OF max.
0.15 N {{15 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.015 N {1.5 gf}
PT max.
4.7 mm
OT min.
1.3 mm
MD max.
2.4 mm
OP
20.4±2 mm
Note:
1. Oil-less polyacetal resin roller
2. Stainless-steel lever
2.8
22.2±0.15
13.4±0.8
17±0.8
43.3±0.8
t=0.5
Three,
quick-connect
terminals (#187)
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Correct Use
Use two M3 mounting screws with plain washers or spring washers
to mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to
0.59 N S m {4 to 6 kgf S cm}.
Mounting Direction
Using Micro Loads
For a Switch with an Actuator, mount the Switch in a direction where
the Actuator weight will not be applied to the Switch.
Since the Switch is designed for a small load, its resetting force is
small. Therefore, resetting failure may occur if unnecessary load is
applied to the Switch.
For details, refer to General Information.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B014-E1-07B
144
Reed Miniature Basic Switch
D2RV
High Reliability for Micro Load
Applications, Even in Adverse
Atmospheres (Dust, High Humidity,
Silicon Gas, Etc.)
The reed switch offers exceptional contact
reliability in micro load applications.
Same mounting pitch as for the V Miniature Basic
Switch.
Long life expectancy with a bounce time of 1 ms
max.
RC
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2RV-jj
1
1.
2
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L11: Short hinge lever
L:
Hinge lever
L13: Simulated roller lever
L22: Short hinge roller lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
2.
Maximum Operating Force
None: 0.49 N {50 gf}
E:
0.25 N {25 gf}
G:
0.98 N {100 gf}
Note: These values are for the pin plunger models.
List of Models
Actuator
Pin plunger
p g
Short hinge
g lever
Hinge
g lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge
g roller lever
Hinge roller lever
OF max.
D2RV
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-E
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2RV
0.98 N {100 gf}
D2RV-G
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-L11E
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2RV-L11
0.98 N {100 gf}
D2RV-L11G
0.123 N {12.5 gf}
D2RV-LE
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-L
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2RV-LG
0.123 N {12.5 gf}
D2RV-L13E
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-L13
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2RV-L13G
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-L22E
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2RV-L22
0.98 N {100 gf}
D2RV-L22G
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-L2
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2RV-L2G
145
D2RV
D2RV
Specifications
Ratings
Switching voltage
100 VDC max.
Switching current
0.25 ADC max.
Contact capacity
10 W max.
Note:
The values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 200 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance (see note 1)
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
150 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
200 VDC for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction: 500 m/s2 {approx. 50G} max.
Malfunction: 200 m/s2 {approx. 20G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 3,000,000 operations min. (30 operaions/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–10°C to 60°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
80% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 7 g (pin plunger models with terminals)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. Insulation resistance between terminals of the same polarity is measured at 100 VDC.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position.
4. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
UL508 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 14 (File
No. LR45746)
Rated voltage
30 VDC
Contact Form
SPST-NO
Reed switch
146
D2RV
0.1 A
D2RV
D2RV
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes or
M3 screw holes
Two, solder terminals
10.3 ± 0.1
2.4 dia.
1.3 dia.
22.2 ± 0.1
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The j in the model number is for the OF code.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
A
D2RV-j
PT
2.8
OP
20.2±0.25
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. hole
4.5 3.1
1.5R
5.4
10.3±0.1
15.9
2.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
10.3
22.2±0.1
1
2.8
27.8
Model
(10)
D2RV-E
OF max.
0.25 N {25 gf}
PT max.
1.6
6 mm
OT min.
0.6 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
14.4±0.6 mm
D2RV
D2RV-G
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.98 N {100 gf}
Short Hinge Lever Models
t = 0.5
(stainless lever)
A
D2RV-L11j
PT
22.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. hole
4.3
3.1
8.1
OP
10.3±0.1
2.8
15.9
5.4
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
10.3
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1 2.8
27.8
1
(10)
Model
D2RV-L11E
OF max.
0.25 N {25 gf}
PT max.
1.8 mm
OT min.
0.4 mm
MD max.
1 mm
OP
15±0.6 mm
D2RV-L11
D2RV-L11G
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.98 N {100 gf}
1.6 mm
1 mm
147
D2RV
D2RV
Hinge Lever Models
D2RV-Lj
t = 0.5 (stainless lever)
PT
35.6±0.8
A
8.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. hole
4.3 3.1
OP
10.3±0.1
5.4
15.9
2.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
10.3
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
2.8 1
27.8
(10)
Model
D2RV-LE
OF max.
0.123 N {12.5 gf}
PT max.
4 mm
OT min.
1 mm
MD max.
1.6 mm
OP
14.4±1.2 mm
Simulated Roller Lever Models
D2RV-L
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-LG
0.49 N {50 gf}
t = 0.5 (stainless lever)
D2RV-L13j
32.6±0.8
PT
A
3.5R
4.3 3.1
8.1
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. hole
OP
10.3±0.1
5.4 15.9
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
10.3
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
2.8
1
27.8
(10)
Model
D2RV-L13E
OF max.
0.123 N {12.5 gf}
PT max.
4 mm
OT min.
1 mm
MD max.
1.6 mm
OP
18.1±1.2 mm
148
D2RV-L13
0.25 N {25 gf}
D2RV-L13G
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2RV
D2RV
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
Unlubricated
polyacetal
resin roller
PT
D2RV-L22j
4.8 dia. × 4.8
20.1
A
5.15
t = 0.5
(stainless lever)
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. hole
8.1
OP
10.3±0.1
2.8
5.4
15.9
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
3.4±0.15 dia.
10.3
22.2±0.1
2.8
1
27.8
Model
D2RV-L22E
OF max.
0.25 N {25 gf}
PT max.
1.8 mm
OT min.
0.4 mm
MD max.
1 mm
OP
20.4±0.6 mm
Hinge Roller Lever Models
D2RV-L2j
(10)
D2RV-L22
D2RV-L22G
0.49 N {50 gf}
Unlubricated
polyacetal
t = 0.5 (stainless lever)
resin roller
4.8 dia. × 4.8
PT
A
34.0±0.8
+0.13
8.1
3.1 –0.03 dia. hole
0.98 N {100 gf}
5.15
OP
10.3±0.1
5.4 15.9
2.8
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
10.3
3.4±0.15 dia.
22.2±0.1
2.8
1
27.8
(10)
Model
D2RV-L2
OF max.
0.25 N {25 gf}
PT max.
4 mm
OT min.
1 mm
MD max.
1.6 mm
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
D2RV-L2G
0.49 N {50 gf}
149
D2RV
D2RV
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Designing
To obtain R, start on the load voltage E axis on the graph. Run up to
the point on the axis indicating the given load voltage and then
across to the R axis. For example, if E is 24 VDC, R is about 115 Ω.
Next, to determine C, L must be known. Suppose L is 0.5 H, I is
0.5 A, and E is 24 VDC. Then C can be obtained by following these
steps:
1. Plot the value of E, 24 V, on the E axis.
2. Plot the point where the EC curve corresponding to E, or the
EC = 24 V curve intersects with the value of I, 0.5 A.
3. Join points E and the intersection of EC with I with a straight
line. This line is the top dotted line in the graph.
4. Find the point the E-EC line intersects with the value of L,
0.5 H. This intersection indicates the value of 0.14 µF. This is
the capacitance the constant C must satisfy.
Contact Protection
Depending on the load, an appropriate protective circuit must be
connected across or to the Switch so as to ensure the rated durability of the Switch.
Inductive Load
If the load is inductive, connect a spark killer across the Switch to
diminish the spark discharge that may occur when the Switch contacts release.
Miniature Reed Switch
Supply
voltage
Load
C
R
The constants of this spark killer, i.e., resistance R and capacitance
C, can be obtained from the graph shown if the following constants
are known:
Load current I
Load voltage E = EC
Inductance L
Load type
Constants for spark killer
Inductive load
Resistive
load
0.25 (H) 0.5 (H) 1 (H) 2 (H) 5 (H)
0.5 1
2
4
10
0.05
100
2,000
EC = 100 V
EC = 48 V
48
EC = 36 V
36
EC = 24 V
460
24
115
12
29
5
5
0.14
260
EC = 12 V
1.1
0.005
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.4
1
EC = 5 V
0.0005
50 PF
0.005 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.1
0.0005
0.001
0.002
100 PF
50 PF
5 PF
0.004
1
0.01
400 PF
200 PF
0.001
0
0.1
Another Example
For the sake of practice, obtain the value of C where I = 0.4 A, E =
12 VDC, and L = 5 H. The E-EC line in this case is the bottom dotted
line on the graph. It indicates the value of 1.1 µF. So, use a capacitor
having a capacitance of 1.1 µF.
150
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
Load current I (A)
D2RV
D2RV
Example of Other Protective Circuits
For AC circuit load
R
Z
L load
L load
C
For DC circuit load
For lamp load
R
D
L load
For Electronic Circuit Load
If an electric circuit is connected to the Switch as the load, a high
response speed is required from the Switch. To assure the rated response speed of the Switch and to prevent contact bounce, insert
an integral circuit between the Switch and the load.
Correct Use
V
Change in Characteristics Due to Temperature Fluctuation
The characteristics of the Switch may be changed with the temperature.
Connector
Refer to terminal connections on page 282.
Handling
Do not drop the Reed Switch on a hard object such as floor because
the internal mechanism of the Switch may be damaged and, as a
result, the characteristics of the Switch may be degraded.
Install the Switch so that the actuator can move at least 70% of the
rated travel and returns to the free position when the Switch is released.
Take adequate preventive measures against inrush current and
surge voltage. Under the load conditions where severe transient
phenomena take place, metal deposition may occur between the
mating contacts of the Switch, degrading the electrical and mechanical characteristics and contact reliability of the Switch.
Lead Wiring
To solder the lead to the terminal, apply a soldering iron rated at
30 W max. quickly (within 5 seconds) with the actuator at the free
position.
Applying a soldering iron for too long a time or using one that is rated
at more than 30 W may degrade the Switch characteristics.
Mounting
Use two M3 mounting screws with plain or spring washers to mount
the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 N S m {4 to
6 kgf S cm}.
When installing two or more Switches side by side, provide at least
8 mm between the adjacent Switches. If this is impossible, attach
the optional magnetic baffle D2RV-j-I to the Switches.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B056-E1-03B
151
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV Common Accessories
Ordering Information
Actuators (Sold Separately)
Note:
Actuators are supplementary components used when operating the
Switch using cams or dogs or when transmitting mechanical movements that are not in alignment with the switch plunger.
The VAL models are suitable for cases where a Switch is operated
by a rotary cam or sliding devices with relatively low operation frequency.
The VAM models are designed to operate in reverse movements
and have high shock and vibration resistance. Since the OT of these
models is rather large, these models can be used for automatic control or door switches of machining tools.
The VAV models can be used for cases where a small OF is required.
1. These Actuators do not include Switches.
2. Switches with the mounting holes shown below can be
used except for special models.
Separators (Insulation Sheet) (Sold Separately)
Applicable Switches
D3V,, V,, VX,, D2MV,, K,,
D2RV D2VW
D2RV,
Note:
Thickness
Separator for Vj
Model
0.18
Separator for V0.18
0.25
Separator for V0.25
The Separator is made of epoxy alkyd/varnish tetron cloth
and has heat-resistant temperature of 130°C.
Separator
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeter unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. For operating characteristics of models not listed above, consult your OMRON sales representative.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
5. Model numbers are for the Actuator only.
Leaf Spring
In the case of V-15-1A5
VAL (Designed for models of OF 200 gf and greater)
t=0.3, width: 4.7
(Stainless-steel
spring lever)
Two, M3
152
16
OF max.
2.26 N {{230 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
FP max.
17 mm
OP
14.9±0.5 mm
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
Simulated Leaf Spring
In the case of V-15-1A5
VAL12 (Designed for models of OF 200 gf and greater)
t=0.3, (Stainless-steel spring lever)
2.4R
Two, M3
OF max.
2.26 N {{230 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
FP max.
22.9 mm
OP
20.5±0.8 mm
16
Roller Leaf Spring
In the case of V-15-1A5
VAL2, VAL02 (Designed for models of OF 200 gf max.)
4.8 dia.
4.8 (see note)
Two, M3
Note:
OF max.
2.26 N {{230 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.49 N {50 gf}
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
FP max.
22.6 mm
OP
20.5±0.5 mm
16
VAL2: Unlubricated polyacetal resin roller
VAL02: Stainless-steel roller
Long Hinge Lever
In the case of V-15-1A5
VAV
t=1, width: 4.9 (stainless-steel lever)
44.4R
Two, M3
Hinge Wire Lever
OF max.
0.34 N {{35 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.04 N {4 gf}
PT max.
7.6 mm
min
OT min.
3 6 mm
3.6
MD max.
4.7 mm
OP
Approx. 10.6
mm
16
In the case of VX-5-1A2
VAV-5 (Designed for models of OF 25 gf max.)
0.8 dia.
(stainless-steel lever)
50R
Two, M3
16
OF max.
0.03 N {{2.8 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.002 N {0.2 gf}
PT max.
16 mm
min
OT min.
2 mm
MD max.
5 mm
OP
Approx. 16.7
mm
153
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
Hinge Roller Lever
VAV2
In the case of V-15-1A5
4.8 dia.
4.8 (Unlubricated polyacetal resin roller)
19R
Two, M3
16
Reverse Long Hinge Lever
0.74 N {{75 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.09 N {9 gf}
PT max.
4.8 mm
min
OT min.
1 5 mm
1.5
MD max.
1.2 mm
OP
18.6±1.6 mm
In the case of V-15-1A5
t=1
(stainless-steel
lever)
VAM
62R
Two, M3
Reverse Hinge Lever
20
OF max.
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.29 N {30 gf}
OT min.
7 mm
(reference value)
MD max.
5 mm
FP max.
45 mm
OP
20±9 mm
In the case of V-15-1A5
t=1
(stainlesssteel lever)
VAM21
26R
Two, M3
20
Reverse Roller Modified Lever
OF max.
3.53 N {{360 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.69 N {70 gf}
OT min.
5 mm
(reference value)
MD max.
4 mm
FP max.
30 mm
OP
20±4 mm
In the case of V-15-1A5
VAM-1
t=1
7R (stainlesssteel lever)
46.5R
Two, M3
154
OF max.
20
OF max.
2.94 N {{300 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.39 N {40 gf}
OT min.
5 mm
(reference value)
MD max.
6 mm
FP max.
47 mm
OP
30±5 mm
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV
Reverse Hinge Roller Lever
In the case of V-15-1A5
9.5 dia. 4.8.
(Stainlesssteel roller)
VAM22
25R
OF max.
3.53 N {{360 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.69 N {70 gf}
OT min.
3 mm
(reference value)
MD max.
4 mm
Two, M3
20
Reverse Long Hinge Roller Lever
FP max.
38 mm
OP
31.3±3 mm
In the case of V-15-1A5
VAM2
9.5 dia.
4.8 (Stainless-steel roller)
51R
OF max.
2.45 N {{250 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.39 N {40 gf}
OT min.
7 mm
(reference value)
MD max.
6 mm
Two, M3
FP max.
48 mm
OP
31±6 mm
20
155
Low-torque Basic Switch
D2MC
Highly Reliable Rotary-action Switch for
Low Torque Operation (0.5 m N S m
{5.1 gf S cm})
0.5-A rated model employs crossbar gold-alloy
contacts for excellent contact reliability in the micro
load range.
Long life (10,000,000 mechanical operations min.)
through use of a movable coil spring.
RC
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2MC-jjj
1
2
3
3.
1.
Ratings
5: 5 A at 250 VAC
0.1: 0.5 A at 30 VDC
2.
Maximum Operating Torque (OTq)
E: 0.5 mN S m {5.1 gf S cm} max.
F: 0.75 mN S m {7.6 gf S cm} max.
H: 1.00 mN S m {10.2 gf S cm} max.
Direction of Actuator
None: Clockwise
L:
Counterclockwise
List of Models
Direction of actuation
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
Note:
156
OTq max.
5A
0.5 A
0.5 m N S m {5.1 gf S cm}
D2MC-5E
D2MC-01E
0.75 m N S m {7.6 gf S cm}
D2MC-5F
D2MC-01F
1.00 m N S m {10.2 gf S cm}
D2MC-5H
D2MC-01H
0.5 m N S m {5.1 gf S cm}
D2MC-5EL
D2MC-01EL
0.75 m N S m {7.6 gf S cm}
D2MC-5FL
D2MC-01FL
1.00 m N S m {10.2 gf S cm}
D2MC-5HL
D2MC-01HL
All the models listed here are supplied without actuator lever. If an actuator lever is required, please order separately by indicating the
model number of the actuator lever (CAA1M). Refer to page 160.
D2MC
D2MC
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Model
D2MC-5
D2MC-01
Note:
Resistive load
Rated voltage
125 VAC
5A
250 VAC
5A
125 VAC
0.5 A
30 VDC
0.5 A
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min.
Characteristics
Item
D2MC-5
D2MC-01
Operating speed
1° to 360°/sec
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 240 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
20 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between each
terminal and non-current-carrying metal part
Vibration resistance
(see note 2)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
(see note 2)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {100 G} max.
Malfunction: Models with OTq of 0.5 mN S m: 100 m/s2 {10 G} max.
Models with OTq of 0.75 mN S m: 100 m/s2 {10 G} max.
Models with OTq of 1.00 mN S m: 200 m/s2 {20 G} max.
Durability (see note 3)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min.
(60 operations/min)
Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
(30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection
against electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating
humidity
35% to 85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 10 g
Note:
100 mΩ max.
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min.
(60 operations/min)
Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
(30 operations/min, 125 VAC,
30 VDC 0.1 A)
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. Malfunction: 1 ms max.
3. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
157
D2MC
D2MC
Approved Standards
Contact Form
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
SPDT
UL508 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
D2MC-01
D2MC-5
125 VAC
0.5 A
5A
250 VAC
---
5A
30 VDC
0.5 A
---
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush
currentt
D2MC-5
Rivet
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.5 mm
NC
15 A max.
0.5 A max.
NO
7 A max.
0.5 A max.
160 mA at
5 VDC
1 mA at
5 VDC
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note:
D2MC-01
Specification
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer
to Using Micro Loads on page 160.
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 240 operations/minute
Overtravel
158
Electrical Durability
Number of operations (x10 4)
Number of operations (x10 4)
Mechanical Durability
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency:
D2MC-01: 60 operations/min
D2MC-5: 20 operations/min
0.1 A 125 VAC (cosφ=1)
(D2MC-01)
0.5 A 125 VAC (cosφ=1)
(D2MC-01)
5 A 250 VAC (cosφ=1)
(D2MC-5)
Switching current (A)
D2MC
D2MC
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes or
M3 screw holes
8.7 ± 0.1
23.8 ± 0.1
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The j in the model number are for the Ratings and OTq code.
3. The angle given for the free position (FP) is the angle made with the horizontal.
Clockwise
Model
D2MC-5E
D2MC-01E
D2MC-5F
D2MC-01F
OTq
max.
0.5 mN S m
gf S cm}}
{{5.1 g
0.75 mN S m
gf S cm}}
{{7.6 g
1.0 mN S m
{{10.2 gf
g S cm}}
RTq min.
0.06 mN S m
{0.6 gf S cm}
0.09 mN S m
{0.9 gf S cm}
0.13 mN S m
{1.3 gf S cm}
PT max.
21°
21°
21°
OT min.
17°
17°
17°
MD min.
3°
3°
3°
RT min.
5°
5°
5°
TT min.
38°
FP
15±3° (see note 3)
D2MC-jj
3.1±0.05 dia.
Operating
direction
4±0.1 dia.
t=0.8
Quick-connect terminals (#205)
Counterclockwise
Model
D2MC-jjL
3.1±0.05 dia.
Operating
direction
D2MC-5EL
D2MC-01EL
D2MC-5FL
D2MC-01FL
D2MC-5H
D2MC-01H
D2MC-5HL
D2MC-01HL
OTq
max.
0.5 mN S m
{{5.1 g
gf S cm}}
0.75 mN S m
{{7.6 g
gf S cm}}
1.0 mN S m
{{10.2 gf
g S cm}}
RTq min.
0.06 mN S m
{0.6 gf S cm}
0.09 mN S m
{0.9 gf S cm}
0.13 mN S m
{1.3 gf S cm}
PT max.
21°
21°
21°
OT min.
17°
17°
17°
MD min.
3°
3°
3°
RT min.
5°
5°
5°
TT min.
38°
FP
15±3° (see note 3)
4±0.1 dia.
t=0.8
Quick-connect terminals (#205)
159
D2MC
D2MC
Accessories (Sold Separately)
Actuator Lever
2. Push the lever down in the direction of the groove in the rotary
disc.
CAA1M for Snap-on Mounting
50±1
Rotary shaft
0.6-dia. stainless-steel wire
In addition to the standard wire lever model shown here, various
other levers are available upon request.
Mounting Actuator Lever
1. Insert the end of the actuator lever into the hole in the rotary
disc.
Designing Own Actuator
If you decide to make your own actuator lever, the materials used
should be stainless steel, piano wire, hard aluminum wire, etc.
There are no restrictions on the tip shape or length of the actuator
lever. However, if the lever is too long, improper switch resetting or
contact chattering may occur. Therefore, the shape of lever as
shown below is suitable.
1.6
0.6 dia. stainless-steel wire
3.6
Center of
rotating axis
l
The appropriate value of dimension (l) from the fulcrum is 50 mm.
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Correct Use
Mounting/Soldering
Use M3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
mount the switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.20 to
0.29 N S m {2 to 3 kgf S cm}.
Do not change the operating position by modifying the actuator.
Using Micro Loads
For details, refer to General Information.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B051-E1-07B
160
Subminiature Basic Switch
D3M
Quick-connect Terminals Simplify
Wiring and Reduce Production Steps
Easy wiring is ensured by quick-connect terminals,
and horizontal layout of terminals saves mounting
space.
External actuator mounts in either of two directions
to increase Switch mounting flexibility.
Same mounting pitch as the OMRON SS
Subminiature Basic Switch.
RCE
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D3M-01jjj
1
1.
2
3
Actuator Mounting Position
None: No actuator
K:
Pushbutton close to actuator fulcrum
L:
Note:
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
1:
Hinge lever
2:
Hinge roller lever
3:
Simulated roller lever
3.
Contact Form
None: SPST-NC (with red pushbutton)
-3:
SPST-NO (with black pushbutton)
Pushbutton far from actuator fulcrum
For details about models with a low operating force, contact your OMRON sales representative.
161
D3M
D3M
List of Models
Actuator
Actuator mounting position
Pin plunger
p g
---
Hinge
g lever
K
L
Hinge
g roller lever
K
L
Simulated roller lever
K
L
Contact type
Model
SPST-NC
D3M-01
SPST-NO
D3M-01-3
SPST-NC
D3M-01K1
SPST-NO
D3M-01K1-3
SPST-NC
D3M-01L1
SPST-NO
D3M-01L1-3
SPST-NC
D3M-01K2
SPST-NO
D3M-01K2-3
SPST-NC
D3M-01L2
SPST-NO
D3M-01L2-3
SPST-NC
D3M-01K3
SPST-NO
D3M-01K3-3
SPST-NC
D3M-01L3
SPST-NO
D3M-01L3-3
Specifications
Ratings
Rated voltage
Resistive load
30 VDC
0.1 A
Note: The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm/s to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating
p
g frequency
q
y
Mechanical: 400 operations/min
p
max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. at 500 VDC
Contact resistance (initial value) (see note 2)
100 mΩ max. including connector and 50-mm AWG28 lead-wire resistance
Dielectric strength (see note 3)
1,000 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
1,500 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min between charged metal part and ground
1,500 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min between non-charged metal part and each terminal
Vibration resistance (see note 4)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 4)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability
y ((see note 5))
Mechanical: 500,000 operations
min. ((60 operations/min)
p
p
)
Electrical: 200,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 2 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. Includes the resistance of the connector and lead wire (AWG #28, 50-mm length).
3. The dielectric strength values shown in the table are for models with a Separator. (Refer to page 175.)
4. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1 ms.
5. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
162
D3M
D3M
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File
No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
30 VDC
D3M
0.1 A
EN61058-1 (File No. R9750979, TÜV Rheinland
approval)
Rated voltage
30 VDC
D3M
0.1 A
Testing conditions: 1E5 (100,000 operatings), T85 (0°C to 85°C)
Contact Specifications
Contact
Crossbar
Material
Gold alloy
Distance between contacts
0.5 mm
Inrush current
1 A max.
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
1 mA at 5 VDC
Note:
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro Loads on page 167.
Contact Form
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
163
D3M
D3M
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Two, 2.4-dia. mounting hole or M2.3 screw hole
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
D3M-01
D3M-01-3
Model
(see note 2)
A
(see note 2)
OP
(see note 1)
2.35 +0.1
dia.
–0.05
FP
D3M-01
D3M-01-3
OF max.
1.50 N {{153 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.25 N {25 gf}
PT max.
0.6 mm
OT min.
0.4 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
OP
8.4±0.3 mm
2.5 dia.
Note:
1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector.
2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
Hinge Lever Models (K)
D3M-01K1
D3M-01K1-3
Model
Stainless steel (t = 0.3)
(see note 2)
A
(see note 2)
D3M-01K1
D3M-01K1-3
OF max.
0.50 N {{51 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
OT min.
1.2 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
14.0 mm
OP
10.0±0.8 mm
FP
OP
(see note 1)
2.35 +0.1
dia.
–0.05
2.5 dia.
Note:
1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector.
2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
164
D3M
D3M
Hinge Lever Models (L)
D3M-01L1
D3M-01L1-3
Model
Stainless steel (t = 0.3)
(see note 2)
A
(see note 2)
FP
OP
(see note 1)
2.35 +0.1
dia.
–0.05
D3M-01L1
D3M-01L1-3
OF max.
1.00 N {{102 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.10 N {10 gf}
OT min.
0.7 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
FP max.
11.5 mm
OP
9.2±0.6 mm
2.5 dia.
Note:
1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector.
2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
Hinge Roller Lever Models (K)
D3M-01K2
D3M-01K2-3
Model
(see note 2)
4.8 dia. 3.2
A
polyacetal
resin roller
Stainless steel (t = 0.3)
(see note 2)
D3M-01K2
D3M-01K2-3
OF max.
0.50 N {{51 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
OT min.
1.2 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
19.7 mm
OP
15.7±0.8 mm
FP
OP
2.5 dia.
(see note 1)
2.35 +0.1
dia.
–0.05
Note:
1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector.
2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
Hinge Roller Lever Models (L)
D3M-01L2
D3M-01L2-3
Model
(see note 2)
Stainless steel (t = 0.3)
A 4.8 dia.
3.2 polyacetal resin roller
(see note 2)
D3M-01L2
D3M-01L2-3
OF max.
1.00 N {{102 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.10 N {10 gf}
OT min.
0.7 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
FP max.
17.2 mm
OP
14.9±0.6 mm
FP
OP
(see note 1)
2.35 +0.1
dia.
–0.05
2.5 dia.
Note:
1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector.
2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
165
D3M
D3M
Simulated Roller Lever Models (K)
D3M-01K3
D3M-01K3-3
Model
Stainless steel (t = 0.3)
(see note 2)
A
(see note 2)
FP
OP
(see note 1)
2.35 +0.1
dia.
–0.05
2.5 dia.
Note:
D3M-01K3
D3M-01K3-3
OF max.
0.50 N {{51 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
OT min.
1.2 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
16.2 mm
OP
12.2±0.8 mm
1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector.
2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
Simulated Roller Lever Models (L)
D3M-01L3
D3M-01L3-3
Model
Stainless steel (t = 0.3)
(see note 2)
A
(see note 2)
OP
(see note 1)
2.35 +0.1
dia.
–0.05
D3M-01L3
D3M-01L3-3
OF max.
1.00 N {{102 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.10 N {10 gf}
OT min.
0.7 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
FP max.
13.6 mm
OP
11.3±0.6 mm
FP
2.5 dia.
Note:
1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector.
2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
166
D3M
D3M
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Correct Use
Mounting
Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.23 to
0.26 N S m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf S cm}.
Using Micro Loads
J.S.T. (U.K.) Ltd. (United Kingdom)
Tel: (44)1986-874131
Fax: (44)1986-874276
J.S.T. Corporation (U.S.A.)
Tel: (1)847-473-1957
Fax: (1)847-473-1373
J.S.T. (H.K.) Co. Ltd. (Hong Kong)
Tel: (852)24137979
Fax: (852)24111193
Voltage (V)
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Connectors
The terminals connect to JST’s XA Connector.
The XA Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6
Housing: XAP-02V-1
OMRON does not sell the XA Connector. Contact the following.
J.S.T. Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (Japan)
Tel: (81)6-6968-6855
Fax: (81)6-6964-2085
Operating
range
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B100-E1-02B
167
Subminiature Basic Switch
SS
Subminiature Basic Switch Offers Long
Life of 30,000,000 Operations
A design that combines simplicity and stability by
the use of two split springs ensures a long service
life of 30,000,000 operations.
A variety of models are available, with operating
force ranging from low to high.
Solder, quick-connect terminals (#110) and PCB
terminals are available.
Approval obtained for standards including UL,
CSA, and VDE.
RCEW
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
SS-jjjjj
1
2
3
4
5
1.
Ratings
10: 10.1 A at 125 VAC
5: 5 A at 125 VAC
01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC
4.
Contact Form
None: SPDT
-2:
SPST-NC
-3:
SPST-NO
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
GL:
Hinge lever
GL13: Simulated roller lever
GL2: Hinge roller lever
5.
Terminals
None: Solder terminals
T:
Quick-connect terminals (#110)
D:
PCB terminals (see note 2)
3.
Maximum Operating Force (see note 1)
None: 1.47 N {150 gf}
-F:
0.49 N {50 gf} (0.1 A, 5 A)
-E:
0.25 N {25 gf} (0.1 A)
Note:
Contact Form
SPDT
168
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
1. These values are for the pin plunger models.
2. The PCB terminals has a right-angle terminal option.
D1: Left-angled terminals
D2: Right-angled terminals
3. When suffix “-T” is placed after the model number, the
model withstands high temperatures (–25°C to 120°C).
SS
SS
List of Models
Rating
0.1 A
Actuator
Solder terminals
Quick-connect
terminals (#110)
0.25 N {25 gf}
SS-01-E
SS-01-ET
SS-01-ED
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-01-F
SS-01-FT
SS-01-FD
1.47 N {150 gf}
SS-01
SS-01T
SS-01D
0.08 N {8 gf}
SS-01GL-E
SS-01GL-ET
SS-01GL-ED
0.16 N {16 gf}
SS-01GL-F
SS-01GL-FT
SS-01GL-FD
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-01GL
SS-01GLT
SS-01GLD
0.08 N {8 gf}
SS-01GL13-E
SS-01GL13-ET
SS-01GL13-ED
0.16 N {16 gf}
SS-01GL13-F
SS-01GL13-FT
SS-01GL13-FD
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-01GL13
SS-01GL13T
SS-01GL13D
0.08 N {8 gf}
SS-01GL2-E
SS-01GL2-ET
SS-01GL2-ED
0.16 N {16 gf}
SS-01GL2-F
SS-01GL2-FT
SS-01GL2-FD
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-01GL2
SS-01GL2T
SS-01GL2D
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-5-F
SS-5-FT
SS-5-FD
1.47 N {150 gf}
SS-5
SS-5T
SS-5D
0.16 N {16 gf}
SS-5GL-F
SS-5GL-FT
SS-5GL-FD
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-5GL
SS-5GLT
SS-5GLD
0.16 N {16 gf}
SS-5GL13-F
SS-5GL13-FT
SS-5GL13-FD
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-5GL13
SS-5GL13T
SS-5GL13D
0.16 N {16 gf}
SS-5GL2-F
SS-5GL2-FT
SS-5GL2-FD
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-5GL2
SS-5GL2T
SS-5GL2D
Pin plunger
1.47 N {150 gf}
SS-10
SS-10T
SS-10D
Hinge lever
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-10GL
SS-10GLT
SS-10GLD
Simulated roller lever
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-10GL13
SS-10GL13T
SS-10GL13D
Hinge roller lever
0.49 N {50 gf}
SS-10GL2
SS-10GL2T
SS-10GL2D
Pin plunger
p g
Hinge
g lever
Simulated roller lever
Hinge
g roller lever
5A
Pin plunger
p g
Hinge
g lever
Simulated roller lever
Hinge roller lever
10.1 A
Note:
OF max.
PCB terminals
Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
169
SS
SS
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Model
Resistive load
Rated voltage
SS-10
250 VAC
10.1 A
SS-5
125 VAC
250 VAC
5A
3A
SS-01
125 VAC
0.1 A
30 VDC
0.1 A
Note:
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Voltage
SS-10, SS-5
SS-01
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
NO
Inductive load
Lamp load
NC
NO
Inductive load
NC
NO
Non-inductive load
Motor load
NC
NO
Resistive load
NC
NO
125 VAC
5 (10.1) A
(see
note 1))
(
1.5 A
0.7 A
3A
2.5 A
1.3 A
0.1 A
250 VAC
3 (10.1) A
(see note 1)
1A
0.5 A
2A
1.5 A
0.8 A
---
8 VDC
5 (10.1) A
(see note 1)
2A
5A
4A
3A
0.1 A
14 VDC
5 (10.1) A
(see note 1)
2A
4A
4A
3A
0.1 A
30 VDC
4A
2A
3A
3A
3A
0.1 A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.05 A
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.05 A
---
250 VDC
0.2 A
0.03 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.03 A
---
Note:
1. Data in parentheses apply to the SS-10 models only.
2. The above values are for the steady-state current.
3. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC). The inductive load rating of SS-10 is the
same as that of SS-5.
4. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
5. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
6. If the Switch is used in a DC circuit and is subjected to a surge, connect a surge suppressor across the Switch.
170
SS
SS
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 400 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: SS-10, SS-5 models: 30 mΩ max.
SS-01 models:
50 mΩ max.
OF 0.49 N {50 gf}: SS-5 models:
SS-01 models:
50 mΩ max.
100 mΩ max.
OF 0.25 N {25 gf}: SS-01 models:
150 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
(see note 2)
1,000 VAC (600 VAC for SS-01 models), 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarities
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground, and between each
terminal and non-current-carrying metal part
Vibration resistance
(see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
(see note 4)
Destruction: OF 1.47 N {150 gf}:
OF 0.25 N {25gf}/0.49 N {50 gf}:
Malfunction: OF 1.47 N {150 gf}:
OF 0.25 N {25 gf}/0.49 N {50 gf}:
Durability (see note 5)
Mechanical: 30,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) (Refer to the following Engineering Data.)
10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) for SS-10 models
Electrical: 200,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) (Refer to the following Engineering Data.)
50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) for SS-10 models
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection
against electrical shock
Class 1
Proof Tracking Index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–25°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating
humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 1.6 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
500 m/s2 {approx. 50G} max.
300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
200 m/s2 {approx. 20G} max.
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position.
4. Lever-type models: Total travel position (with a contact separation time of 1 ms max.)
5. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative.
Approved Standards
Contact Specifications
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File
No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
SS-10
SS-5
SS-01
125 VAC
250 VAC
--10.1 A
5A
3A
0.1 A
---
30 VDC
---
---
0.1 A
EN61058-1 (File No. 129246 for SS-5, 125256 for
SS-10, VDE approval)
Rated voltage
250 VAC
SS-10
10 A
Item
Contact
SS-5
5A
Inrush
currentt
Rivet
Material
Silver
alloy
Gap
(standard
value)
0.5 mm
NC
20 A max.
NO
15 A max.
Minimum applicable
load (see note)
Note:
SS-10
Specification
SS-5
SS-01
Crossbar
Silver
Gold alloy
0.25 mm
1 A max.
10 A max.
160 mA at 5 VDC
1 A max.
1 mA
at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro Loads on page 175.
EN61058-1 (File No. J9451450, TÜV Rheinland
approval)
Rated voltage
250 VAC
SS-10
10 A
SS-5
5A
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations); T85 (0°C to 85°C).
171
SS
SS
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
Electrical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
SS-5, SS-1, SS-01 Models
SS-5 Models
40,000
Number of operations (x10 3)
Number of operations (x10 3)
5,000
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
30,000
20,000
10,000
5,000
3,000
1,000
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
125 VAC
500
300
250 VAC
100
50
30
10
0.1
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
cosφ = 1
0
1
2
Overtravel (mm)
3
4
5
6
7
Switching current (A)
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Terminal plate thickness is 0.5 mm for all models.
Quick-connect Terminals (#110)
Solder Terminals
2.9
PCB Terminals
2.9
2.9
6.4
7.1
3.2
1.6
8.8
COM
terminal
(C)
Three, 1.6-dia. holes
6.4
9.5±0.1
COM terminal (C)
19.8
NO terminal
NC terminal
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia.
(1.6)
+0.15
8.8 –0.05
16.1±0.1
Mounting Holes
Two, 2.4-dia. mounting holes or
M2.3 screw holes
9.5 ± 0.1
172
1.6
8.8
2.8
1.6
7.3
8.8
7.3
9.5±0.1
19.8
3.2
Three, 1.2 dia.
NO terminal
NC terminal
0.6
3.3
10.6
COM
terminal
(C)
7.3
0.5
1.2
9.5±0.1
19.8
NO terminal
3.2
t = 0.5
NC terminal
7.0
SS
SS
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The following illustration and drawing are for solder terminal models. Refer to page 172 for details on models with quick-connect
terminals (#110) or PCB terminals.
3. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
7.5
PT
SS-01(-E, -F)
SS-5(-F)
SS-10
3.2
2
A
+0.075
2.35 –0.05
OP
9.5 10.2
2.9
6.4
2.5
6.4
2.5±0.07 dia.
1.6
Model
2.35 +0.075
–0.05 dia. holes
3.2
6.4
8.8
7.3
5.1 9.5±0.1
19.8
SS-01-E
SS-01-F
SS-5-F
Three, 1.6 dia.
SS-01
SS-5
SS-10
OF max.
0.25 N {{25 g
gf}}
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
1.47 N {{150 g
gf}}
1.47 N {{150 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.02 N {2 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.25 N {25 gf}
PT max.
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
0.6 mm
OT min.
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
0.4 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.12 mm
OP
8.4±0.5 mm
Hinge Lever Models
t = 0.3
(see note 1)
SS-01GL(-E, -F)
SS-5GL(-F)
SS-10GL
14.5 (see note 2) A
+0.075
OP
2.35 –0.05
2.9
FP
9.5 10.2
2.5
6.4
+0.075
2.5±0.07 dia.
1.6
Note:
3.6
2.35 –0.05 dia. holes
8.8
7.3
5.1 9.5±0.1
19.8
3.2
6.4
Three, 1.6 dia.
1. Stainless-steel lever
2. Besides the SS-jGL models with a hinge lever length of 14.5, the SS-jGL11 models with a hinge lever length of 18.5, the
SS-jGL111 models with a hinge lever length of 22.6, and the SS-jGL1111 models with a hinge lever length of 37.8 are available.
Contact your OMRON representative for these models
Model
SS-01GL-E
SS-01GL-F
SS-5GL-F
SS-01GL
SS-5GL
SS-10GL
OF max.
0.08 N {8 gf}
0.16 N {16 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
RF min.
i
0.01
0
01 N {1 gf}
f}
(reference value)
0 02 N {2 gf}
0.02
f}
0 06 N {6 gf}
0.06
f}
0 06 N {6 gf}
0.06
f}
OT min.
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
FP max.
13.6 mm
OP
8.8±0.8 mm
Note:
The values indicated in parentheses are reference values for cases when the installation direction is such that the lever weight is not
applied to the plunger.
173
SS
SS
Simulated Roller Lever Models
A 1.3R
15.8
t = 0.3
(see note)
SS-01GL13(-E, -F)
SS-5GL13(-F)
SS-10GL13
3.6
OP
+0.075
2.35 –0.05
FP
9.5 10.2
2.5
2.9
6.4
2.35 +0.075
–0.05 dia. holes
2.5±0.07 dia.
1.6
8.8
Three, 1.6 dia.
3.2
6.4
7.3
Note:
Stainless-steel spring lever
5.1 9.5±0.1
19.8
Model
SS-01GL13-E
SS-01GL13-F
SS-5GL13-F
SS-01GL13
SS-5GL13
SS-10GL13
OF max.
0.08 N {8 gf}
0.16 N {16 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
RF min.
i
0.01
0
01 N {1 gf}
f}
(reference value)
0 02 N {2 gf}
0.02
f}
0 06 N {6 gf}
0.06
f}
0 06 N {6 gf}
0.06
f}
OT min.
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
FP max.
15.5 mm
OP
10.7±0.8 mm
Note:
The values indicated in parentheses are reference values for cases when the installation direction is such that the lever weight is not
applied to the plunger.
Hinge Roller Lever Models
14.5
SS-01GL2(-E, -F)
SS-5GL2(-F)
SS-10GL2
4.8 dia. × 3.2
(see note 2)
A
t = 0.3
(see note 1)
OP
FP
+0.075
2.35 –0.05 dia.
2.9
9.5 10.2
2.5
6.4
2.5±0.07 dia.
1.6
+0.075
2.35 –0.05 dia. holes
8.8
7.3
3.2
6.4
Three, 1.6 dia.
Note:
5.1 9.5±0.1
19.8
Model
SS-01GL2-E
SS-01GL2-F
SS-5GL2-F
1. Stainless-steel spring lever
2. Polyacetal resin roller
SS-01GL2
SS-5GL2
SS-10GL2
OF max.
0.08 N {8 gf}
0.16 N {16 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
0.49 N {50 gf}
RF min.
i
0.01
0
01 N {1 gf}
f}
(reference value)
0 02 N {2 gf}
0.02
f}
0 06 N {6 gf}
0.06
f}
0 06 N {6 gf}
0.06
f}
OT min.
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
1.2 mm
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
FP max.
19.3 mm
OP
14.5±0.8 mm
Note:
174
The values indicated in parentheses are reference values for cases when the installation direction is such that the lever weight is not
applied to the plunger.
SS
SS
Precautions
Cautions
Terminal Connection
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead wire
conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering.
Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W maximum.
Do not take more than 5 s to solder the switch terminal. Improper
soldering involving an excessively high temperature or excessive
soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of the Switch.
Be sure to apply only the minimum required amount of flux. The
Switch may have contact failures if flux intrudes into the interior of
the Switch.
Use the following lead wires to connect to the solder terminals.
Model
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Conductor size
SS-5
0.5 to 0.75 mm2
SS-10
0.75 mm2
If the PCB terminal models are soldered in the solder bath, flux will
permeate inside the Switch and cause contact failure. Therefore,
manually solder the PCB terminal.
Wire the quick–connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert
the terminals straight into the receptacles. Do not impose excessive
force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the terminal may be deformed or the housing may be damaged.
Operating range
for micro load
models SS-01
Operating
range for
general-load
models
SS-5, SS-10
Inoperable
range
Insulation Distance
According to EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for this
Switch should be 1.1 mm and minimum clearance distance between the terminal and mounting plate should be 1.6 mm. If the insulation distance cannot be provided in the product incorporating
the Switch, either use a Switch with insulation barrier or use a Separator to ensure sufficient insulation distance. Refer to Separator on
page 152.
Correct Use
Mounting
Current (mA)
Separators
Applicable
Switch
SS,, D2S,, D2SW
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure to
do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.23 to
0.26 N S m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf S cm}.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or breakage in the housing.
Model (see note)
0.18
Separator for SS0.18
0.4
Separator for SS0.4
Separator for SSj
Operating Stroke Setting
Take particular care in setting the operating stroke for the pin plunger models. Make sure that the operating stroke is 70% to 100% of
the rated OT distance. Do not operate the actuator exceeding the
OT distance, otherwise the durability of the Switch may be shortened.
Thickness (mm)
Separator
Note:
The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished Tetron
Cloth) and its heat-resisting temperature is 130°C.
Connector
Refer to Terminal Connectors on page 282.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B032-E1-11C
175
Miniature Basic Switch
SS Series Compatible Mounting with
a Simple Construction and Easy-to-Use
Design Concept
• Insert molded case provides enhanced resistance to flux.
• Switch rating of 3 A at 125 V AC possible with a singleleaf movable spring. Models for micro loads are also available.
• Solder, quick-connect terminals (#110), and PCB terminals are available, including even-pitched PCB terminals.
Ordering Information
■
Model Number Legend
SS-@@@P@
1 2 3
4
1. Ratings
3:
3 A at 125 VAC
01:
0.1 A at 30 VDC
2. Contact Gap
G:
0.5 mm
3. Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L:
Hinge lever
L13: Simulated roller lever
176
4. Terminals
None: Solder terminals
T:
Quick-connect terminals (#110)
D:
PCB terminals (Uneven pitch)
B:
PCB terminals (Even pitch)
SS-P
SS-P
■
SS-P
List of Models
Terminals
Solder terminals
Quick-connect
terminals (#110)
PCB terminals
Rating
Actuator
3A
Pin plunger
SS-3GP
SS-3GPT
SS-3GPD
SS-3GPB
Hinge lever
SS-3GLP
SS-3GLPT
SS-3GLPD
SS-3GLPB
Simulated roller lever
SS-3GL13P
SS-3GL13PT
SS-3GL13PD
SS-3GL13PB
Pin plunger
SS-01GP
SS-01GPT
SS-01GPD
SS-01GPB
Hinge lever
SS-01GLP
SS-01GLPT
SS-01GLPD
SS-01GLPB
Simulated roller lever
SS-01GL13P
SS-01GL13PT
SS-01GL13PD
SS-01GL13PB
0.1 A
Uneven pitch
Even pitch
Specifications
■
Ratings
Model
Rated voltage
SS-3P
Item
SS-01P
Resistive load
125 VAC
3A
0.1 A
30 VDC
3A
0.1 A
Note:
1. The ratings values apply under the following test conditions.
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for information on models for other loads.
■
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 300 operations/min max.
Electrical:
30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
SS-3P: 50 mΩ max.
SS-01P: 100 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarities
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground,
and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100 G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30 G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: SS-3P:
70,000 operations min. (20 operations/min, 125 VAC)
100,000 operations min. (20 operations/min, 30 VDC)
SS-01P:
200,000 operations min. (20 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against electrical shock
Class I
Proof Tracking Index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
−25°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 1.6 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, the
values apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1 ms.
4. Consult your OMRON sales representative for testing conditions.
177
SS-P
■
SS-P
Approved Standards
■
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models
with standard approvals.
Contact Specifications
Item
Model
Contact Specification
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL approval)
SS-3P
SS-01P
125 VAC
3A
0.1 A
30 VDC
3A
0.1 A
EN61058-1 (File No. 40008425, VDE approval)
SS-3P
SS-01P
125 VAC
3A
0.1 A
30 VDC
3A
0.1 A
■
SS-01P
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Gap
(standard value)
0.5 mm
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note:
SS-3P
Rivet
160 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 180.
Contact Form
SPDT
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T55 (0°C to 55°C)
COM
NO NC
Dimensions
■
Terminals
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. (Terminal plate thickness is 0.5 mm for all models.)
Solder Terminals
Quick-connect Terminals (#110)
7.55±0.2
7.55±0.2
7.3
11
3.3±0.1
3.3±0.1
7.1
0.5
Three, 1.6-dia. holes
8.55
15.5
2.15
3-2.8
0.5
7.6±0.2 7.6±0.2
PCB Terminals (Uneven pitch)
PCB Terminals (Even pitch)
7.55±0.2
7.55±0.2
(4.82)
(5.25)
1.8
1.8
3.9
3.3±0.1
3.3±0.1
1.85
3-1.2
8.8±0.2
3-0.8
1.3
0.5
16.1±0.2
7.62±0.2
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
■
Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia.
Mounting Holes
Two, 2.4-dia. mounting holes or M2.3 screw holes
9.5±0.1
178
1.3
3-0.8
0.5
7.62±0.2
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
7.62±0.1 7.62±0.1
16.1±0.1
8.8±0.1
3-1.2
Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia.
3.9
SS-P
■
SS-P
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The following illustrations and drawings are for solder terminal models. Refer to page 178 for details on models with quick-connect terminals (#110) or PCB terminals.
3. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
).
➡
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction (
Pin Plunger Models
SS-3GP
SS-01GP
7.55±0.2
PT
Model
3.5
2.5±0.07 dia.
2
A
2.35+−0.075
0.05 dia.
+0.075
OP 2.35−0.05
6.9
7.7
3.3±0.1
7.3
8.55
15.5
2.15
0.5
Three, 1.6 dia. holes
SS-3GP
OF max.
RF min.
1.50 N {153 gf}
0.2 N {20 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
0.6 mm
0.4 mm
0.15 mm
OP
8.4±0.3 mm
SS-01GP
6.4±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
Hinge Lever Models
SS-3GLP
SS-01GLP
t=0.3 Stainless-steel lever
14.5
3.6
A
Model
2.5±0.07 dia.
2.35+−0.075
0.05
6.9
7.7
OP
FP
3.3±0.1
7.3
8.55
15.5
2.15
2.35+−0.075
0.05 dia.
Three, 1.6 dia. holes
0.5
SS-3GLP
OF max.
RF min.
0.5 N {51 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OT min.
MD max.
1.0 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
13.6 mm
8.8±0.8 mm
SS-01GLP
6.4±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
Simulated Roller Lever Models
SS-3GL13P
SS-01GL13P
t=0.3 Stainless-steel lever
15.8
3.6
A
R1.2
Model
2.5±0.07 dia.
2.35+−0.075
0.05
6.9
7.7
OP
FP
3.3±0.1
7.3
2.35+−0.075
0.05 dia.
2.15
8.55
15.5
Three, 1.6 dia. holes
0.5
SS-3GL13P
OF max.
RF min.
0.5 N {51 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OT min.
MD max.
1.0 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
15.5 mm
10.7±0.8 mm
SS-01GL13P
6.4±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
179
SS-P
SS-P
Precautions
Cautions
Connecting to Solder Terminals
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead
wire conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering.
Make sure that the temperature at the tip of the soldering iron is
350 to 400°C. Do not take more than 3 seconds to solder the
switch terminal, and do not impose external force on the terminal
for 1 min after soldering. Improper soldering involving an excessively high temperature or excessive soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of the Switch.
Connecting to Quick-connect Terminals
Wire the quick-connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert
the terminals straight into the receptacles. Do not impose excessive force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the
terminal may be deformed or the housing may be damaged.
Connecting to PCB Terminal Boards
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that
operate in the following range. However, even when using micro
load models within the operating range shown below, if inrush
current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may
increase contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore,
insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability
level of 60% (λ60). The equation, λ60 = 0.5 × 10−6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
■
30
0.16 mA
26 mA
24
When using automatic soldering baths, we recommend soldering
at 260±5°C within 5 seconds. Make sure that the liquid surface of
the solder does not flow over the edge of the board.
When soldering by hand, as a guideline, solder with a soldering
iron with a tip temperature of 350 to 400°C within 3 seconds, and
do not apply any external force for at least 1 minutes after soldering. When applying solder, keep the solder away from the case of
the Switch and do not allow solder or flux to enter the case.
100 mA
Operating range
for micro load
models SS-01P
Operating
range for
generalload models
SS-3P
12
Inoperable
range
5
100 mA 160 mA
1 mA
0
■
Correct Use
Mounting
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure
to do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers
to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of
0.23 to 0.26 N·m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf·cm}.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or breakage in the housing.
Operating Stroke Setting
Take particular care in setting the operating stroke for the pin
plunger models. Make sure that the operating stroke is 60% to
90% of the rated OT distance. Do not operate the actuator
exceeding the OT distance, otherwise the durability of the Switch
may be shortened.
180
0.1
1
10
100
1,000
Current (mA)
SS-P
■
SS-P
Separators
Thickness
Model
0.18 mm
Separator for SS0.18
0.4 mm
Separator for SS0.4
Separator for SS@
Separator
Note:
■
The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished Tetron
Cloth) and its heat-resisting temperature is 130°C.
Connectors
Use the following quick-connect connector made by Nippon Tanshi or Tyco Electronics. This connector is not sold by OMRON.
Contact the following Nippon Tanshi or Tyco Electronics office to
purchase this connector.
Nippon Tanshi Co., Ltd.
Japan
Tel: (81)463-30-1150
Hong Kong Tel: (852)2191-2727
Tyco Electrocics AMP K.K. Japan
U.S.A.
Tel: (81)44-844-8111
Tel (1)800-522-6752
This connector is for use with the SS-P and the terminal direction
is 90° different from the SS Series.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B108-E1-01A
181
Subminiature Basic Switch
SSG
Global Subminiature Basic Switch
Conforming to EN61058-1
(IEC601058-1), UL1054, and CSA C22.2
No.54
A wide operating temperature range of –25°C to
125°C is available for at high-temperature use.
PCB terminal models are resistant to flux.
Even-pitched PCB terminals.
Mounting hole size of M2.2.
ERCW
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
SSG-jjjjj
1
2
3
4
5
1.
Ratings
5: 5 A at 125 VAC
01: 0.1 A at 125 VAC
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L1:
Hinge lever
L3:
Simulated roller lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
3.
Contact Form
None: SPDT
-2:
SPST-NC
-3:
SPST-NO
4.
Terminals
H: Solder terminals
T: Quick-connect terminals (#110)
P: PCB terminals (SPDT only)
5.
Contact Form
SPDT
182
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
Maximum Operating Force
None: 1.5 N {153 gf}
-5:
0.5 N {51 gf}
Note: These values are for the pin plunger models.
SSG
SSG
List of Models
Actuator
Rating
Pin plunger
OF max.
5A
0.1 A
Hinge
g lever
5A
0.1 A
Simulated roller lever
5A
0.1 A
Hinge
g roller lever
5A
0.1 A
Note:
Solder
terminals
Quick-connect
terminals (#110)
PCB terminals
1.50 N {153 gf}
SSG-5H
SSG-5T
SSG-5P
0.50 N {51 gf}
SSG-5H-5
SSG-5T-5
SSG-5P-5
1.50 N {153 gf}
SSG-01H
SSG-01T
SSG-01P
0.50 N {51 gf}
SSG-01H-5
SSG-01T-5
SSG-01P-5
0.60 N {61 gf}
SSG-5L1H
SSG-5L1T
SSG-5L1P
0.20 N {20 gf}
SSG-5L1H-5
SSG-5L1T-5
SSG-5L1P-5
0.60 N {61 gf}
SSG-01L1H
SSG-01L1T
SSG-01L1P
0.20 N {20 gf}
SSG-01L1H-5
SSG-01L1T-5
SSG-01L1P-5
0.60 N {61 gf}
SSG-5L3H
SSG-5L3T
SSG-5L3P
0.20 N {20 gf}
SSG-5L3H-5
SSG-5L3T-5
SSG-5L3P-5
0.60 N {61 gf}
SSG-01L3H
SSG-01L3T
SSG-01L3P
0.20 N {20 gf}
SSG-01L3H-5
SSG-01L3T-5
SSG-01L3P-5
0.60 N {61 gf}
SSG-5L2H
SSG-5L2T
SSG-5L2P
0.20 N {20 gf}
SSG-5L2H-5
SSG-5L2T-5
SSG-5L2P-5
0.60 N {61 gf}
SSG-01L2H
SSG-01L2T
SSG-01L2P
0.20 N {20 gf}
SSG-01L2H-5
SSG-01L2T-5
SSG-01L2P-5
Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
Specifications
Ratings
General Ratings
Rated voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
5 ((0.1)) A ((see note 1))
1.5 A
0.7 A
3A
2.5 A
1.3 A
250 VAC
3A
1A
0.5 A
2A
1.5 A
0.8 A
8 VDC
5A
2A
5A
3A
14 VDC
5A
2A
4A
3A
30 VDC
4 (0.1) A (see note 1)
2A
3A
3A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.05 A
0.4 A
0.05 A
250 VDC
0.2 A
0.03 A
0.2 A
0.05 A
Note:
1. The values in the parentheses are for the SSG-01.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current.
Inductive load has a power factor of 0.7 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
If the Switch is used in a DC circuit and is subjected to a surge current, connect a surge suppressor across the switch.
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
183
SSG
SSG
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 400 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min.
Contact resistance
OF 1.50 N: SSG-5 models: 30 mΩ max.
SSG-01 models:50 mΩ max.
OF 0.50 N SSG-5 models: 50 mΩ max.
SSG-01 models:100 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between contacts of the same polarity
(600 VAC for SSG-01H and SSG-01T models)
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and ground
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 2,000 Hz, 196 m/s2 {20G} (Contact open: 10 µs max., lever position: at TTP)
Shock resistance
Malfunction: 490 m/s2 {approx. 50G} (Contact open: 10 µs max., lever position: at TTP)
Durability (see note 2)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 200,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection (IP code)
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electrical shock
Class I
Proof tracking index
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–25°C to 125°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (5°C to 30°C)
Weight
Approx. 1.6 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with standard approvals.
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
SSG-5
SSG-01
125 VAC
5A
0.1 A
250 VAC
3A
---
30 VDC
---
0.1 A
EN61058-1 (File No. T9451449, TÜV Rheinland approval)
Rated voltage
SSG-5
SSG-01
250 VAC
5A
---
30 VDC
---
0.1 A
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T125 (0°C to 125°C)
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush current
184
SSG-01H.T
SSG-01P
Rivet
Crossbar
Crossbar
Material
Silver
Gold alloy
Gold alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.5 mm
0.25 mm
0.5 mm
NC
20 A max.
1 A max.
1 A max.
NO
10 A max.
1 A max.
1 A max.
160 mA at 5 VDC
1 mA at 5 VDC
1 mA at 5 VDC
Minimum applicable load (see note)
Note:
SSG-5
Specification
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 189.
SSG
SSG
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
Electrical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
SSG-5 Models
SSG-5 Models
40,000
Number of operations (x10 3)
Number of operations (x10 3)
5,000
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
30,000
20,000
10,000
5,000
3,000
1,000
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
125 VAC
500
300
250 VAC
100
50
30
10
0.1
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
cosφ = 1
0.7
0
1
2
Overtravel (mm)
3
4
5
6
7
Switching current (A)
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Solder Terminals
Quick-connect Terminals (#110)
7.5±0.3
PT
1.8
2.2
+0.1
0
PT
C
NO
3.5
1.8
+0.1
6.9
2.2
6.1
7.5±0.3
3.5
2.2 0
7.7 OP
6.9 7.7
OP
2.2
C
NC
NO
NC
10.6
7.1
2.5 dia.
5.1
2.2 +0.1
0 dia. hole
9.5±0.1
8.9
1.6
7.2
0.5
3.2
6.4±0.2
Three, 1.6-dia. holes
2.5 dia.
5.1
1.6
19.8
2.2 +0.1
0
dia. hole
9.5±0.1
7.2
8.9
Three,
1.2-dia.
holes
2.8±0.2
3.2
6.4±0.2
0.5
19.8
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
PCB Terminals
Three, 1.35 dia. to 1.5 dia.
4.8±0.3
PT
2.87±0.1
3.5
1.8
+0.1
2.2 –0
2.78±0.1
3.4±0.1
6.9 7.7
C
NO
OP
9.5±0.1
7.62±0.1
NC
15.24±0.1
2.2 +0.1
0
dia. hole
2.5 dia.
5.15
7.62±0.2
9.5±0.1
Three, 1.2±0.1 1.3±0.3
0.5±0.05
Three, 0.8
6.4±0.2
7.62±0.2
1.8
4±0.3
19.8
185
SSG
SSG
Mounting Holes
Two, 2.2-dia. mounting holes or
M2.2 screw holes
9.5 ± 0.1
Make sure that the plate to which the SSG is mounted is flat. If the
plate has protruding or warped part, the SSG may not operate properly.
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Every actual model number includes the code instead of j for the kind of terminals incorporated by the model.
3. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.25 mm applies to all dimensions.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Solder/Quick-connect Terminals
Pin Plunger Models
SSG-01j
SSG-5j
SSG-01j-5
SSG-5j-5
A
7.5±0.3
PT
1.8
+0.1
2.2 0
7.7 OP
6.9
2.2
C
6.1
NO
2.5 dia.
5.1
NC
2.2 +0.1
0 dia. hole
9.5±0.1
8.9
1.6
3.5
7.2
Model
SSG-01j
SSG-5j
SSG-01j-5
SSG-5j-5
OF max.
1.50 N {{153 g
gf}}
0.50 N {51
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
PT max.
0.6 mm
OT min.
0.4 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
FP max.
---
OP
8.4±0.3 mm
3.2
6.4±0.2
0.5
Three, 1.6-dia. holes
19.8
Hinge Lever Models
SSG-01L1j
SSG-5L1j
SSG-01L1j-5
SSG-5L1j-5
Model
SSG-01L1j
SSG-5L1j
SSG-01L1j-5
SSG-5L1j-5
OF max.
0.60 N {{61 g
gf}}
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
PT max.
1.0 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
---
FP max.
13.6 mm
OP
8.8–0.6 mm
A
5.3±0.4
t0.3 Stainless-steel lever
3.6
+0.1
2.2 0
OP
6.9 7.7
2.2
C
NO
FP
NC
10
+1.0
6.1
2.2
2.5 dia.
5.1
1.6
7.2
dia. hole
3.2
6.4+0.2
9.5±0.1
8.9
+0.1
0
Three, 1.6-dia. holes
0.5
19.8
Note:
186
Also available are models with a hinge lever length of 39 mm under the following model numbers; SSG-01L14j, SSG-5L14j,
SSG-01L14j-5, and SSG-5L14j-5. Consult your OMRON sales representative for these models.
SSG
SSG
Simulated Roller Lever Models
SSG-01L3j
SSG-5L3j
SSG-01L3j-5
SSG-51L3j-5
A
6.3±0.4
1.3R
3.6
t0.3 Stainless-steel lever
FP
+0.1
OP
2.2 0
2.2
6.9 7.7
C
6.1
NO
NC
2.2 +0.1
0 dia. hole
2.5 dia.
5.1
1.6
9.5±0.1
8.9
7.2
Model
SSG-01L3j
SSG-5L3j
SSG-01L3j-5
SSG-5L3j-5
OF max.
0.60 N {{61 g
gf}}
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
PT max.
1.0 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
---
FP max.
15.5 mm
OP
10.7
10
+1.0
–0.6
mm
3.2
6.4±0.2
Three, 1.6-dia. holes
0.5
19.8
Hinge Roller Lever Models
SSG-01L2j
SSG-5L2j
SSG-01L2j-5
SSG-5L2j-5
4.8 dia. × 3.2
Acetal resin roller
5±0.4
A
t0.3 Stainless-steel lever
OP
+0.1
2.2 –0
2.2
FP
6.9 7.7
C
NO
Model
SSG-01L2j
SSG-5L2j
SSG-01L2j-5
SSG-5L2j-5
OF max.
0.60 N {{61 g
gf}}
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
PT max.
1.0 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
---
FP max.
19.0 mm
OP
14.5
+1.0
10
–0.6
mm
NC
6.1
+0.1
2.2 0
dia. hole
Three, 1.6-dia. holes
2.5 dia.
5.1
1.6
3.2
6.4±0.2
9.5±0.1
7.2
8.9
0.5
19.8
PCB Terminal Models
Pin Plunger
SSG-01P
SSG-5P
SSG-01P-5
SSG-5P-5
4.8±0.3
PT
A
2.87±0.1
3.5
1.8
+0.1
2.2 –0
3.4±0.1
6.9 7.7
C
NO
+0.1
2.2 0
2.5 dia.
5.15
7.62±0.2
9.5±0.1
OP
NC
Model
SSG-01P
SSG-5P
SSG-01P-5
SSG-5P-5
OF max.
1.50 N {{153 g
gf}}
0.50 N {51
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
PT max.
0.6 mm
OT min.
0.4 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
FP max.
---
OP
11.8±0.4 mm
dia. hole
Three, 1.2±0.1 1.3±0.3
0.5±0.05
Three, 0.8
6.4±0.2
7.62±0.2
1.8
4±0.3
19.8
187
SSG
SSG
Hinge Lever Models
SSG-01L1P
SSG-5L1P
SSG-01L1P-5
SSG-5L1P-5
5.3±0.4
A
Model
SSG-01L1P
SSG-5L1P
SSG-01L1P-5
SSG-5L1P-5
OF max.
0.60 N {{61 g
gf}}
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
PT max.
---
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
17.0 mm
OP
12.2
t0.3 Stainless-steel lever
3.6
2.87±0.1
+0.1
2.2 0
3.4±0.1
FP
6.9 7.7
C
NO
OP
11
+1.1
–0.7
mm
NC
+0.1
2.5 dia.
5.15
7.62±0.2
2.2 0 dia. hole
Three, 1.2±0.1
Three, 0.8
7.62±0.2
9.5±0.1
1.3±0.3
0.5±0.05
6.4±0.2
1.8
4±0.3
19.8
Note:
Also available are models with a hinge lever length of 39 mm under the following model numbers; SSG-01L14P, SSG-5L14P,
SSG-01L14P-5, and SSG-5L14P-5. Consult your OMRON sales representative for these models.
Simulated Roller Lever Models
SSG-01L3P
SSG-5L3P
SSG-01L3P-5
SSG-51L3P-5
A
1.3R
6.3±0.4
3.6
t0.3 Stainless-steel lever
2.87±0.1
+0.1
2.2 0
3.4±0.1
6.9 7.7 OP
C
NO
FP
Model
SSG-01L3P
SSG-5L3P
SSG-01L3P-5
SSG-5L3P-5
OF max.
0.60 N {{61 g
gf}}
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
PT max.
---
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
18.9 mm
OP
14.4
+1.1
11
–0.7
mm
NC
+0.1
2.5 dia.
5.15
7.62±0.2
2.2 0 dia. hole
Three, 1.2±0.1
Three, 0.8
7.62±0.2
9.5±0.1
1.3±0.3
0.5±0.05
6.4±0.2
1.8
4±0.3
19.8
Hinge Roller Lever Models
SSG-01L2P
SSG-5L2P
SSG-01L2P-5
SSG-5L2P-5
A
4.8 dia. × 3.2
Acetal resin roller
5±0.4
t0.3 Stainless-steel lever
2.87±0.1
OP
+0.1
2.2 0
6.9 7.7
3.4±0.1
C
NO
FP
NC
+0.1
2.5 dia.
5.15
7.62±0.2
9.5±0.1
19.8
188
2.2 0 dia. hole
Three, 1.2±0.1
Three, 0.8
7.62±0.2
1.3±0.3
0.5±0.05
6.4±0.2
1.8
4±0.3
Model
SSG-01L2P
SSG-5L2P
SSG-01L2P-5
SSG-5L2P-5
OF max.
0.60 N {{61 g
gf}}
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
PT max.
---
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
22.4 mm
OP
17.9
+1.1
11
–0.7
mm
SSG
SSG
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Correct Use
Terminal Connection
Mounting
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead wire
conductor through the terminal hole and then take the following
steps promptly.
Use M2.2 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.20 to
0.24 N S m {2 to 2.5 kgf S cm}.
•
Operating Stroke
•
Be sure to apply only the minimum required amount of flux. The
SSG may have contact failures if flux intrudes into the interior of
the SSG.
•
Use the following lead wires to connect to the solder terminals.
Type
Conductor size
SSG-01
AWG 22 to 20
SSG-5
AWG 20 to 18
To automatically solder the Switch to a PCB in a soldering bath,
complete soldering within 5 seconds at a flux temperature of 250°C
and avoid the overflow of flux onto the surface of the PCB where the
Switch or other parts are mounted.
Wire the quick-connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert the
terminals straight into the receptacles. Do not impose excessive
force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the terminal may be deformed or the housing may be damaged.
Make sure that the operating stroke is 70% to 100% of the rated OT
distance. Do not operate the actuator exceeding the OT distance,
otherwise the durability of the Switch may be shortened.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W
maximum. Do not take more than 5 s to solder the switch
terminal. Improper soldering involving an excessively high
temperature or excessive soldering time may deteriorate the
characteristics of the Switch.
Insulation Distance
The Switch does not have a ground terminal. According to
EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for this Switch
should be 0.9 mm. If the insulation distance cannot be provided in
the product incorporating the Switch, either use a Switch with insulation barrier or use a Separator to ensure sufficient insulation
distance.
Operating range for
SSG-01 (micro load
models)
Operating
range for
SSG-5
(generalload models)
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B096-E1-02B
189
Subminiature Basic Switch
D2S
Subminiature Switch with Superb Flux
Resistance
One-piece terminal construction to keep out flux.
High operating-position accuracy (±0.25 mm)
enables easy peripheral design and positioning.
Use of pin plunger also allows horizontal operation.
Available with self-clinching PCB or solder
terminals.
RC
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2S-jjjj
1
2
3
4
1.
Ratings
10: 10.1 A at 250 VAC
5: 5 A at 125 VAC
01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC
3.
Maximum Operating Force
None: 1.47 N {150 gf}
-F:
0.49 N {50 gf}
Note: These value are for the pin plunger models.
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L:
Hinge lever
L13: Simulated roller lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
4.
Terminals
None: Solder terminals
D:
Self-clinching PCB terminals
List of Models
Actuator
Model
Terminals
OF max.
Solder terminals
1.47 N {150 gf}
D2S-10
D2S-5
D2S-01
10.1 A
Pin plunger
p g
Hinge
g lever
Simulated roller
l
lever
Hinge
g roller lever
0.1 A
0.49 N {50 gf}
---
D2S-5-F
D2S-01-F
Self-clinching
g PCB
t
terminals
i l
1.47 N {150 gf}
D2S-10D
D2S-5D
D2S-01D
0.49 N {50 gf}
---
D2S-5-FD
D2S-01-FD
Solder terminals
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2S-10L
D2S-5L
D2S-01L
0.18 N {18 gf}
---
D2S-5L-F
D2S-01L-F
Self-clinching
g PCB
t
terminals
i l
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2S-10LD
D2S-5LD
D2S-01LD
0.18 N {18 gf}
---
D2S-5L-FD
D2S-01L-FD
Solder terminals
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2S-10L13
D2S-5L13
D2S-01L13
0.18 N {18 gf}
---
D2S-5L13-F
D2S-01L13-F
Self-clinching
g PCB
t
terminals
i l
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2S-10L13D
D2S-5L13D
D2S-01L13D
0.18 N {18 gf}
---
D2S-5L13-FD
D2S-01L13-FD
Solder terminals
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2S-10L2
D2S-5L2
D2S-01L2
0.18 N {18 gf}
---
D2S-5L2-F
D2S-01L2-F
0.49 N {50 gf}
D2S-10L2D
D2S-5L2D
D2S-01L2D
0.18 N {18 gf}
---
D2S-5L2-FD
D2S-01L2-FD
Self-clinching
g PCB
t
i l
terminals
190
5A
D2S
D2S
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Model
Resistive load
Rated voltage
D2S-10
250 VAC
10.1 A
D2S-5
125 VAC
250 VAC
5A
3A
D2S-01
125 VAC
0.1 A
30 VDC
0.1 A
Note:
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
D2S-10, D2S-5: Rivet contact
Voltage
g
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
NO
Inductive load
Lamp load
NC
D2S-01: Crossbar contact
Inductive load
NO
NC
NO
Non-inductive load
Motor load
NC
Resistive load
NO
NC
125 VAC
5 (10.1) A
1.5 A
0.7 A
3A
2.5 A
1.3 A
0.1 A
250 VAC
3 (10.1) A
1A
0.5 A
2A
1.5 A
0.8 A
---
8 VDC
5 (10.1) A
2A
5A
4A
3A
0.1 A
14 VDC
5 (10.1) A
2A
4A
4A
3A
0.1 A
30 VDC
4A
2A
3A
3A
3A
0.1 A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.05 A
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.05 A
---
250 VDC
0.2 A
0.03 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.03 A
---
Note:
NO
1. Data in parentheses apply to the D2S-10 models only.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The above values are for the steady-state current.
Inductive loads have a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
Lamp loads have an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
Motor loads have an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
191
D2S
D2S
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 400 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MW min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value) (see note 2)
OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: D2S-10, D2S-5 models: 30 mW max.
D2S-01 models:
50 mW max.
OF 0.49 N {50 gf}: D2S-5 models:
50 mW max.
D2S-01 models:
100 mW max.
Dielectric strength (see note 3)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance
(see note 4)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 4)
Destruction:
Malfunction:
OF 1.47 N {150 gf}:
OF 0.49 N {50 gf}:
OF 1.47 N {150 gf}:
OF 0.49 N {50 gf}:
1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
500 m/s2 {approx. 50G} max.
300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
200 m/s2 {approx. 20G} max.
Durability (see note 5)
Mechanical: D2S-10 models: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
D2S-5, D2S-01 models: 30,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
(Refer to Engineering Data.)
Electrical:
D2S-10 models: 50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
D2S-5, D2S-01 models: 200,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
(Refer to Engineering Data.)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class 1
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–25° to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 1.6 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The specifications shown with the OF values are those for pin plunger models.
3. The dielectric strength shown in the table is for models with a Separator.
4. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position.
5. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
192
D2S
D2S
Approved Standards
Contact Form
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
SPDT
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
D2S-10
D2S-5
D2S-01
125 VAC
---
5A
0.1 A
250 VAC
10.1 A
3A
---
30 VDC
---
---
0.1 A
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush
currentt
D2S-10
Specification
Rivet
Material
Silver
alloy
Gap
(standard
value)
0.5 mm
NC
20 A max.
NO
15 A max.
Minimum applicable
load (see note)
Note:
D2S-5
D2S-01
Crossbar
Silver
Gold alloy
1 A max.
10 A max.
160 mA at 5 VDC
1 A max.
1 mA at
5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro Loads on page 196.
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Electrical Durability
(Pin Plunger Models)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
D2S-01 models
D2S-5 models
D2S-10 models
Overtravel (mm)
Number of operations (x 10 4)
Number of operations (x 10 4)
Mechanical Durability
(Pin Plunger Models)
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity:
65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
125 VAC, cosφ=1
D2S-10 modes
D2S-5 models
Switching current (A)
193
D2S
D2S
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Solder terminals
Self-clinching PCB terminals
2
2
3.3±0.1
3.3±0.1
1.8±0.1
7.3
Three, 1.6 dia.
holes
1.85
3.9
1.6
8.8±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
0.5
6.4±0.2
3.2
1.85
16.1±0.2
8.8±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
16.1±0.2
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.3
6.4±0.2
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia.
8.8
16.1
Thickness of PCB: t = 1.6 mm
Mounting Holes
Two, 2.4-dia. mounting hole
or M2.3 screw holes
9.5±0.1
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The following figures show models with self-clinching PCB terminals. For the solder terminals, refer to Terminals.
4. The j in the model number is replaced with “D” for self-clinching PCB terminals or removed for solder terminals.
5. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
D2S-01j, D2S-01-Fj, D2S-5j,
D2S-5-Fj, D2S-10j
(5.3) 7.5±0.1
1.8
2.35±0.05
2.35±0.05 dia. PT
7.7
7
3.6
3.3±0.1
3.9
0.5
1.3
9.5±0.1
194
16.1±0.2
19.8±0.2
D2S-01j
D2S-5j
D2S-10j
OF max.
1.47 N {{150 g
gf}}
0.49 N {50
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.25 N {25 gf}
0.04 N {4 gf}
PT max.
0.7 mm
OT min.
0.4 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
OP
8.4±0.25 mm
OP
1.8±0.1
2
2.5±0.07 dia.
Model
A
6.4±0.2
D2S-01-Fj
D2S-5-Fj
D2S
D2S
Hinge Lever Models
Model
D2S-01Lj, D2S-01L-Fj, D2S-5Lj,
D2S-5L-Fj, D2S-10Lj
A
t = 0.3*
14.5
2.35±0.05
3.6
2.35±0.05 dia.
FP
OP
7.7
7
1.8±0.1
2
3.3±0.1
3.9
0.5
1.3
9.5±0.1
16.1±0.2
19.8±0.2
2.5±0.07 dia.
D2S-01Lj
D2S-5Lj
D2S-10Lj
D2S-01L-Fj
D2S-5L-Fj
OF max.
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
0.18 N {{18 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
13.6 mm
OP
9.4±0.8 mm
6.4±0.2
*Stainless-steel lever
Simulated Roller Lever Models
D2S-01L13j, D2S-01L13-Fj,
D2S-5L13j, D2S-5L13-Fj,
D2S-10L13j
t = 0.3*
A
2.35±0.05
dia.
2.35±0.05
7.7
7
Model
3.6
R1.3
15.8
OP
FP
1.8±0.1
2
3.3±0.1
3.9
0.5
1.3
9.5±0.1
16.1±0.2
2.5±0.07 dia.
6.4±0.2
A
D2S-01L2j, D2S-01L2-Fj, D2S-5L2j,
D2S-5L2-Fj, D2S-10L2j
4.8 dia.
2.35±0.05
dia.
OP
2.35±0.05
3.2**
FP
7.7
7
1.8±0.1
2
3.3±0.1
3.9
0.5
1.3
2.5±0.07 dia.
OF max.
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
0.18 N {{18 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
15.5 mm
OP
11.4±0.8 mm
Model
14.5
t = 0.3*
9.5±0.1
16.1±0.2
19.8±0.2
D2S-01L13-Fj
D2S-5L13-Fj
*Stainless-steel lever
19.8±0.2
Hinge Roller Lever Models
D2S-01L13j
D2S-5L13j
D2S-10L13j
D2S-01L2j
D2S-5L2j
D2S-10L2j
D2S-01L2-Fj
D2S-5L2-Fj
OF max.
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
0.18 N {{18 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
19.3 mm
OP
15.1±0.8 mm
6.4±0.2
*Stainless-steel lever
**Oil-less polyacetal resin roller
195
D2S
D2S
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Correct Use
Mounting
Terminal Connection
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead wire
conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering.
Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W maximum.
Do not take more than 5 s to solder the switch terminal. Improper
soldering involving an excessively high temperature or excessive
soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of the Switch.
When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful attention so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed the PCB
level.
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure to
do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.23 to
0.26 N S m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf S cm}.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or breakage in the housing.
Operating Stroke Setting
Take particular care in setting the operating stroke for the pin plunger models. Make sure that the operating stroke is 70% to 100% of
the rated OT distance. Do not operate the actuator exceeding the
OT distance, otherwise the durability of the Switch may be shortened.
Using Micro Loads
Voltage (V)
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Operating range
for micro load
models D2S-01
Operating
range for
general load
models
D2S-5,
D2S-10
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B092-E1-03B
196
Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch
D2F
Subminiature Size Ideal for PCB
Mounting (12.8 6.5 5.8 (W H D))
Incorporating a snapping mechanism made with
two highly precise split springs that ensures a long
service life.
Insertion molded terminals and a two-stage bottom
with different levels prevent flux penetration.
Self-clinching PCB, right-angled, left-angled, and
solder terminals are available.
Meets a wide range of applications, including home
appliances, audio equipment, office machines, and
communications equipment.
RC
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2F-jjjj
1
1.
2.
3.
2
3
4
Ratings
None: General loads
01:
Micro loads (0.1 A at 30 VDC)
Maximum Operating Force
None: 1.47 N {150 gf}
F:
0.74 N {75 gf}
Note: These values are for the pin plunger models.
4.
Terminals
None: PCB terminals/straight terminals
-T:
Self-clinching PCB terminals
-A:
Right-angled PCB terminals
-A1: Left-angled PCB terminals
-D3: Solder terminals
-D:
Compact solder terminals
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L:
Hinge lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
L3:
Simulated roller lever
197
D2F
D2F
List of Models
Actuator
General loads
General loads
OF max. (see note)
Pin plunger
p g
PCB terminals
General-purpose
1.47 N {150 gf}
0.1 A
Low operating
force 0.74 N {75 gf}
D2F-F
D2F-01
D2F-01F
D2F-F-T
D2F-01-T
D2F-01F-T
Right-angled
terminals
D2F-A
D2F-F-A
D2F-01-A
D2F-01F-A
Left-angled terminals
D2F-A1
D2F-F-A1
D2F-01-A1
D2F-01F-A1
D2F-D3
D2F-F-D3
D2F-01-D3
D2F-01F-D3
D2F-D
D2F-F-D
D2F-01-D
D2F-01F-D
PCB terminals
D2F-L
D2F-FL
D2F-01L
D2F-01FL
Self-clinching
terminals
D2F-L-T
D2F-FL-T
D2F-01L-T
D2F-01FL-T
Right-angled
terminals
D2F-L-A
D2F-FL-A
D2F-01L-A
D2F-01FL-A
Left-angled terminals
D2F-L-A1
D2F-FL-A1
D2F-01L-A1
D2F-01FL-A1
D2F-L-D3
D2F-FL-D3
D2F-01L-D3
D2F-01FL-D3
D2F-L-D
D2F-FL-D
D2F-01L-D
D2F-01FL-D
Compact solder
terminals
PCB terminals
D2F-L3
D2F-FL3
D2F-01L3
D2F-01FL3
Self-clinching
terminals
D2F-L3-T
D2F-FL3-T
D2F-01L3-T
D2F-01FL3-T
Right-angled
terminals
D2F-L3-A
D2F-FL3-A
D2F-01L3-A
D2F-01FL3-A
Left-angled terminals
D2F-L3-A1
D2F-FL3-A1
D2F-01L3-A1
D2F-01FL3-A1
D2F-L3-D3
D2F-FL3-D3
D2F-01L3-D3
D2F-01FL3-D3
D2F-L3-D
D2F-FL3-D
D2F-01L3-D
D2F-01FL3-D
Solder terminals
Compact solder
terminals
PCB terminals
D2F-L2
D2F-FL2
D2F-01L2
D2F-01FL2
Self-clinching
terminals
D2F-L2-T
D2F-FL2-T
D2F-01L2-T
D2F-01FL2-T
Right-angled
terminals
D2F-L2-A
D2F-FL2-A
D2F-01L2-A
D2F-01FL2-A
Left-angled terminals
D2F-L2-A1
D2F-FL2-A1
D2F-01L2-A1
D2F-01FL2-A1
D2F-L2-D3
D2F-FL2-D3
D2F-01L2-D3
D2F-01FL2-D3
D2F-L2-D
D2F-FL2-D
D2F-01L2-D
D2F-01FL2-D
Solder terminals
Compact solder
terminals
Note:
Low operating
force 0.74 N {75 gf}
D2F-T
Solder terminals
Hinge
g roller
l
lever
General-purpose
1.47 N {150 gf}
D2F
Compact solder
terminals
Simulated
ll lever
l
roller
1A
Self-clinching
terminals
Solder terminals
Hinge
g lever
Micro loads
3A
The OF values shown in the table are for the pin plunger models.
Specifications
Ratings
Item
D2F models
OF max.
1.47 N {150 gf}
(General purpose)
D2F-01 models
0.74 N {75 gf}
(Low operating)
1.47 N {150 gf}
(General purpose)
Resistive load
Rated voltage
Note:
125 VAC
3A
1A
---
30 VDC
2A
0.5 A
0.1 A
1. Consult your OMRON sales representative before using the Switch with inductive or motor loads.
2. The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
198
0.74 N {75 gf}
(Low operating)
D2F
D2F
Characteristics
Operating speed
1 to 500 mm/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 200 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
D2F models:
D2F-F models:
D2F-01 models:
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part
Vibration resistance
(see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
(see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.)
Electrical: 30,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–25°C to 65°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 0.5 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
30 mΩ max.
50 mΩ max.
100 mΩ max.
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the values are at the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, they are at the total
travel position.
4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Approved Standards
Contact Form
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
SPDT
UL1054 (File No. 41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (LR21642)
Rated
voltage
D2F (generalpurpose)
D2F (low
operating
force)
D2F-01
125 VAC
3A
1A
---
30 VDC
2A
0.5 A
0.1 A
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gap
(standard
value)
0.25 mm
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note:
D2F models
Specification
100 mA
at 5 VDC
D2F-01 models
Gold alloy
1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro Loads on page 202.
199
D2F
D2F
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
D2F, D2F-01
10,000
5,000
Number of operations (x10 3)
Ambient temperature: 20°±2°C
Ambient humidity:
65±5% max.
Without load
Operating frequency: 60 operations/min
7,000
Number of operations (x10 3)
Electrical Durability (Pin Plunger Models)
D2F
3,000
1,000
700
500
300
100
Ambient temperature: 20°±2°C
Ambient humidity:
65±5% max.
Without load
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
300
100
125 VAC
50
30 VDC
30
20
10
0
OT (mm)
Switching current (A)
For details about the D2F-01, consult your
OMRON sales representative.
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
PCB Terminals (Standard)
3.15
6.5±0.1
Self-clinching PCB Terminals
1.5
1.5
3.5
3.4
0.4
0.9
5.08
5.08
12.8±0.15
3.15
6.5±0.1
0.9
5.08
5.08
12.8±0.15
5.8±0.15
1.6±0.15
1.5
1.5
2.6±0.2
6.5±0.1
5.08
5.08
12.8±0.15
0.9
2.6±0.2
3.15
0.4
5.8±0.15
3.1±0.2
Solder Terminals
6.5±0.1
5.08
5.08
12.8±0.15
1.5
0.5
3.15
6.5±0.1
5.08
5.08
12.8±0.15
200
0.9
5.8±0.15
0.4
3.1±0.2
Compact Solder Terminals
1.5 2.4
3.5
2
5.8±0.15
Left-angled PCB Terminals
Right-angled PCB Terminals
3.15
1.5
0.4±0.05
1.25±0.15
1.2
2.2
3.15
0.4
5.8±0.15
Three, 0.8-dia. holes
6.5±0.1
5.08
5.08
12.8±0.15
1.6
0.4
5.8±0.15
D2F
D2F
PCB Mounting Dimensions
(Reference)
Mounting Holes
2.54
Two , 2-dia. mounting holes
5.8 ± 0.15
6.5 ± 0.15
2.54
Three,
1.2 dia. holes
5.08 ± 0.1
12.8 ± 0.15
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The following illustrations and drawings are for D2F models with PCB terminals. Self-clinching, solder, and right-angled, left-angled
terminals are omitted from the following drawings. Refer to page 200 for these terminals. When ordering, replace j with the code for
the terminal that you need.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
D2Fj
D2F-01j
D2F-Fj
D2F-01Fj
Model
D2Fj
D2F-01j
D2F-Fj
D2F-01Fj
OF max.
1.47 N {{150 g
gf}}
0.74 N {75
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.20 N {20 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OP
PT max.
0.5 mm
1.5
OT min.
0.25 mm
3.5
MD max.
0.12 mm
OP
5.5±0.3 mm
12.7
1.2
+0.12
2.2 0
5
2 +0.12
0
0.4
0.9
6.5±0.1
3.15
5.7
2.9
PT +0.12
20
dia. holes
5.2
A
dia.
5.08
5.08
12.8±0.15
5.8±0.15
Hinge Lever Models
D2F-Lj
D2F-01Lj
D2F-FLj
D2F-01FLj
Model
D2F-Lj
D2F-01Lj
D2F-FLj
D2F-01FLj
OF max.
0.78 N {{80 g
gf}}
0.25 N {{25 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.05 N {5 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
OT min.
0.55 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
FP max.
10 mm
6.8±1.5 mm
12.8
(10.8)
t = 0.3 (see note)
3
A
FP
OP
OP
Note:
Stainless-steel lever
Simulated Roller Lever Models
D2F-L3j
D2F-01L3j
D2F-FL3j
D2F-01FL3j
12.7
(7.5)
10
A
t = 0.3 (see note)
2.1
3
1.3R
OP
Note:
FP
Model
D2F-L3j
D2F-01L3j
OF max.
0.78 N {{80 g
gf}}
0.39 N {{40 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.05 N {5 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
OT min.
0.5 mm
MD max.
0.45 mm
FP max.
13 mm
OP
8.5±1.2 mm
D2F-FL3j
D2F-01FL3j
Stainless-steel lever
201
D2F
D2F
Hinge Roller Lever Models
D2F-L2j
D2F-01L2j
D2F-FL2j
D2F-01FL2j
12.8
Model
D2F-L2j
D2F-01L2j
OF max.
0.78 N {{80 g
gf}}
0.39 N {{40 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.05 N {5 gf}
0.02 N {2 gf}
OT min.
0.55 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
FP max.
16.5 mm
OP
13±2 mm
4
(10)
A 4.8 dia. × 2.8 (Resin roller)
(4.6)
t = 0.3
(see
note)
4
OP FP
Note:
D2F-FL2j
D2F-01FL2j
Stainless-steel lever
Precautions
Cautions
Terminal Connection
When soldering a lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead wire
conductor into the terminal hole and then perform soldering.
Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 30 W maximum
and that the temperature of the soldering iron tip is approximately
300°C. (350°C maximum.) Complete the soldering within 3 s.
Using a switch with improper soldering may result in abnormal heating, possibly resulting in burn.
Applying a soldering iron for more than 3 s or using one that is rated
at more than 30 W may deteriorate the switch characteristics.
When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful attention so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed the PCB
level.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Correct Use
Voltage (V)
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Mounting
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure to
do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M2 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.08 to
0.1 N•m {0.8 to 1 kgf•cm}.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or breakage in the housing.
Operating range
for micro load
models D2F-01
Operating
range for
general-load
models
D2F
Inoperable
range
Operating Stroke Setting
Take particular care in setting the operating stroke for the pin plunger models. Make sure that the operating stroke is 70% to 100% of
the rated OT distance. Do not operate the actuator exceeding the
OT distance, otherwise the durability of the Switch may be shortened.
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B036-E1-07C
202
Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch
J
Subminiature Models Capable of
Large-capacity Loads
Snap-action switch allows large-capacity switching
(7 A at 250 VAC) in spite of its small size
(8.9 12.7 5.1 mm).
Particularly suitable as control switches for
applications where there are restrictions on
installation space and weight.
Easy positioning, as the pin plunger is located in
alignment with the center line of one of the two
mounting holes.
RC
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
J-7j-j
1
2
3
1.
Ratings
7:
7 A at 250 VAC
2.
Contact Material
None: Gold-plated silver
Y:
Silver
3.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
V:
Short hinge lever
V3:
Hinge lever
V4:
Long hinge lever
V22: Short hinge roller lever
V2:
Hinge roller lever
List of Models
Actuator
Model
Pin plunger
J-7
Short hinge
lever
J-7-V
Hinge lever
J-7-V3
Long hinge lever
J-7-V4
Short hinge roller
lever
J-7-V22
Hinge roller lever
J-7-V2
Note:
Externally mounted levers JAL and JAL2 are sold separately. Refer to page 208.
203
J
J
Specifications
Ratings
Rated voltage
Resistive load
125 VAC
7A
250 VAC
7A
Note:
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Inductive load
NC
NO
Motor load
NC
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
7A
1.5 A
0.7 A
4A
2.5 A
1.3 A
250 VAC
7A
1.5 A
0.7 A
4A
2.5 A
1.3 A
8 VDC
7A
1.5 A
0.7 A
3A
2.5 A
1.3 A
14 VDC
7A
1.5 A
0.7 A
3A
2.5 A
1.3 A
30 VDC
5A
1.5 A
0.7 A
3A
2.5 A
1.3 A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.03 A
0.03 A
0.03 A
250 VDC
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.02 A
0.02 A
0.02 A
Note:
NO
Inductive load
Lamp load
1. The above values are for the steady-state current.
2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
4. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.05 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 400 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
15 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part and
between current-carrying metal part and ground.
Vibration resistance (see note 2)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 2, 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 200 m/s2 {approx. 20G} max. (pin plunger models)
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–10°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 1 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. Malfunction: 1 ms max.
3. For the pin plunger models, the values are at the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, they are at the total
travel position.
4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
204
J
J
Approved Standards
Contact Form
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
SPDT
UL508 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
J-7
125 VAC
7A
250 VAC
Contact Specifications
Contact
Inrush
currentt
Specification
Rivet
Material
Silver plated
Gold plated
Gap (standard value)
0.35 mm
NC
15 A max.
NO
7 A max.
Minimum applicable load
30 mA at 5 VDC
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability
Electrical Durability
100,000
1,000
Without load
Operating frequency:
400 operations/min
50,000
Ambient temperature: 20±2 °C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
30,000
10,000
7,000
5,000
3,000
1,000
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
Overtravel (mm)
Resistive load: cosφ = 1
Operating frequency:
20 operations min. max.
cosφ=1
Ambient temperature: 20±2 °C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
700
Number of operations (x10 3)
Number of operations (x10 3)
70,000
0.4
0.5
500
300
200
125 VAC
100
250 VAC
70
50
30
20
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Switching current (A)
205
J
J
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
M 2.3 screw holes
4.8 ± 0.1
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.2 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
A
1.5 dia.
PT
0.8R (plastic pin plunger)
+0.05
OP
2.35 –0.025
8.9
2.3
5.1
2.5 +0.05
–0.025dia.
1.5 dia.
3.95
2.35 –0.025 dia.
Short Hinge Lever Models
12.7R±0.4
6.6
2.3
2.5 +0.05
–0.025dia.
OP
11.45±0.4
5.1
+0.05
2.35 –0.025
1 dia.
1.5 dia.
+0.05
4.8±0.05 3.95
12.7
14.7
Hinge Lever Models
9.3
2.35 –0.025 dia.
5.1±0.1
t = 0.3
(see note)
A
22R±0.4
PT
2.3
0.6 mm
OT min.
0.1 mm
MD max.
0.15 mm
OP
8.1±0.3 mm
1 dia.
1.5 dia.
+0.05
12.7
14.7
2.35 –0.025 dia.
5.1±0.1
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.08 N {9 g}
PT max.
1.7 mm
OT min.
0.35 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
OP
8.3±1.2 mm
Model
5.1
+0.05
J-7-V
OF max.
Stainless-steel spring lever
11.45±0.4
2.5 –0.025dia.
4.8±0.05 3.95
Note:
2.3
6.6 OP
8
+0.05
2.35 –0.025
206
0.27 N {28 gf}
PT max.
Model
2.3
PT
9.15±0.4 8
9.15±0.4
1.37 N {{140 g
gf}}
RF min.
5.1±0.1
t = 0.3
(see note)
A
9.3
J-7-V3
OF max.
+0.05
4.8±0.05
12.7
J-7-V
J-7
Model
3.5 dia.
J-7
Note:
J-7-V3
OF max.
0.29 N {{30 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.04 N {5 gf}
PT max.
2.9 mm
OT min.
0.5 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
OP
8.3±1.9 mm
Stainless-steel spring lever
J
J
t = 0.3
(Stainless-steel
spring lever)
A
Long Hinge Lever Models
Model
J-7-V4
+0.05
2.5 –0.025dia.
J-7-V22
+0.05
4.8 dia.
A
2.2 (Stainless-steel roller)
t = 0.3
(see note)
+0.05
2.5 –0.025dia.
+0.05
2.35 –0.025 dia.
Hinge Roller Lever Models
J-7-V2
A
1 dia.
1.5 dia.
Note:
4.8 dia. 2.2
(Stainless-steel roller)
t = 0.3
(see note)
2.5 +0.05
–0.025dia.
+0.05
2.35 –0.025 dia.
0.20 N {{20 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.02 N {3 gf}
PT max.
4.5 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
1.2 mm
OP
8.3±2.9 mm
1 dia.
1.5 dia.
2.35 –0.025 dia.
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
J-7-V4
OF max.
Note:
1 dia.
1.5 dia.
Model
J-7-V22
OF max.
0.54 N {{55 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.04 N {5 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.25 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
OP
14.7±1 mm
Stainless-steel spring lever
Model
J-7-V2
OF max.
0.324 N {{33 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.02 N {3 gf}
PT max.
2.7 mm
OT min.
0.45 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
OP
14.7±1.9 mm
Stainless-steel spring lever
207
J
J
Accessories (Sold Separately)
Actuators
Leaf Spring
8.3
A
JAL
FP
Model
t = 0.3
(see note 1)
3.6
Two, M2.3 × 10
OP
2.3
5.2
4.8
Insulating separator
see note 2
4.8±0.1
13.6
3
5.6
Note:
JAL
OF max.
1.95 N {{199 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.54 N {56 gf}
PT max.
5.2 mm
(reference value)
OT min.
0.3 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
13.1 mm
OP
8.7±0.8 mm
1. Stainless-steel spring lever
2. J-7 Subminiature Basic Switch
JAL2
6.3
Model
4.8 dia. × 27
(see note 1)
A
FP
OP
Two, M2.3 × 10
5.2
2.3
see note 2
Insulating separator
4.8±0.1
4.8
3
5.6
JAL2
OF max.
1.95 N {{199 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.54 N {56 gf}
PT max.
3.6 mm
(reference value)
OT min.
0.3 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
19.5 mm
OP
15.1±0.8 mm
13.6
Note:
1. Stainless-steel spring lever
2. J-7 Subminiature Basic Switch
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Correct Use
Mounting
Use two M2.3 screws with plain washers or spring washers to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.19 to
0.29 N S m {2 to 3 kgf S cm}.
Soldering
To solder the lead to the terminal, apply a soldering iron rated at
30 W max. quickly (within 3 seconds) with the actuator at the free
position.
Applying a soldering iron for too long a time or using one that is rated
at more than 30 W may degrade the Switch characteristics.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B033-E1-02C
208
Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch
D2MQ
Snap-action Switch with Ultra
Subminiature Size (6.5 8.2 2.7 mm
(H W D)) and Light Weight (0.3 g)
Excellent electrical characteristics and a snap-action mechanism in spite of its ultra small size.
Gold-plated (Au-P) contacts for micro load
switching available in addition to silver-plated
contacts (Ag-P).
Ideal for applications where size is extremely
limited and high reliability is demanded, such as in
compact audio, optical. and telecommunications
equipment.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2MQ-1j-j-j
1
2
3
4
1.
Ratings
1: Silver-plated contact type (0.5 A at 30 VDC)
Gold-plated contact type (50 mA at 30 VDC)
3.
Contact Material
None: Silver-plated
105: Gold-plated
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L:
Leaf lever
4.
Terminals
None: Straight terminals
TL:
Left-angled terminals
TR:
Right-angled terminals
3.
Terminals
None: Straight terminals
L:
Left-angled terminals
R:
Right-angled terminals
D2MQ-4L-j-1-j
1
2
3
1.
Actuator
4L: Hinge leaf lever
2.
Contact Material (Rating)
None: Silver-plated (0.5 A at 30 VDC)
105: Gold-plated (50 mA at 30 VDC)
List of Models
Standard model (Ag-plated)
Actuator
Terminals
Straight
terminals
Left-angled
terminals
Right-angled
terminals
Micro load model (Au-plated)
Left-angled
terminals
Straight
terminals
Right-angled
terminals
Pin plunger
D2MQ-1
D2MQ-1-TL
D2MQ-1-TR
D2MQ-1-105
---
---
Leaf lever
D2MQ-1L
D2MQ-1L-TL
D2MQ-1L-TR
D2MQ-1L-105
---
---
Hinge leaf lever
D2MQ-4L-1
D2MQ-4L-1-L
D2MQ-4L-1-R
D2MQ-4L-105-1
D2MQ-4L-105-1-L
D2MQ-4L-105-1-R
Note:
The terminal shape drawings indicate the shape when the Switch is viewed from the direction of the arrow in the drawing below.
209
D2MQ
D2MQ
Specifications
Ratings
Type
Rated voltage
30 VDC
Note:
Silver-plated contact type
Item
Gold-plated contact type
Resistive load
0.5 A
50 mA
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed
(see note 2)
0.1 mm to 0.5 m/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 60 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 250 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
100 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals at the same polarity
500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground
Vibration resistance
(see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude (see note 2)
Shock resistance
(see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 30,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 10,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection
against electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–15°C to 70°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating
humidity
35% to 85% (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 0.3 g
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The values are for the pin plunger models. (For different models, consult your OMRON representative.)
3. Malfunction: 1 ms max.
4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush
currentt
Gold-plated
contact type
Specification
Rivet
Material
Silver plated
Gap (standard
value)
0.15 mm
NC
0.5 A max.
0.05 A max.
NO
0.5 A max.
0.05 A max.
50 mA
at 5 VDC
5 mA at 5 VDC
Minimum applicable load
210
Silver-plated
contact type
Contact Form
Gold plated
SPDT
D2MQ
D2MQ
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability
(D2MQ-1)
Electrical Durability
(D2MQ-1)
1,000
100
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 120 operations/min
500
300
100
70
50
30
10
Ambient temperature:
Ambient humidity:
Operating frequency:
OT:
cosφ=1
70
Number of operations (x10 3)
Number of operations (x10 3)
700
50
30
20±2°C
65±5%
20 operations/min
Full stroke
10
7
5
3
1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0
0.1
Overtravel (mm)
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
Switching current (A)
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Straight Terminals
Left-angled Terminals
Right-angled Terminals
3.4
Mounting Dimensions
Three,
1.6 dia. holes
(see note)
Note:
Terminal gap: 1 pitch
Mounting Holes
Two, 1.6-dia. mounting
holes or M1.4 screw holes
4.0 ± 0.1
211
D2MQ
D2MQ
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of 0.15 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The following illustrations are for the straight terminal models. Those for the left-angled terminals and right-angled terminals are
different from straight terminal models in terminal size only. Refer to Terminals on page 211 for these terminals.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
Plastic pin plunger
D2MQ-1 (Straight Terminals)
D2MQ-1-TL (Left-angled terminals)
D2MQ-1-TR (Right-angled terminals)
D2MQ-1-105 (Straight Terminals)
2.6
0.8
PT
A 8.1
0.45
OP
6.5
+0.1
Two, 1.6 0
dia.
1.6
0.8
1.3
1.6
2.1
8.1
7.7R
0.6R (plastic
A leaf lever)
2.6
0.45
FP
6.5
1.6
dia.
Hinge Leaf Lever Models
D2MQ-4L-105-1
D2MQ-4L-105-1-L
D2MQ-4L-105-1-R
8.1
5.35±0.1
0.7R
Two,
1.6 +0.1
0
6.3R
2.6
2.4
A
0.8
4.45
0.5R
1.6
dia.
3.1 (straight terminals)
0.8
1.3
2.1
0.6
4.0±0.05
1.6 2.5 2.5
8.2
212
0.4 mm
OT min.
0.1 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
OP
5.7±0.2 mm
OF max.
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.08 N {8 gf}
PT max.
2.4 mm
OT min.
0.3 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
FP max.
9.6 mm
OP
6.7±0.5 mm
OF max.
0.39 N {{40 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.04 N {4 gf}
PT max.
2.1 mm
OT min.
0.3 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
FP max.
8.7 mm
OP
7.1±0.5 mm
2.5 2.5
4±0.05
8.2
6.6
5.9
D2MQ-4L-1
D2MQ-4L-1-L
D2MQ-4L-1-R
PT max.
0.6
2.7
0.45
0.8
1.3
1.6
2.1
5.0
OP
FP
+0.1
0.19 N {20 gf}
0.6
2.7
OP
Two, 1.6 0
1.18 N {{120 g
gf}}
RF min.
2.5 2.5
4±0.05
8.2
Leaf Lever Models
D2MQ-1L (Straight Terminals)
D2MQ-1L-TL (Left-angled terminals)
D2MQ-1L-TR (Right-angled terminals)
D2MQ-1L-105 (Straight Terminals)
5.0
OF max.
2.7
D2MQ
D2MQ
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Correct Use
Mounting
Terminal Connections
Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 15 W maximum
(temperature of soldering iron: 250°C max.). Do not take more than
3 s to solder the switch terminal.
If soldering is not carried out under the proper conditions there is a
danger of over-heating and subsequent heat damage
Applying a soldering iron for more than 3 s or using one that is rated
at more than 15 W may deteriorate the Switch characteristics.
When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful attention so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed the PCB
level.
Use M1.4 mounting screws with screws to securely mount the
Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.1 N S m {1 kgf S cm}.
Operation
Do not apply a force more than two times the rated operating force to
the actuator and leaf lever.
Provide an amount of OT that equals or exceeds the standard.
Do not change the operating position by modifying the actuator.
Do not use the Switch in an application where the operating speed is
extremely slow or the actuator is set in the midpoint between the
free position and operating position.
Install the pin plunger switch so that the operating force is applied in
alignment with the stroke of the actuator.
Do not apply a shock to the actuator, otherwise, the Switch may be
damaged.
Do not apply excessive force to the actuator of the Leaf Lever
Switch in the operating, releasing, and horizontal directions.
Separator
When mounting the Switch on a metallic surface, be sure to provide
a Separator between the Switch and mounting plate.
The Separator must be made of hard material and must be processed as shown below.
Dimensions of Separator
4±0.1
1.2±0.1
2.6
Two 1.6-dia.
mounting holes
0.8
8.2 1.3
t = 0.25
8.5
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B034-E1-06C
213
D2VW
Sealed Miniature Basic Switch
Sealed Miniature Basic Switch
Conforms to IP67 (Molded Lead Wire
Type Only)
Use of epoxy resin assures stable sealing,
making this switch ideal for places subject to
water spray or excessive dust.
V-series internal mechanism assures high
precision and long life.
Ideal for automobiles, agricultural machines,
large-scale home appliances, and industrial
equipment, which require high environmental
resistance.
Models available with conformance to safety
standards, including UL, CSA and VDE.
WRC
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2VW-jj-jj
1
2
3
4
1.
Ratings
5: 5 A at 250 VAC
01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L1A:
Short hinge lever
L1:
Hinge lever
L1B:
Long hinge lever
L3:
Simulated roller lever
L2A:
Short hinge roller lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
3.
Contact Form
1:
SPDT
2:
SPST-NC
3:
SPST-NO
4.
Terminals
None, HS: Solder terminals
(HS for UL and CSA approval.)
M, MS:
Molded lead wires (MS for UL and CSA approval)
List of Models
Actuator
Pin plunger
p g
Short hinge
g lever
Hinge
g Lever
Long
g hinge
g lever
Simulated roller lever
Short hinge
g roller lever
Hinge roller lever
Note:
Model
5A
0.1 A
Solder terminals
D2VW-5-1
D2VW-01-1
Molded lead wires
D2VW-5-1M
D2VW-01-1M
Solder terminals
D2VW-5L1A-1
D2VW-01L1A-1
Molded lead wires
D2VW-5L1A-1M
D2VW-01L1A-1M
Solder terminals
D2VW-5L1-1
D2VW-01L1-1
Molded lead wires
D2VW-5L1-1M
D2VW-01L1-1M
Solder terminals
D2VW-5L1B-1
D2VW-01L1B-1
Molded lead wires
D2VW-5L1B-1M
D2VW-01L1B-1M
Solder terminals
D2VW-5L3-1
D2VW-01L3-1
Molded lead wires
D2VW-5L3-1M
D2VW-01L3-1M
Solder terminals
D2VW-5L2A-1
D2VW-01L2A-1
Molded lead wires
D2VW-5L2A-1M
D2VW-01L2A-1M
Solder terminals
D2VW-5L2-1
D2VW-01L2-1
Molded lead wires
D2VW-5L2-1M
D2VW-01L2-1M
1. The standard lengths of the molded lead wires (AV0.75f) of models incorporating them are 30 cm.
2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
3. Add “HS” or “MS” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version (e.g., D2VW-01-1 → D2VW-01-1HS).
Consult your OMRON sales representative for details.
214
D2VW
D2VW
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Model
D2VW-5
D2VW-01
Note:
Resisteve load
Rated voltage
250 VAC
5A
125 VAC
5A
30 VDC
5A
125 VAC
0.1 A
30 VDC
0.1 A
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
Model
D2VW-5
Note:
Voltage
NC
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
125 VAC
5A
0.5 A
4A
250 VAC
5A
0.5 A
4A
30 VDC
5A
3A
4A
125 VDC
0.4 A
0.1 A
0.4 A
NO
1. The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current.
2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.7 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 300 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
50 mΩ max. (100 mΩ max. for molded lead wire models)
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying
metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: D2VW-5 models: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
D2VW-01 models: 1,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP67 (excluding the terminals on terminal models)
Degree of protection against electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature (see note 5)
–40°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
95% max. (for 5°C to 35_C)
Weight
Approx. 7 g (pin plunger models with terminals)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates the value for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position.
4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
5. The operating temperature of the lead wire (AV0.75f) for the molded lead wire model is between –40°C to 85°C.
215
D2VW
D2VW
Approved Standards
Contact Specifications
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
Item
Contact
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
D2VW-5
3A
3A
0.1 A
---
30 VDC
---
0.1 A
Rated voltage
D2VW-5
125 VAC
250 VAC
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Gap
(standard value)
0.5 mm
NC
15 A max.
---
NO
15 A max.
---
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
160 mA
at 5 VDC
1 mA
at 5 VDC
Inrush
currentt
EN61058-1 (File No. 104068, VDE approval)
D2VW-01
--3A
D2VW-01
Rivet
D2VW-01
125 VAC
250 VAC
D2VW-5
Specification
Note:
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro Loads on page 219.
0.1 A
---
Testing conditions:
25E3 (25,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C) for D2VW-5,
1E5 (100,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C) for D2VW-01
Contact Form
SPDT
SPST-NC
NC (red)
NO (blue)
COM (black)
Note:
SPST-NO
NC (red)
NO (blue)
COM (black)
COM (black)
Colors in parentheses indicate lead wire colors.
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
The pin plunger model is shown here as a typical example. Operating characteristics and dimensions of the actuator section are the same as for
the molded lead wire models.
Molded Lead Wires
Solder/Quick Connect Terminals
2.4 dia. hole
1.3 dia. hole
AV 0.75f Lead wire (red)*
10.3
AV 0.75f Lead wire (blue)*
AV 0.75f Lead wire (black)*
4.8
1.2
5.2
8.4
0.5
2.5
5.2
5.2
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
33
41.4
Mounting Holes
Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes or
M3 screw holes
10.3 ± 0.1
22.2 ± 0.1
216
33
10.3
300±10
* UL/CSA approved models have UL approved wiring.
22.2±0.1
2.8
(5)
22.2±0.1
2.8
D2VW
D2VW
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
2.4 dia. hole
1.3 dia. hole
OF max.
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.29 N {30 gf}
PT max.
1.2 mm
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.4 mm
OP
14.7±0.4 mm
OF max.
1.96 N {{200 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.20 N {20 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
OP
15.2±0.5 mm
Hinge Lever Models
OF max.
1.18 N {{120 g
gf}}
D2VW-01L1-1M
D2VW-5L1-1M
RF min.
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
15.2±1.2 mm
Long Hinge Lever Models
OF max.
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
D2VW-01L1B-1M
D2VW-5L1B-1M
RF min.
0.05 N {5 gf}
PT max.
9.0 mm
OT min.
3.2 mm
MD max.
2.0 mm
OP
15.2±2.6 mm
D2VW-01-1
D2VW-5-1
10.3
4.8
1.2
5.2
20.2±0.25
A
2.5 dia.
2.8
PT
OP
8.4
+0.13
3.1 –0.03 dia. holes
0.5
15.9 10.3±0.1
2.5
5.2
5.2
3.2±0.1 dia.
+0.13
3.1 –0.03
22.2±0.1
2.8
t=0.5
Three, solder terminals
33
41.4
Short Hinge Lever Models
D2VW-01L1A-1M
D2VW-5L1A-1M
A
4.3
24.3±0.8
t=0.5* 5
PT
OP
15.9
*Stainless-steel lever
A
35.6±0.8
t=0.5*
10.3
4.3
5
PT
OP 15.9
*Stainless-steel lever
A
59.4±0.8
t=0.5*
10.3
5
4.3
PT
OP
15.9
*Stainless-steel lever
10.3
217
D2VW
D2VW
Simulated Roller Lever Models
D2VW-01L3-1M
D2VW-5L3-1M
A
PT
32.6±0.8
3.5R
t=0.5*
4.3
5
OP
15.9
D2VW-01L2A-1M
D2VW-5L2A-1M
4.8 dia.
4.8 **
PT
24.3±0.8
A
20.1±0.8
5
t=0.5*
7.2
OP
15.9
*Stainless-steel lever
**Oil-less polyacetal resin roller
A
34±0.8
4.8 dia. 4.8 **
PT
5
7.2
t=0.5*
OP
15.9
*Stainless-steel lever
**Oil-less polyacetal resin roller
218
RF min.
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
18.7±1.2 mm
OF max.
2.25 N {{230 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.20 N {20 gf}
PT max.
1.6 mm
OT min.
0.8 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
OP
20.7±0.6 mm
OF max.
1.18 N {{120 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.15 N {15 gf}
PT max.
4.0 mm
OT min.
1.6 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
OP
20.7±1.2 mm
10.3
Hinge Roller Lever Models
D2VW-01L2-1M
D2VW-5L2-1M
1.18 N {{120 g
gf}}
10.3
*Stainless-steel lever
Short Hinge Roller Lever Models
OF max.
10.3
D2VW
D2VW
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Correct Use
Mounting
Degree of Protection
Do not use the Switch underwater. The Switch was tested and found
to meet the conditions necessary to meet the following standard.
The test checks for water intrusion after immersion for a specified
time period. The test does not check for switching operation underwater.
IEC Publication 529, degree of protection IP67.
Protection Against Chemicals
Use M3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to
0.59 N S m {4 to 6 kgf S cm}.
Operating Body
With the pin plunger models, set the Switch so that the plunger can
be pushed in from directly above. Since the plunger is covered with
a rubber cap, applying a force from lateral directions may cause
damage to the plunger or reduction in the sealing capability.
Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil and chemicals.
Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials may result.
Correct
Incorrect
Incorrect
Handling
Handle the Switch carefully so as not to break the sealing rubber of
the plunger.
Using Micro Loads
Voltage (V)
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Operating range
for micro load
models D2VW-01
Operating
range for
general-load
models
D2VW-05
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. C095-E1-03C
219
D2SW
Sealed Subminiature Basic Switch
Sealed Subminiature Basic Switch
Conforming to IP67 (Molded Lead Wire
Type Only)
Use of epoxy resin assures stable sealing, making
this switch ideal for places subject to water spray or
excessive dust.
Ideal for automobiles, automatic vending machines, refrigerators, ice-making equipment, bath
equipment, hot-water supply systems, air conditioners, and industrial equipment, which require
high environmental resistance.
RC W
Models available with conformance to safety
standards, including UL, CSA and VDE.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2SW-jjjj
1
2
3
4
1.
Ratings
3:
3 A at 125 VAC
01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L1:
Hinge lever
L2:
Hinge roller lever
L3:
Simulated roller lever
3.
Contact Form
None: SPDT
-2:
SPST-NC (Molded lead wire models only)
-3:
SPST-NO (Molded lead wire models only)
4.
Terminals
H, HS: Solder terminals (HS for UL and CSA approval)
D, DS: PCB terminals (DS for UL and CSA approval)
T, TS: Quick-connect terminals (#110) (TS for UL and CSA approval)
M, MS: Molded lead wires (MS for UL and CSA approval)
List of Models
Actuator
Model
3A
Pin plunger
p g
Hinge
g lever
Simulated roller lever
Hinge
g roller lever
Note:
220
0.1A
Solder terminals
D2SW-3H
D2SW-01H
Quick-connect terminals (#110)
D2SW-3T
D2SW-01T
PCB terminals
D2SW-3D
D2SW-01D
Molded lead wires
D2SW-3M
D2SW-01M
Solder terminals
D2SW-3L1H
D2SW-01L1H
Quick-connect terminals (#110)
D2SW-3L1T
D2SW-01L1T
PCB terminals
D2SW-3L1D
D2SW-01L1D
Molded lead wires
D2SW-3L1M
D2SW-01L1M
Solder terminals
D2SW-3L3H
D2SW-01L3H
Quick-connect terminals (#110)
D2SW-3L3T
D2SW-01L3T
PCB terminals
D2SW-3L3D
D2SW-01L3D
Molded lead wires
D2SW-3L3M
D2SW-01L3M
Solder terminals
D2SW-3L2H
D2SW-01L2H
Quick-connect terminals (#110)
D2SW-3L2T
D2SW-01L2T
PCB terminals
D2SW-3L2D
D2SW-01L2D
Molded lead wires
D2SW-3L2M
D2SW-01L2M
1. The standard lengths of the molded lead wires (AV0.5f) of models incorporating them are 30 cm.
2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
3. Add “HS,” “DS,” “TS,” or “MS” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. (e.g., D2SW-3H → D2SW-3HS).
Consult your OMRON sales representative for details.
D2SW
D2SW
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Model
D2SW-3
D2SW-01
Note:
Resistive load
Rated voltage
250 VAC
2A
125 VAC
3A
30 VDC
3A
125 VAC
0.1 A
30 VDC
0.1 A
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Model
Voltage
Non-inductive load
Resistive load
NC
D2SW-3
Note:
Inductive load
Lamp load
NO
NC
Inductive load
NO
NC
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
3A
1A
0.5 A
1A
0.5 A
1A
0.5 A
250 VAC
2A
0.5 A
0.3 A
0.5 A
0.3 A
0.5 A
0.3 A
30 VDC
3A
1A
1A
1A
1. The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current.
2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.7 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
4. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
221
D2SW
D2SW
Characteristics
Item
D2SW-3
D2SW-01
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 300 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(i iti l value)
l )
(initial
30 mΩ max. for terminal models
50 mΩ max. for terminal models
50 mΩ max. for molded lead wire models
70 mΩ max. for molded lead wire models
Dielectric strength
(see note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of
the same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between
current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of
the same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between
current-carrying metal parts and ground, and
between each terminal and non-current-carrying
metal parts
Vibration resistance
(see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
(see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability
y
(
(see
note
t 4)
Mechanical: 5,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP67 (excluding the terminals on terminal models)
Degree of protection
against electric shock
Class 1
Proof tracking index
(PTI)
175
Ambient operating
temperature
–40°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating
humidity
95% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 2 g (pin plunger models with terminals)
Note:
Electrical: 200,000 operations min.
(30 operations/min) (3 A at 125 VAC),
100,000 operations min.
(30 operations/min) (2 A at 250 VAC)
Electrical: 200,000 operations min.
(30 operations/min)
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown is for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at the free position, operating position, and total travel position. For the
lever models, they apply at the total travel position.
4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
222
D2SW
D2SW
Approved Standards
Contact Form
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
SPDT
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
D2SW-3
D2SW-01
125 VAC
250 VAC
3A
2A
0.1 A
---
30 VDC
3A
0.1 A
COM NO
NC
(Black*) (Blue*) (Red*)
EN61058-1 (File No. 85002, VDE approval)
Rated voltage
125 VAC
SPST-NC
D2SW-01
0.1 A
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C)
Contact Specifications
Item
Contact
Inrush
currentt
D2SW-3
Specification
Rivet
Crossbar
Material
Silver
Gold alloy
Gap
(standard
value)
0.5 mm
NC
20 A max.
1 A max.
NO
10 A max.
1 A max.
160 mA
at 5 VDC
1 mA
at 5 VDC
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note:
D2SW-01
COM
(Black)
NC
(Red)
SPST-NO
COM
(Black)
NO
(Blue)
*Indicates the color of the lead wire.
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer
to Using Micro Loads on page 226.
Separators (Insulation Sheet)
Applicable
switch
SS,, D2S,, D2SW
Thickness (mm)
Model
0.18
Separator for SS0.18
0.4
Separator for SS0.4
Separator for SSj
Separator
Note:
The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished Tetron
Cloth) and can withstand temperatures up to 130°C.
223
D2SW
D2SW
Dimensions
Terminals
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Solder Terminals (H)
PCB Terminals (D)
Quick-connect Terminals (#110) (T)
3.3±0.1
3.3±0.1
3.3±0.1
2.9
7.3
1.8
10.1
1.6
8.5±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
0.8R
1.6
3.2
0.5
8.7±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
6.4±0.2
7.2
3.9
0.8
1.2
8.8±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
0.5
6.4±0.2
15.5±0.2
19.8±0.2
2.15
15.5±0.2
18.7±0.2
0.55
Three,
1.2 dia.
holes
Three,
2.8
6.6
1.8±0.1
2.9
2.9
1.85
0.7
0.5
1.3
6.4±0.2
16.1±0.2
19.8±0.2
19.8±0.2
Molded Lead Wires
PCB Mounting
Three, 1.35-dia. to 1.5 holes
16.4 16.9
8.8±0.2
9.2
16.1±0.2
300±10
Common terminal (black) (see note)
Vinyl insulator
(5)
Normally open terminal (blue) (see note)
9.5±0.1
0.7
5.15
Normally
closed terminal
6.4±0.2
(red)*
21.2
Stranded annealed copper wires
* UL/CSA approved models have UL approved wiring.
Mounting Holes
Two, 2.4-dia. mounting hole or M2.3 screw hole
9.5
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The following illustrations and dimensions are for models with soldered terminals. Refer to Terminals for models with quick-connect
and PCB terminals (#110).
3. The dimensions not described are the same as those of models with pin plungers.
4. Unless otherwise specified, tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
5. The j in the model number is for a terminal code such as H, T, D, or M.
6. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
7.5±0.1
D2SW-3j
D2SW-01j
1.8 dia.
2.35 +0.1
–0.05 dia.
holes
A
PT
2.35 +0.1
–0.05
3.3±0.1
10.1
7.7 OP
2.9
7.3
1.8
1.6
2.5 dia.±0.07
8.5±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
0.55
224
15.5±0.2
18.7±0.2
19.8±0.2
0.8R
1.6
3.2
0.5
6.4±0.2
OF
1.77 N {{180 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.29 N {30 gf}
PT max.
0.6 mm
OT min.
0.5 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
OP
8.4±0.3 mm
D2SW
D2SW
Hinge Lever Models
OF
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
D2SW-3L1j
D2SW-01L1j
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
13.6 mm
OP
8.8±0.8 mm
Simulated Roller Lever Models
OF
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
D2SW-3L3j
D2SW-01L3j
5.9
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
3.6
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
15.5 mm
OP
10.7±0.8 mm
OF
0.59 N {{60 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.06 N {6 gf}
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
0.8 mm
FP max.
19.3 mm
OP
14.5±0.8 mm
t = 0.3 Stainless-steel lever
5.9
3.6
A
14.5
OP
FP
A
t = 0.3 Stainless-steel lever
15.8
1.3R
OP
FP
Hinge Roller Lever Models
D2SW-3L2j
D2SW-01L2j
A
5.9
14.5
t = 0.3 Stainless-steel lever
OP FP
4.8 dia. 3.2
Polyacetal roller
225
D2SW
D2SW
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Correct Use
Mounting
Degree of Protection
Do not use the Switch underwater. The Switch was tested and found
to meet the conditions necessary to meet the following standard.
The test checks for water intrusion after immersion for a specified
time period. The test does not check for switching operation underwater.
IEC Publication 529, degree of protection IP67.
Protection Against Chemicals
Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.23 to
0.26 N S m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf S cm}.
Operating Body
With the pin plunger models, set the Switch so that the plunger can
be pushed in from directly above. Since the plunger is covered with
a rubber cap, applying a force from lateral directions may cause
damage to the plunger or reduction in the sealing capability.
Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil and chemicals.
Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials may result.
Correct
Incorrect
Incorrect
Handling
Handle the Switch carefully so as not to break the sealing rubber of
the plunger.
Using Micro Loads
Voltage (V)
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Operating range
for micro load
models D2SW-01
Operating
range for
general-load
models
D2SW-3
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. C097-E1-01C
226
Sealed Subminiature Basic Switch
D2SW-P
Sealed Basic Switch with Simplified
Construction, Mounting Compatible with
SS and D2SW Series.
■
■
■
Sealing by using rubber packing means the switch
can be used in dust-proof or in temporary waterproof environments (IEC IP67).
Switch rating of 2A at 250 VAC possible with a
single-leaf movable spring. Models for micro loads
are also available.
Solder, quick-connect terminals (#110), PCB terminals and molded lead wires are available.
Even-pitched PCB terminals are also standardized.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2SW-P @@@@
■
1 2 3 4
1. Ratings
2:
01:
2A at 250 VAC
0.1A at 30 VDC
2. Actuator
None:
L1:
L2:
L3:
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Hinge roller lever
Simulated roller lever
3. Contact Form
None: SPDT
-2:
SPST-NC (Molded lead wire models only)
-3:
SPST-NO (Molded lead wire models only)
4. Terminals
H:
T:
D:
B:
M:
Solder terminals
Quick-connect terminals (#110)
PCB terminals (Uneven pitch)
PCB terminals (Even pitch)
Molded lead wires
227
D2SW-P
■
D2SW-P
List of Models
Terminal
Rating
2A
0.1A
Note
Actuator
Solder
terminals
Quick-connect
terminals (#110)
PCB terminals
Uneven pitch
Molded lead wires
Even pitch
Pin plunger
D2SW-P2H
D2SW-P2T
D2SW-P2D
P2SW-P2B
D2SW-P2M
Hinge lever
D2SW-P2L1H
D2SW-P2L1T
D2SW-P2L1D
D2SW-P2L1B
D2SW-P2L1M
Hinge roller lever
D2SW-P2L2H
D2SW-P2L2T
D2SW-P2L2D
D2SW-P2L2B
D2SW-P2L2M
Simulated roller lever
D2SW-P2L3H
D2SW-P2L3T
D2SW-P2L3D
D2SW-P2L3B
D2SW-P2L3M
Pin plunger
D2SW-P01H
D2SW-P01T
D2SW-P01D
D2SW-P01B
D2SW-P01M
Hinge lever
D2SW-P01L1H
D2SW-P01L1T
D2SW-P01L1D
D2SW-P01L1B
D2SW-P01L1M
Hinge roller lever
D2SW-P01L2H
D2SW-P01L2T
D2SW-P01L2D
D2SW-P01L2B
D2SW-P01L2M
Simulated roller lever
D2SW-P01L3H
D2SW-P01L3T
D2SW-P01L3D
D2SW-P01L3B
D2SW-P01L3M
Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
Specifications
■
Ratings
Model
D2SW-P2
Rated voltage
30 VDC
Resistive load
2A
250 VAC
D2SW-P01
30 VDC
0.1 A
125 VAC
Note
■
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions.
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min
Characteristics
Item
Model
D2SW-P2
D2SW-P01
Operating speed
0.1 mm to 500 mm/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Machanical : 120 operations/min max.
Electrical : 20 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
Terminal models : 50 mΩ max.
Molded lead wire models : 100 mΩ max.
Terminal models : 100 mΩ max.
Molded lead wire models : 150 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals
of the same polarities
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals
of the same polarities
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between each
terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx.30G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min.
(60 operations/min.)
Electrical: 50,000 operations min.
(20 operations/min.)
Degree of protection
IEC IP67 (see note 5)
(excluding the terminals on terminal models)
Degree of protection against electric shock
Class 1
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min.
(60 operations/min.)
Electrical: 200,000 operations min.
(20 operations/min)
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
−20°Cto 70°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 2 g (pin plunger models with terminals)
Note:
228
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, the
values apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1ms.
4. Consult your OMRON sales representative for testing conditions.
5. The test to meet standards checks for water intrusion after immersion for 30 minutes. The test does not check for switching operation underwater. Refer to "Degree of Protection" of "Instructions for Correct Use".
D2SW-P
■
D2SW-P
Approved Standards
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models
with standard approval.
■ Contact
SPDT
Form
UL1054 (File No. E41515)
/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL approval)
Rated voltage
COM NO NC
(Black) (Blue) (Red)
D2SW-P2
D2SW-P01
125 VAC
250 VAC
--2A
0.1 A
---
30 VDC
2A
0.1 A
■
COM
(Black)
Model
Contact
D2SW-P2
Note
D2SW-P01
Specification
Rivet
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gold alloy
Gap
(Standard value)
0.5 mm
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
NC
(Red)
SPST-NO
(Molded lead wire models only)
Contact Specifications
Item
SPST-NC
(Molded lead wire models only)
160 mA at 5
VDC
COM NO
(Black) (Blue)
Note
Lead wire colors are indicated in parentheses.
1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 232.
Dimensions
■ Terminals
Note: 1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Terminal plate thickness is 0.5 mm for all models.
Solder Terminals
C
Quick-connect Terminals (#110)
NC
NC
3.3±0.1
7.3
Three, 1.6-dia. Holes
3.2
2.15
3.3±0.1
11
8.55
7.1
0.5
15.5
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
PCB Terminals (Even pitch)
PCB Terminals (Uneven pitch)
3.9
3.9
3-1.2
3-0.8
16.1±0.2
0.5
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
16.1±0.1
8.8±0.1
3-1.2
3-0.8
1.3
6.4±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
1.8
3.3±0.1
1.8
3.3±0.1
8.8±0.2
6.4±0.2
7.6±0.2 7.6±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
1.85
0.5
3-2.8
6.4±0.2
1.3
5.15 9.5±0.1
7.62±0.2 7.62±0.2
19.8±0.2
0.5
6.4±0.2
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
7.62±0.1 7.62±0.1 Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia.
Three,-1.35 to 1.5 dia.
229
D2SW-P
D2SW-P
Molded Lead Wires
9.2
6.4±0.2
300±10
Normally closed
terminal (red)
Common terminal (black)
Insulator
Stranded annealed
copper wites
(5)
Normally open
terminal (blue)
0.7
5.15 9.5±0.1
21.2
■
Mounting Holes
Two, M2.3 screw hole
9.5±0.1
■
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The following illustrations and drawings are for solder terminal models. Refer to page 229 for details on models with quick-connect terminals (#110) or PCB terminals or molded lead wires.
3. The @ in the model number is for the contact form code or the terminal code.
4. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
5. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
D2SW-P2@@
D2SW-P01@@
7.55±0.2
A
PT
Model
1.8 dia.
2.5±0.07 dia.
2.35 +0.075
−0.05 dia.
OP
6.9 7.7
3.3±0.1
2.35+0.075
−0.05
7.3
3.2
2.15
Three, 1.6 dia. holes
8.55
15.5
0.5
D2SW-P2@@
OF max.
RF min.
1.8 N {183 gf}
0.2 N {20 gf}
PT max.
OT min.
MD max.
0.6 mm
0.4 mm
0.15 mm
OP
8.4±0.3 mm
D2SW-P01@@
6.4±0.2
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
Hinge Lever Models
D2SW-P2L1@@
D2SW-P01L1@@
A
t=0.3 Stainless-steel lever
14.5±0.6
2.5±0.07 dia.
Model
2.35 +0.075
−0.05 dia.
OP FP
6.9 7.7
2.35 +0.075
−0.05
3.3±0.1
7.3
3.2
2.15
230
8.55
15.5
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
Three, 1.6 dia. holes
0.5
6.4±0.2
D2SW-P2L1@@
OF max.
RF min.
0.6 N {61 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OT min.
MD max.
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
13.6 mm
8.8±0.8 mm
D2SW-P01L1@@
D2SW-P
D2SW-P
Hinge Roller Lever Models
dia. 4.8 x 3.2
Polyacetal resin roller
A
D2SW-P2L2@@
D2SW-P01L2@@
t=0.3 Stainless-steel lever
14.5±0.6
2.5±0.07 dia.
2.35 +0.075
dia. FP
-0.05
OP
6.9 7.7
2.35 +0.075
-0.05
3.3±0.1
7.3
3.2
2.15
Three, 1.6 dia. holes
8.55
15.5
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
Model
D2SW-P2L2@@
OF max.
RF min.
0.6 N {61 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OT min.
MD max.
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
19.3 mm
14.5±0.8 mm
D2SW-P01L2@@
0.5
6.4±0.2
Simulated Roller Lever Models
D2SW-P2L3@@
D2SW-P01L3@@
A
t=0.3 Stainless-steel lever
15.8±0.6
Model
R1.3
2.35 +0.075
−0.05 dia.
2.5±0.07 dia.
6.9 7.7
2.35 +0.075
−0.05
OP FP
3.3±0.1
7.3
3.2
2.15
8.55
15.5
5.15 9.5±0.1
19.8±0.2
Three, 1.6 dia. holes
D2SW-P2L3@@
OF max.
RF min.
0.6 N {61 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OT min.
MD max.
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
15.5 mm
10.7±0.8 mm
D2SW-P01L3@@
0.5
6.4±0.2
Precautions
■
Cautions
Degree of Protection
Do not use this product in water. Although this models satisfy the
test conditions for the standard given below, this test is to check
the ingress of water into the switch enclosure after submerging
the Switch in water for a given time. Satisfying this test condition
does not mean that the Switch can be used in water.
IEC 60529: 2001 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures
(IP Code)
Code: IP67 (The test to meet the standard checks for water intrusion after immersion for 30 minutes.)
Do not operate the Switch when it is exposed to water spray, or
when water drops adhere to the Switch surface, or during sudden
temperature changes, otherwise water may intrude into the interior of the Switch due to a suction effect.
Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil and chemicals. Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials
may result.
Do not use the Switch in areas where it is exposed to silicon
adhesives, oil, or grease, otherwise faulty contact may result due
to the generation of silicon oxide.
The environment-resistant performance of the switch differs
depending on operating loads, ambient atmospheres, and installation conditions, etc. Please perform an operating test of the
switch in advance under actual usage conditions.
Connecting to Terminals
Make sure that the temperature at the tip of the soldering iron is
350 to 400°C. Do not take more than 3 seconds to solder the
switch terminal, and do not impose external force on the terminal
for 1 min after soldering. Improper soldering involving an excessively high temperature or excessive soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of the Switch.
Connecting to Quick-connect Terminals
Wire the quick-connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert
the terminals straight into the receptacles. Do not impose excessive force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the
terminal may be deformed or the housing may be damaged.
Connecting to PCB Terminal Boards
When using automatic soldering baths, we recommend soldering
at 260±5°C within 5 seconds. Make sure that the liquid surface of
the solder does not flow over the edge of the board.
When soldering by hand, as a guideline, solder with a soldering
iron with a tip temperature of 350 to 400°C within 3 seconds, and
do not apply any external force for at least 1 minutes after soldering. When applying solder, keep the solder away from the case of
the Switch and do not allow solder or flux to enter the case.
Side-actuated (Cam/Dog) Operation
When using a cam or dog to operate the Switch, factors such as
the operating speed, operating frequency, push-button indentation, and material and shape of the cam or dog will affect the
durability of the Switch. Confirm performance specifications under
actual operation conditions before using the Switch in applications.
Connecting to Solder Terminals
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead
wire conductor through the terminal hole and the conduct soldering.
231
D2SW-P
Correct Use
Mounting
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure
to do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers
to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of
0.23 to 0.26 N·m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf·cm}. Exceeding the specified
torgue may result in deterioration of the sealing or damage.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or damage.
applicable load is the N-level reference value. This value indicates
the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60%
(λ60).
The equation, λ60 = 0.5 × 10 -6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000 operations with a
reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
■
D2SW-P
30
0.16mA
26mA
24
Operating range for
micro load models
D2SW-P01
Operating Body
Use an operating body with low frictional resistance and of a
shape that will not interfere with the sealing rubber, otherwise the
plunger may be damaged or the sealing may deteriorate.
With the pin plunger models, set the Switch so that the plunger
can be pushed in from directly above. Since the plunger is covered with a rubber cap, applying a force from lateral directions
may cause damage to the plunger or reduction in the sealing
capability.
100mA
Operating
range for
general-load
models
D2SW-P2
12
5
Inoperable
range
1mA
100mA 160mA
0
0.1
1
10
100
1,000
Current (mA)
Correct
Incorrect
Incorrect
Handling
Do not handle the Switch in a way that may cause damage to the
sealing rubber.
When handling the Switch, ensure that uneven pressure or, as
shown in the following diagram, pressure in a direction other than
the operating direction is not applied to the Actuator, otherwise
the Actuator or Switch may be damaged, or durability may be
decreased.
Wiring Molded Lead Wire Models
When wiring molded lead wire models, ensure that there is no
weight on the wire or that there are no sharp bends near the parts
where the wire is drawn out. Otherwise, damage to the Switch or
deterioration in the sealing may result.
Operating Stroke Setting
Set the operating stroke so that the actuator is completely disengaged when the switch is in the free position (FP), and is pushed
to a point between 60% and 90% of the OT distance after the
switch is operated.
Insufficient or excessive pushing of the actuator may result in
decreased switch durability or damage to the switch.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in a faulty contact. Use models that
operate in the following range. However, even when using micro
load models within the operating range shown below, if inrush
current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may
increase contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore,
insert a contact protection circuit where necessary. The minimum
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B109-E1-02
232
Sealed Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch
D2HW
Smallest sealed snap-action switch in
the industry with a very long stroke for
reliable ON/OFF action.
■
■
■
The case dimensions are 78% of conventional
models, contributing to down-sizing of mechanical
modules.
Extra-long stroke even without levers.
(OT: 1.4 mm)
Made of environment-friendly materials. All models are lead-free, including molded lead wire models.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend:
D2HW-@@@@@
■
1 2 3 4 5
1. Mounting Structure
A:
BR:
BL:
C:
Without posts (base-mounting)
Posts on right
Posts on left
M3-screw mounting
2. Ratings
2:
1 mA at 5 VDC to 2 A at 12 VDC
3. Actuator
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
6:
7:
8:
Pin plunger
Hinge lever
Long hinge lever
Simulated roller hinge lever
Hinge roller lever
Leaf lever
Simulated roller leaf lever
Long leaf lever
4. Contacts
1:
2:
3:
SPDT
SPST-NC (Molded lead wire models only.)
SPST-NO (Molded lead wire models only.)
5. Terminals
D: Straight PCB terminals
DR: Right-angled PCB terminals
DL: Left-angled PCB terminals
H: Solder terminals
M: Molded lead wires downwards
MR: Molded lead wires on right-side
ML: Molded lead wires on left-side
Note Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSAapproved version.
233
D2HW
■
D2HW
List of Models
PCB-mounted Models
Actuator
Terminals
Contact form
Model
With posts on right
---
---
D2HW-A201D
D2HW-BR201DR
D2HW-BL201DL
---
Straight
---
---
D2HW-A211D
Angled
D2HW-BR211DR
D2HW–BL211DL
---
Long hinge
lever
Straight
---
---
D2HW-A221D
Angled
D2HW-BR221DR
D2HW-BL221DL
---
Simulated roller
hinge lever
Straight
---
---
D2HW-A231D
Angled
D2HW-BR231DR
D2HW-BL231DL
---
Hinge lever
Note
Straight
SPDT
Without posts
Angled
Pin plunger
For PCB
With posts on left
Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. Consult your OMRON sales epresentative for details.
Models with Solder Terminals or Molded Lead Wires
Actuator
Terminals
Contact form
Model
With posts on
right
Pin plunger
Solder
Molded lead
wires
Hinge lever
Long hinge
lever
Note:
234
SPDT
D2HW-BR201H
D2HW-BL201H
D2HW-C201H
SPDT
D2HW-BR201M
D2HW-BL201M
D2HW-C201M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR202M
D2HW-BL202M
D2HW-C202M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR203M
D2HW-BL203M
D2HW-C203M
Right-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR202MR
D2HW-BL202MR
D2HW-C202MR
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR203MR
D2HW-BL203MR
D2HW-C203MR
Left-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR202ML
D2HW-BL202ML
---
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR203ML
D2HW-BL203ML
---
SPDT
D2HW-BR211H
D2HW-BL211H
D2HW-C211H
SPDT
D2HW-BR211M
D2HW-BL211M
D2HW-C211M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR212M
D2HW-BL212M
D2HW-C212M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR213M
D2HW-BL213M
D2HW-C213M
Right-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR212MR
D2HW-BL212MR
D2HW-C212MR
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR213MR
D2HW-BL213MR
D2HW-C213MR
Left-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR212ML
D2HW-BL212ML
---
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR213ML
D2HW-BL213ML
---
SPDT
D2HW-BR221H
D2HW-BL221H
D2HW-C221H
SPDT
D2HW-BR221M
D2HW-BL221M
D2HW-C221M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR222M
D2HW-BL222M
D2HW-C222M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR223M
D2HW-BL223M
D2HW-C223M
Right-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR222MR
D2HW-BL222MR
D2HW-C222MR
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR223MR
D2HW-BL223MR
D2HW-C223MR
Left-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR222ML
D2HW-BL222ML
---
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR223ML
D2HW-BL223ML
---
Downwards
Solder
Molded lead
wires
Downwards
Solder
Molded lead
wires
M3-screw
mounting
With posts on
left
Downwards
1. The length of standard lead wires (AVSS0.5) for molded lead wire models is 30 cm.
2. Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details.
D2HW
D2HW
Actuator
Terminals
Contact form
Model
With posts on
right
Simulated roller
hinge lever
Hinge roller
lever
Leaf lever
Solder
Molded lead
wires
Simulated roller
leaf lever
Long leaf lever
SPDT
D2HW-BR231H
D2HW-BL231H
D2HW-C231H
D2HW-BR231M
D2HW-BL231M
D2HW-C231M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR232M
D2HW-BL232M
D2HW-C232M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR233M
D2HW-BL233M
D2HW-C233M
Right-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR232MR
D2HW-BL232MR
D2HW-C232MR
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR233MR
D2HW-BL233MR
D2HW-C233MR
Left-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR232ML
D2HW-BL232ML
---
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR233ML
D2HW-BL233ML
---
SPDT
D2HW-BR241H
D2HW-BL241H
D2HW-C241H
SPDT
D2HW-BR241M
D2HW-BL241M
D2HW-C241M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR242M
D2HW-BL242M
D2HW-C242M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR243M
D2HW-BL243M
D2HW-C243M
Right-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR242MR
D2HW-BL242MR
D2HW-C242MR
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR243MR
D2HW-BL243MR
D2HW-C243MR
Left-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR242ML
D2HW-BL242ML
---
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR243ML
D2HW-BL243ML
---
SPDT
D2HW-BR261H
D2HW-BL261H
D2HW-C261H
SPDT
D2HW-BR261M
D2HW-BL261M
D2HW-C261M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR262M
D2HW-BL262M
D2HW-C262M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR263M
D2HW-BL263M
D2HW-C263M
Right-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR262MR
D2HW-BL262MR
D2HW-C262MR
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR263MR
D2HW-BL263MR
D2HW-C263MR
Left-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR262ML
D2HW-BL262ML
---
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR263ML
D2HW-BL263ML
---
SPDT
D2HW-BR271H
D2HW-BL271H
D2HW-C271H
SPDT
D2HW-BR271M
D2HW-BL271M
D2HW-C271M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR272M
D2HW-BL272M
D2HW-C272M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR273M
D2HW-BL273M
D2HW-C273M
Right-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR272MR
D2HW-BL272MR
D2HW-C272MR
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR273MR
D2HW-BL273MR
D2HW-C273MR
Left-side
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR272ML
D2HW-BL272ML
---
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR273ML
D2HW-BL273ML
---
Downwards
SPDT
D2HW-BR281M
D2HW-BL281M
D2HW-C281M
SPST-NC
D2HW-BR282M
D2HW-BL282M
D2HW-C282M
SPST-NO
D2HW-BR283M
D2HW-BL283M
D2HW-C283M
SPST-NC
---
---
D2HW-C282MR
SPST-NO
---
---
D2HW-C283MR
Downwards
Solder
Molded lead
wires
Downwards
Solder
Molded lead
wires
Molded lead
wires
Downwards
Right–side
Note:
M3-screw
mounting
SPDT
Downwards
Solder
Molded lead
wires
With posts on
left
1. The length of standard lead wires (AVSS 0.5) for molded lead wire models is 30 cm.
2. Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details.
Specifications
■
Ratings
Note
Rated voltage (V)
Resistive load
125 VAC
0.1 A
12 VDC
24 VDC
42 VDC
2A
1A
0.5 A
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature:
20±2°C
Ambient humidity:
65±5%
Operating frequency:
30 operations/min
235
D2HW
■
D2HW
Characteristics
Item
Specification
Operating speed
1 mm to 500 mm/s (for pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
100 mΩ max. (molded lead wire models: 150 mΩ max.)
Dielectric strength
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 2)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 2)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100 G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30 G} max.
Durability (see note 3)
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Electrical: 100,000 operations min. (20 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP67 (excluding the terminals on terminal models)
Degree of protection against electric Class I
shock
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–40 to 85°C (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
95% max. (for 5 to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 0.7 g (for pin plunger models with terminals)
Note:
■
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at the free position, operating position, and total travel position. For
the lever models, they apply at the total travel position.
The values shown apply for malfunctions of 1 ms max.
3. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Approved Standards
■
Contact Specifications
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models
with standard approvals.
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL
approval)
Rated voltage
D2HW
125 VAC
0.1 A
12 VDC
2A
■
Item
Specification
Specification
Crossbar
Material
Gold alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.5 mm
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
1 mA at 5 VDC
Note
Minimum applicable loads are indicated by N standard reference values. This value represents the failure rate at a
60% (λ60) reliability level.
The equation λ60=035×10−6/operations indicates that a
failure rate of 1/2,000,000 operations can be expected at
a reliability level of 60%.
Contact Form
SPDT
SPST-NC
(Molded Lead Wire Models Only)
COM
NO
NC
(Black) (Blue) (Red)
Note
236
COM
(Black)
NC
(Red)
Molded lead wire colors are indicated in parentheses.
SPST-NO
(Molded Lead Wire Models Only)
COM
NO
(Black) (Blue)
D2HW
D2HW
Dimensions
■
Mounting Structure and Reference Positions for Operating Characteristics
Note All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
The reference positions used for FP, OP, and TTP values are as shown below for each type of mounting.
Models without Posts
Models with Posts
M3-screw Mounting Models
D2HW-A@
D2HW-B@
D2HW-C@
1.7 dia.
1.7 dia.
0
3 −0.1
dia.
Reference
position
Reference
position
Reference
position
3.3±0.15 dia.
Mounting Hole Dimensions (Reference) Mounting Hole Dimensions (Reference)
2.4+0.1
0 dia. hole
(depth: 5 mm min.)
3 +0.1
0 dia. hole
(depth: 1.5 mm min.)
2.6
M3 tap
■
Terminals
Straight PCB Terminals
Angled PCB Terminals
Solder Terminals
3.5
Three-0.6
Three-0.6
Three-2
(3.1)
PCB Cutout Dimensions (Reference)
Three, 1 +0.1
0 dia. hole
PCB Cutout Dimensions (Reference)
2.4 +0.1
0 dia. hole
(depth: 5 mm min.)
2.6
Molded Lead Wires Downwards
Three, 1+0.1
dia. hole
0
(12)
Molded Lead Wires on Left-side
Molded Lead Wires on Right-side
COM AVSS 0.5
(Black)
(12)
(13.3)
NO AVSS 0.5 (Blue)
NC AVSS 0.5 (Red)
(12)
(13.3)
237
D2HW
■
D2HW
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
➡
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Dimensions not indicated in the above diagrams have a tolerance of ±0.2 mm.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction (
).
Pin Plunger Models
Characteristic
D2HW-@20@@
A
1.7 dia.
Hinge Lever Models
t = 0.3 stainless
steel lever
A
Long Hinge Lever Models
A
t = 0.3 stainless
steel lever
Simulated Roller Hinge Lever Models
OT ref.
MD max.
1.4 mm (reference value)
0.25 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
11.2 mm
10.4±0.2 mm
9.1 mm
A
15
t = 0.3 stainless
steel lever
Models without
posts
7.2 mm
6.4±0.2 mm
5.1 mm
Models with posts
and M3-mounting
models
OF max.
RF min.
0.75 N {76 gf}
0.07 N {7 gf}
OT ref.
MD max.
1.6 mm (reference value)
0.5 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
12.8 mm
11.5±0.5 mm
10 mm
Models without
posts
8.8 mm
7.5±0.5 mm
6 mm
Models with posts
and M3-mounting
models
OF max.
RF min.
0.5 N {50 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
OT ref.
MD max.
2.5 mm (reference value)
0.8 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
15.5 mm
13.3±0.8 mm
11 mm
Characteristic
D2HW-@23@@
238
0.75 N {76 gf}
0.10 N {10 gf}
Characteristic
D2HW-@22@@
Models with posts
and M3-mounting
models
OF max.
RF min.
Characteristic
D2HW-@21@@
Models without
posts
Models without
posts
11.5 mm
9.3±0.8 mm
7 mm
Models with posts
and M3-mounting
models
OF max.
RF min.
0.65 N {66 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OT ref.
MD max.
1.9 mm (reference value)
0.5 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
16.5 mm
15.2±0.5 mm
13.5 mm
12.5 mm
11.2±0.5 mm
9.5 mm
D2HW
D2HW
Hinge Roller Lever Models
Characteristic
D2HW-@24@@
4.8 dia. ×2.8
resin roller
A
8±0.1
(4.6)
15
FP OP
t=0.3 stainless
steel lever
(1.15)
TTP
3
(0.4)
Models with posts and
M3-mounting models
OF max.
RF min.
0.65 N {66 gf}
0.03 N {3 gf}
OT ref.
MD max.
1.9 mm (reference value)
0.6 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
15.3 mm
14±0.6 mm
12.3 mm
6.5
Leaf Lever Models
Characteristic
D2HW-@26@@
A
t = 0.3 stainless
steel lever
Simulated Roller Leaf Lever Models
OF max.
RF min.
1.8 N {183 gf}
0.20 N {20 gf}
OT ref.
MD max.
1.8 mm (reference value)
0.5 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
9.3 mm
7.4±0.5 mm
5.8 mm
Characteristic
D2HW-@27@@
A
t = 0.3 stainless
steel lever
Long Leaf Lever Models
1.8 N {183 gf}
0.20 N {20 gf}
OT ref.
MD max.
2.0 mm (reference value)
0.5 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
12.5 mm
10.8±0.5 mm
8.9 mm
Characteristic
20.85±1
t = 0.2 stainless
steel lever
3.3±0.15 dia.
(12)
Models with posts and
M3-mounting models
OF max.
RF min.
D2HW-@28@@
A
Models with posts and
M3-mounting models
Models with posts and
M3-mounting models
OF max.
RF min.
0.9 N {92 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
OT ref.
MD max.
2.8 mm (reference value)
0.7 mm
FP max.
OP
TTP max.
19 mm
15.4±1.5 mm
12.8 mm
0
3 -0.1 dia.
COM AVSS 0.5
(Black)
NO AVSS 0.5 (Blue)
NC AVSS 0.5 (Red)
(13.3)
239
D2HW
D2HW
Precautions
■
Cautions
Degree of Protection
Do not use this product in water. Although molded lead wire models satisfy the test conditions for the standard given below, this
test is to check the ingress of water into the switch enclosure after
submerging the Switch in water for a given time. Satisfying this
test condition does not mean that the Switch can be used in
water.
IEC Publication 529, degree of protection IP67.
Do not operate the Switch when it is exposed to water spray, or
when water drops adhere to the Switch surface, or during sudden
temperature changes, otherwise water may intrude into the interior of the Switch due to a suction effect.
Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil and chemicals. Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials
may result.
Do not use the Switch in areas where it is exposed to silicon
adhesives, oil, or grease, otherwise faulty contact may result due
to the generation of silicon oxide.
■
Correct Use
Mounting
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure
to do so may result in electric shock or burning.
For M3-screw mounting models, use M3 mounting screws with
plane washers or spring washers to securely mount the Switch.
Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.27 to 0.29 N·m. Exceeding the
specified torque may result in deterioration of the sealing or damage.
For models with posts, secure the posts by thermal caulking or by
pressing into an attached device. When pressed into an attached
device, provide guides on the opposite ends of the posts to
ensure that they do not fall out or rattle.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or damage.
Terminal Connection
Operating Body
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead
wire conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering.
Made sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 30 W maximum. Do not take more than 3 s to solder the switch terminal.
Improper soldering involving an excessively high temperature or
excessive soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of
the Switch.
When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful
attention so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed
the PCB level.
Use an operating body with low frictional resistance and of a
shape that will not interfere with the sealing rubber, otherwise the
plunger may be damaged or the sealing may deteriorate.
Side-actuated (Cam/Dog) Operation
Handling
Do not handle the Switch in a way that may cause damage to the
sealing rubber.
When handling the Switch, ensure that pressure is not applied to
the posts in the directions shown in the following diagram. Also,
ensure that uneven pressure or pressure in a direction other than
the operating direction is not applied to the Actuator as shown in
the following diagram. Otherwise, the post, Actuator, or Switch
may be damaged, or the service life may be reduced.
When using a cam or dog to operate the Switch, factors such as
the operating speed, operating frequency, push-button indentation, and material and shape of the cam or dog will affect the
durability of the Switch. Confirm performance specifications under
actual operation conditions before using the Switch in applications.
Wiring Molded Lead Wire Models
When wiring molded lead wire models, ensure that there is no
weight on the wire or that there are no sharp bends near the parts
where the wire is drawn out. Otherwise, damage to the Switch or
deterioration in the sealing may result.
Using Micro Loads
Even when using micro load models within the operating range,
inrush currents or surges may decrease the life expectancy of the
Switch. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B105-E1-04A
240
D2JW
Sealed Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch
Ultra-small and Highly Sealed
Degree of protection for the molded lead wire
models conforms to IEC IP67.
Wide range of operating temperature from –40°C to
85°C.
Gold-alloy crossbar contact and coil spring offer
long life expectancy and high contact reliability.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2JW-01j-j-j
1
2
3
4
1.
Ratings
01:
0.1 A at 30 VDC
2.
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
K1A: Short hinge lever
K1:
Hinge lever
K3:
Simulated roller lever
K2:
Hinge roller lever
3.
Contact Form
1:
SPDT
2:
SPST-NC
3:
SPST-NO
4.
Terminals
None: Solder terminals
MD: Molded lead wires
List of Models
Actuator
Model
Solder terminals
Molded lead wires
Pin plunger
D2JW-011
D2JW-011-MD
Short hinge lever
D2JW-01K1A1
D2JW-01K1A1-MD
Hinge lever
D2JW-01K11
D2JW-01K11-MD
Simulated roller lever
D2JW-01K31
D2JW-01K31-MD
Hinge roller lever
D2JW-01K21
D2JW-01K21-MD
Note:
1. The standard lengths of the lead wires (AVS0.3f) of models incorporating them are 30 cm.
2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models.
241
D2JW
D2JW
Specifications
Ratings
Electrical ratings
0.1 A at 30 VDC (resistive load)
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2_C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed (see note 2)
1 mm to 250 mm/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 240 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
100 mΩ max. (molded lead wire models: 140 mΩ max.)
Dielectric strength (see note 3)
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 4)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 4)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 200 m/s2 {approx. 20G} max.
Durability (see note 5)
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP67 (excluding the terminals on terminal models)
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–40°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient operating humidity
35% to 98% (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 7 g (pin plunger models with molded lead wire models)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The operating speed value shown is for pin plunger models. (For different models, consult your OMRON sales representative.)
3. The dielectric strength values shown apply for use with Separator (terminal type).
4. The values shown apply for malfunctions of 1 ms max.
5. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Contact Specifications
Contact
Inrush current
Specification
Crossbar
Material
Gold alloy
Gap (standard
value)
0.5 mm
NC
0.1 A max.
NO
0.1 A max.
Minimum applicable load
1 mA at 5 VDC
Contact Form
SPDT
COM NO
NC
(Black*) (Blue*) (Red*)
COM
(Black)
*Indicates the color of the lead wire.
242
SPST-NO
SPST-NC
NC
(Red)
COM
(Black)
NO
(Blue)
D2JW
D2JW
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Solder Terminals
Molded Lead Wires
NC (red)
NO (blue)
COM
(black)
Mounting Holes
M2.3 mounting holes
4.8 ± 0.1
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. Actuators of the molded lead wire terminals are omitted here. The dimensions (other than the terminals) and operating characteristics of the molded lead wire terminals are the same as those for the solder terminals.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
1.6 dia.
A
PT
D2JW-011
OP
+0.05
2.35 –0.025 dia.
OF max.
2.45 N {{250 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.98 N {100 gf}
PT max.
0.6 mm
OT min.
0.3 mm
MD max.
0.1 mm
OP
8.1±0.3 mm
OF max.
1.15 N {117
{
gf}
g}
RF min.
0.23 N {23 gf}
PT max.
5.4 mm
OT min.
0.7 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
OP
8.4±0.8 mm
+0.05
2.5 –0.025 dia.
Short Hinge Lever Models
D2JW-01K1A1
PT
11.5R
A 0.3 t stainless-steel
spring lever
OP
+0.05
2.35 +0.05
–0.025 dia.
2.5 –0.025 dia.
243
D2JW
D2JW
Hinge Lever Models
OF max.
0.80 N {{82 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.15 N {16 gf}
PT max.
6.4 mm
OT min.
1.4 mm
MD max.
0.7 mm
OP
8.4±0.8 mm
Simulated Roller Lever Models
OF max.
0.95 N {{97 g
gf}}
D2JW-01K31
RF min.
0.19 N {20 gf}
PT max.
5.5 mm
OT min.
1.1 mm
MD max.
0.6 mm
OP
10.3±0.8 mm
Hinge Roller Lever Models
OF max.
0.98 N {{100 g
gf}}
D2JW-01K21
RF min.
0.19 N {20 gf}
PT max.
5.2 mm
OT min.
1.1 mm
MD max.
0.5 mm
OP
14.6±0.8 mm
D2JW-01K11
PT
A 0.3 t stainless-steel
spring lever
16.5R
OP
+0.05
2.35 –0.025 dia.
+0.05
2.5 –0.025 dia.
12.7
PT
0.3 t stainless-steel
spring lever
A
1.3R
OP
+0.05
2.35 –0.025 dia.
+0.05
2.5 –0.025 dia.
PT
A
4.8 dia. × 2.2 resin roller
13.5R
OP
+0.05
2.5 –0.025 dia.
244
2.35 +0.05
–0.025 dia.
D2JW
D2JW
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Terminal Connection
When soldering, make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is
30 W maximum (temperature of soldering iron: 250°C max.). Do not
take more than 3 s to solder the switch terminal.
If soldering is not carried out under the proper conditions there is a
danger of over-heating and subsequent heat damage.
Applying a soldering iron for more than 3 s or using one that is rated
at more than 30 W may deteriorate the Switch characteristics.
Correct Use
Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.20 to
0.29 N•m {2 to 3 kgf•cm}.
Separator
When mounting the Switch on a metallic surface, be sure to provide
a Separator between the Switch and the mounting plate.
Separator (Sold Separately)
Model
Degree of Protection
Do not use the Switch underwater. The Switch was tested and found
to meet the conditions necessary to meet the following standard.
The test checks for water intrusion after immersion for a specified
time period. The test does not check for switching operation underwater.
IEC Publication 529, degree of protection IP67.
Protection Against Chemicals
Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil and chemicals.
Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials may result.
Separator for D2JW
Two, 2.4±0.1 dia.
t=0.18
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B040-E1-01D
245
Sealed Basic Switch for Vehicles
D2FW-G
A Sealed Switch for Mechanical
Detection in Automobiles and Industrial
Vehicles (Conforming to IP67)
Single-point mounting with an M4 screw.
Incorporates a fixed leaf lever for tough environments.
Molded lead wires are installed using lead-free
connections for environmental conservation.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2FW-GjjjM
1
2
3
1.
Ratings/Contact Specifications
2: For general load
0: For micro load
2.
Actuator
7
Leaf lever
8: Long leaf lever
3.
Contact Form
1: SPDT
2: SPST-NC
3: SPST-NO
List of Models
Actuator
Leaf lever
Rated load
1A
0.1 A
Long
g leaf lever
1A
0.1 A
Note:
246
Contact specifications
(molded lead wires)
Model
SPDT
D2FW-G271M
SPST-NC
D2FW-G272M
SPST-NO
D2FW-G273M
SPDT
D2FW-G071M
SPST-NC
D2FW-G072M
SPST-NO
D2FW-G073M
SPDT
D2FW-G281M
SPST-NC
D2FW-G282M
SPST-NO
D2FW-G283M
SPDT
D2FW-G081M
SPST-NC
D2FW-G082M
SPST-NO
D2FW-G083M
The standard length of the molded lead wires (AVS0.5) is 30 cm.
D2FW-G
D2FW-G
Specifications
Ratings
D2FW-G2j (general load models)
Rated voltage
g
D2FW-G0j (micro load models)
Resistive load
30 VDC
Note:
1A
0.1 A
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Non-inductive load
Voltage
g
Resistive load
Lamp load
Inductive load
Inductive load
Motor load
14 VDC
1.5 A
0.5 A
0.5 A
0.5 A
30 VDC
1 A
0.3 A
0.3 A
0.3 A
Note:
1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.7 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC).
2. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current.
3. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
Characteristics
Item
D2FW-G2j
D2FW-G0j
Operating speed
1 to 500 mm/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical:120 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
100 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance (see note 2)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 2)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 max.
Durability
y (see
(
note 3))
Mechanical: 300,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 30,000 operations min.
(20 operations/min)
150 mΩ max.
Electrical: 100,000 operations min.
(20 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP67
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–40°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
95% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 10.4 g (SPDT type)
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at the free position, operating position, and total travel position.
For the lever models, they apply at the total travel position.
The values shown apply for malfunctions of 1 ms max.
3. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Contact Specifications
Item
D2FW-G2j (general load models)
Specification
Crossbar
Material
Silver alloy
Gap (standard value)
0.25 mm
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
100 mA at 5 VDC
Note:
D2FW-G0j (micro load models)
Gold alloy
1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 249.
247
D2FW-G
D2FW-G
Contact Form
SPST-NC
SPDT
COM
(Black*)
COM
NO
NC
(Black*) (Blue*) (Red*)
SPST-NO
NC
(Red*)
COM
NO
(Black*) (Blue*)
* The color in parentheses indicates the color of the lead wire.
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
M4 tap
16
4-dia. hole (depth 2 mm min.)
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
3. The j in the model number is for rating code and contact form code.
Leaf Lever Models
D2FW-Gj7jM
(22.8)
t=0.2 stainless-steel lever
2
A
16±0.15
+0.2
4.2 0
dia.
4
0
–0.15
dia.
5
+0.2
40
Free
Operating position
position (FP)
(OP)
D2FW-G
dia.
13.5
3.5R
300±10
Molded lead wires
COM AVS0.5 (Black)
NO AVS0.5 (Blue)
NC AVS0.5 (Red)
248
(5)
4.7
15.3
23.5
8
5
2
Model
Leaf Lever Models
D2FW-Gj7jM
OF max.
2.45 N {{250 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.29 N {30 gf}
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
1.0 mm
FP max.
15.5 mm
OP
11.5±2 mm
TTP
6.5
6
5 mm
(reference value)
D2FW-G
D2FW-G
Long Leaf Lever Models
D2FW-Gj8jM
(19)
t=0.2 stainless-steel lever
2
A
16±0.15
8
5
2
Model
Long Leaf Lever
Models
D2FW-Gj8jM
+0.2
4.2 0
dia.
4
0
–0.15
dia.
5
4
+0.2
0
Free
position
Operating (FP)
position
(OP)
D2FW-G
dia.
13.5
3.5R
300±10
Molded lead wires
COM AVS0.5 (Black)
NO AVS0.5 (Blue)
NC AVS0.5 (Red)
(5)
4.7
OF
2.94 N {{300 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.59 N {60 gf}
OT min.
1.0 mm
MD max.
1.0 mm
FP max.
19 mm
OP
12±2 mm
TTP
8.5
8
5 mm
(reference value)
15.3
23.5
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Cautions
Use the Switch within the specified electrical ratings. Using the
Switch outside of the rated values will not only shorten its service life
but may cause heat generation or fire damage. When turning the
power ON or OFF, use the rated voltage and current.
Degree of Protection
Do not use the Switch underwater. The Switch was tested and found
to meet the conditions necessary to meet the following standard.
The test checks for water intrusion after immersion for a specified
time period. The test does not check for switching operation underwater.
IEC Publication 529, degree of protection IP67.
Protection Against Chemicals
Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil or chemicals.
Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials may result.
appropriately by the switching object when the switch is operated.
The switching object must not move beyond its operational limit
position, otherwise the Switch may be damaged.
Install the switching object so that its moving direction is the same
as that of the actuator.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Mounting
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure to
do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M4 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 1.18
to1.47 N•m {12 to 15 kgf•cm}.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or breakage in the housing.
Voltage (V)
Correct Use
Operating
area of micro
load models
D2FW-G0j
Operating
area of
general-load
models
D2FW-G2j
Switch Mounting
When mounting the Switch, do not apply force to the actuator in any
direction other than its operating direction.
Operation
Make sure that the switching object is perfectly separated from the
actuator when the switch is not operated and the actuator is pressed
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B104-E1-01C
249
Ultra Subminiature Detection Switch
D2A
Ultra Subminiature Detection Switch
with Slide Mechanism and Pushbutton
Actuator
Compact (8 6 4.2 mm (W H D)), light weight
(approximately 0.3 g), and 3-mm long stroke.
Built-in slide mechanism for selecting shorting or
non-shorting timing of the switch.
The switch’s small size makes it ideal for household
appliances, audio equipment, office equipment,
communications equipment, etc.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2A-j1j0
1
1.
2
Switching Timing
1:
Non-shorting
2:
Shorting
2.
Maximum Oprating Force
1: 0.98 N {100 gf}
2: 0.49 N {50 gf}
List of Models
Actuator
OF 0.98 N {100 gf}
Non-shorting Model
Pin plunger
250
D2A-1110
Shorting Model
D2A-2110
OF 0.49 N {50 gf}
Non-shorting Model
D2A-1120
Shorting Model
D2A-2120
D2A
D2A
Specifications
Note:
Ratings
Electrical ratings 0.1 A at 30 VDC (resistive load)
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed
1 to 500 mm/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 200 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 250 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
50 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 2)
50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP00
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class III
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–10°C to 70°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 0.3 g
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Contact Specifications
Contact specification
Slide
Contact material
Silver alloy
Minimum applicable load (see note)
1 mA at 5 VDC
Note:
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro Loads on page 253.
Contact Form
SPDT
NO COM NC
(3) (1) (2)
251
D2A
D2A
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Use the following mounting dimensions when mounting the D2A with screws.
Mounting Holes
PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference)
M2 tap
2.54
Three, 1 dia. hole
3.8±0.1
2.54
5.5±0.1
1.6 dia
4.2
8
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
D2A-1110/-1120
D2A-2110/2120
Released position
Operating position
A
Model
1.6
Non-shorting Models
D2A-1110
Shorting Models
D2A-1120
D2A-2110
D2A-2120
OF max.
0.98 N {{100 g
gf}}
0.49 N {50
{ gf}
g}
0.98 N {{100 g
gf}}
0.49 N {50
{ gf}
g}
RF min.
0.15 N {15 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
0.15 N {15 gf}
0.05 N {5 gf}
FP max.
9.5 mm
9.5 mm
OP1
8.1±0.3 mm
8.0±0.3 mm
OP2
7.4±0.3 mm
7.5±0.3 mm
TTP
6.5±0.2 mm
6.5±0.2 mm
Switching Timing
Non-shorting Model
(2) (NC) FP
(1)
(3) (NO)
252
OP1
OP2
Shorting Model
TTP
(2) (NC) FP
(1)
(3) (NO)
OP1
OP2
TTP
D2A
D2A
Precautions
Cautions
Terminal Connection
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first bind the lead wire
to the terminal and then apply the 6 (Sn) : 4 (Pb) solder to the terminal. Complete soldering within 5 s at a soldering iron temperature of
260°C. Soldering at a temperature exceeding 260°C, soldering for
more than 5 s, or repeated soldering will degrade the Switch characteristics.
When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful attention so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed the PCB
level.
It is also recommended that you apply flux guard to the mounting
surface of the Switch.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Switch mounting surface
Operating range
Correct Use
Inoperable
range
Mounting
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure to
do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M1.6 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 4.9 to
9.8 10–2 N S m {0.5 to 1 kgf S cm}.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or breakage in the housing.
Current (mA)
Application of Operation Force to the Lever
Apply operation forces to the pushbutton in its operating direction.
Applying operating force to the pushbutton in any other directions
will damage the Switch or cause malfunction.
Incorrect
Incorrect
Incorrect
Correct
Mounting Plate
Use materials other than ABS or polycarbonate for the mounting
plate. Since grease is used for the Switch, cracks may be caused if
grease from the Switch comes in contact with such materials.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
253
Ultra Subminiature Detection Switch
D3C
Ultra Subminiature Detection Switch
with Slide Mechanism and Lever
Actuator
Compact (8 6 4.2 mm (W H D)) and light
(approximately 0.3 g) with long, 3-mm stroke.
Built-in slide mechanism allows selection of
shorting or non-shorting timing to match the
application.
Ideal for a wide variety of applications, including
compact household appliances, audio equipment,
office machines, and telecommunications equipment.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D3C-j2j0
1
1.
2
Switching Timing
1:
Non-shorting
2:
Shorting
2.
Maximum Oprating Force
1: 1.28 N {130 gf}
2: 0.39 N {40 gf}
List of Models
Actuator
OF 1.28 N {130 gf}
Non-shorting Model
Rotary lever
D3C-1210
Shorting Model
D3C-2210
Specifications
Ratings
Electrical ratings 0.1 A at 30 VDC (resistive load)
Note:
254
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
OF 0.39 N {40 gf}
Non-shorting Model
D3C-1220
Shorting Model
D3C-2220
D3C
D3C
Characteristics
Operating speed
1 to 500 mm/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 200 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 250 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
50 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 2)
50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP00
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class III
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–20°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 0.3 g
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
Contact Specifications
Contact
Specification
Slide
Material
Silver plated
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note:
1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 257.
Contact Form
SPDT
NO COM NC
(3) (1) (2)
255
D3C
D3C
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
M1.6 tap
4±0.1
5.7±0.1
1.6 dia
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
Operating
direction (A)
D3C-1210/-2210
D3C-1220/-2220
+0.12
1.6 0
Operating direction (B)
8.7
6.7
dia. hole
1-dia. hole
1R
4.7
PCB Dimensions
2.54
5.7±0.15
6
5.6
4.2
1.6
Three, 1 dia. hole
OP FP
2.54
4±0.15
4.6 max.
1
4.2
0
3.5
1.5 –0.15 dia.
2.5 2.5
0.3
0.9
0.8
8
4
8
Model
Non-shorting Models
D3C-1210
Shorting Models
D3C-1220
D3C-2210
D3C-2220
OF max.
1.28 N {130
{
gf}
g } (0.98
(
N))
0.39 N {{40 g
gf}} ((0.29 N))
1.28 N {130
{
gf}
g } (0.98
(
N))
0.39 N {{40 g
gf}} ((0.29 N))
RF min.
0.10 N {10 gf} (0.15 N)
0.03 N {3 gf} (0.05 N)
0.10 N {10 gf} (0.15 N)
0.03 N {3 gf} (0.05 N)
FP max.
4.8 mm
4.8 mm
OP1
3.5±0.3 mm
3.4±0.3 mm
OP2
2.5±0.3 mm
2.6±0.3 mm
TTP
1.3±0.4 mm
1.3±0.4 mm
Note:
The values for operating characteristics apply for operation in the A direction ( ) shown above. The values in parentheses indicate
those for operation in the B direction ( ).
Switching Timing
Non-shorting Model
(2) (NC) FP
(1)
(3) (NO)
256
OP1
OP2
Shorting Model
TTP
(2) (NC) FP
(1)
(3) (NO)
OP1
OP2
TTP
D3C
D3C
Precautions
Cautions
Terminal Connection
When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first bind the lead wire
to the terminal and then apply the 6 (Sn) : 4 (Pb) solder to the terminal. Complete soldering within 5 s at a soldering iron temperature of
260°C. Soldering at a temperature exceeding 260°C, soldering for
more than 5 s, or repeated soldering will degrade the Switch characteristics.
When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful attention so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed the PCB
level.
It is also recommended that you apply flux guard to the mounting
surface of the Switch.
Using Micro Loads
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Voltage (V)
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Switch mounting surface
Operating range
Correct Use
Inoperable
range
Mounting
Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the
Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure to
do so may result in electric shock or burning.
Use M1.6 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 4.9 to
9.8 10–2 N S m {0.5 to 1 kgf S cm}.
Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation or breakage in the housing.
Current (mA)
Application of Operation Force to the Lever
Apply operation forces to the lever in its operating direction. Applying operating force to the lever in any other directions will damage
the Switch or cause malfunction.
Incorrect
Incorrect
Incorrect
Correct
Mounting Plate
Use materials other than ABS or polycarbonate for the mounting
plate. Since grease is used for the Switch, cracks may be caused if
grease from the Switch comes in contact with such materials.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. C099-E1-02C
257
Connector Termination Switch
D2X
A Switch with Crimp-type Connectors
that Greatly Reduces Wiring Work
Clip-on wiring via AMP crimp-type connectors.
Snap-fit attachment for easy installation.
Operation possible from either side to enable
mounting in either direction.
Ordering Information
Model
D2X-C
Specifications
Ratings
30 VDC
Note:
0.1 A (resistive load)
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 to 100 mm/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 60 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 250 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
200 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 500 m/s2 {approx. 50G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 2)
Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min.
Electrical: 50,000 operations min.
Degree of protection
IEC IP00
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–10°C to 70°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
45% to 85% (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 1 g
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
258
D2X
D2X
Contact Specifications
Contact
Specification
Slide
Material
Gold plated
Minimum applicable load (see note)
1 mA at 5 VDC
Note: For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 261.
Contact Form
SPST-NC
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Allowable deviation from the center is ±0.07 mm.
3. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.1 mm applies to all dimensions.
Make sure that the bur is placed to backside of Mounting Plate.
When thickness of the plate (t) is 1.6 mm.
Two, 0.6R
Eight, 1R
4.8
3.5
8±0.1 dia.
12.9
+0.1
Two,
0.5R 4.4
3.2 –0
dia.
3.2
5
4
2.7±0.1
5.2 10.8
Two,
0.5R
+0.1
–0
4.9
Two, 0.6R
+0.8
–0
Four, 1R
When thickness of the plate (t) is 1.2 mm.
Two, 0.6R
1.8
3.2±0.05 dia.
3.2±0.05 dia.
Two, 0.5R
Two, 0.5R 4.4
10.8
+0.8
–0
Two,
1.6R
5
12.2
3.4
Two, 0.6R
259
D2X
D2X
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for cases where the actuator operates in the A (←) direction or B (→) direction.
D2X-C
Direction A
TTP = 6.34 min. (equivalent to
a turning angle of 25°)
Stroke measurement reference
position Direction B: 2±0
OP = 2.35 max. (equivalent to
a turning angle of 9°)
Hub on back side
Center of two, 3.1-dia. holes
Direction B
Stroke measurement reference position
Direction A: 2±0
OP = 0.52 min. (equivalent to a turning angle
of 2°)
4.8
6.34 mm
Direction B
0.52 min.
12.2
2.35 max.
2.35 max.
(17)
6
Total travel position Total travel position
6.34 min.
6.34 min.
*
Total stroke of actuator (mm)
1.6
3.3
*This part is identical to AMP’s CT Connector (dipole type) in size.
5.3
260
0.52 to 2.35 mm
TTP min.
Direction A
0.52 min.
OFF
3.8
5.8
0.02 N {2 gf}
OP
ON
11.9
1
RF min.
Total stroke of actuator (mm)
Two, 3.1 dia.
15
5.1
0.49 N {{50 g
gf}}
(0.2)
1.55
8
OF max.
0.4
6.2
D2X
D2X
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Correct Use
Wiring Connector
The operating object must fully press the lever when the operating
object travels and must be perfectly separated from the lever when
the operating object is in the free position. The operating object
must not be pressed excessively to exceed the TTP, otherwise the
D2X may be damaged. Be sure that the operating object imposes a
proper load on the lever according to the motion of the lever.
Use the following type CT connectors of Tyco Electronics AMP for
wiring.
Press-fit connector:
173977-2
Crimp-style connector housing: 179228-2
Crimp-style connector contact: 179227-1
The above connectors are not sold by OMRON. Contact the following offices for these connectors:
Tyco Electronics/AMP
Lever Load
•
Do not impose loads in the following directions on the lever, otherwise the Switch may be damaged or malfunction.
Japan
Phone: 81-44-844-8111
•
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-800-522-6752
•
Great Britain
Phone: 44-208-954-2356
•
Hong Kong
Phone: 852-2735-1628
Operating Object
Using Micro Loads
Voltage (V)
Be sure that the load is within the following range.
100 mA
30
Operating
range
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B094-E1-02B
261
Low Force Detection Switch
D3K
Detection Switch Requiring Only
Minimal Operating Force
Detects insertion of cards or passage of paper
sheets with a 0.03-N {3-gf} operating force.
Capable of snap-fitting onto 0.8, 1.0, or 1.2-mmthick mounting objects.
Easy wiring
terminals.
ensured
through
quick-connect
Long, 45-degree stroke angle makes it easier to
design a wide range of mechanisms.
Ordering Information
Model
D3K-B
Note:
Minimum order
100
Only orders in multiples of 100 are accepted.
Specifications
Ratings
12 VDC
10 mA (resistive load)
Note: The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed
0.1 to 100 mm/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 30 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 250 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
200 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity
250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground
Vibration resistance (see note 2)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 2)
Destruction: 500 m/s2 {approx. 50G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 3)
Mechanical: 2,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Electrical:
2,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP00
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class III
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–10°C to 70°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient operating humidity
35% to 85% (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 1 g
Note:
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. These values are possible on condition that the actuator of the D3K is operated up to the total travel position (TTP).
The values shown apply for malfunctions of 1 ms max.
3. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
262
D3K
D3K
Contact Specifications
Contact
Specification
Slide
Material
Silver plated
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note:
Contact Form
1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load,
refer to Using Micro loads on page 265.
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. The switch lever is set in the direction indicated by an arrow in the above illustrations.
Refer to the following mounting hole dimensions and be sure that the burred side is opposite to the Switch mounting side.
If further mounting security is required for the prevention of rattling, consult your OMRON sales representative.
By changing the 1.9±0.05-dia. hole to a 1.7 to 1.8-dia. hole, the pin on the Switch side will need to be pressed in. This will reduce the clattering of
the pin.
•
Plate thickness t=0.8
Two, 0.3R
max.
•
1.9±0.05 dia.
Two,
0.3R±0.1
Two, 0.3R
max.
Plate thickness t=1.0
Two, 0.3R
max.
•
Two,
0.3R±0.1
Two,
0.5R±0.1
1.9±0.05 dia. Two,
0.5R±0.1
Two, 0.3R
max.
Plate thickness t=1.2
Two, 0.3R
max.
1.9±0.05 dia. Two,
Two,
0.5R±0.1
0.5R±0.1
Two, 0.3R
max.
263
D3K
D3K
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
D3K
3R
2.1
A
27.4
24.4
1.8
OF max.
0.03 N {3
{ gf}
g}
TTF max.
0.05 N {5 gf}
FP max.
28.7 mm {{50°}}
OP
21.6±2 mm {{30±5°}}
TTP max.
11.4 mm {5°}
264
D3K
D3K
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Connector
Correct Use
Application of Operation Force to the Lever
Apply operation forces to the lever in its operating direction. Applying operating force to the lever in any other directions will damage
the Switch or cause malfunction.
Incorrect
Incorrect
Incorrect
Using Micro Loads
•
Japan
Phone: 81-44-844-8111
•
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-800-522-6752
•
Great Britain
Phone: 44-208-954-2356
•
Hong Kong
Phone: 852-2735-1628
Voltage (V)
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Use the following type CT connectors of Tyco Electronics AMP for
wiring the D3K:
Press-fit connector:
173977-2
Crimp-style connector housing: 179228-2
Crimp-style connector contact 179227-1
The above connectors are not sold by OMRON. Contact the following offices for these connectors:
Toyo Electronics/AMP
Operating range
Inoperable
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B099-E1-01B
265
Miniature Door Switch
Unique Mechanism Allows Switching of
Both Micro Loads and Power Loads
■
■
■
■
Choose from plunger or lever as the actuator type.
Low operating force of 2 N max.
Quick-connection terminals for easier wiring.
High contact reliability ensured with gold crossbar
contacts.
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D3D-@@1
■
1 2
1. Actuator
1:
Plunger
2:
Lever
2. Contact Form
1:
SPDT
■
2:
SPST-NC
3:
SPST-NO
List of Models
Actuator
Contact form
SPDT
SPST-NC
SPST-NO
Plunger
D3D-111
D3D-121
D3D-131
Lever
D3D-211
D3D-221
D3D-231
266
D3D
D3D
D3D
Specifications
■
Ratings
Rated voltage
■
Resistive load
125 VAC
1A
250 VAC
0.5 A
Note
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions.
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity:
65±5%
Operating frequency: 20 operations/min
Characteristics
Operating speed
7.5 to 500 mm/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical:120 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
100 mΩ max.
Dielectric strength
1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity
1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between
each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
(see note 2)
Destruction: 490 m/s2 max.
Malfunction:300 m/s2 max.
Durability
(see note 3)
Mechanical:300,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 50,000 operations min. (20 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IP40
Degree of protection against electric shock
D3D-1 models (plunger models): Class II
D3D-2 models (lever models): Class 0
Proof tracking index (PTI)
600
Ambient operating temperature
−30°C to 60°C (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max.
Weight
Approx. 4 g
Note:
■
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The contacts do not open or close for more than 1 ms.
3. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on test conditions.
Approved Standards
■
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models
with standard approvals.
Contact Form
SPDT
UL1054 (File No. E41515) /
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL approval)
D3D
NC
125 VAC
1A
COM
250 VAC
0.5 A
NO
EN61058-1 (File No. 40005053, VDE approval)
SPST-NC
D3D
125 VAC
1A
250 VAC
0.5 A
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T55 (0°C to 55°C)
■
NC
Contact Specifications
Contact
Specification
Crossbar
Material
Gold alloy
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note
COM
SPST-NO
1 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 269.
COM
NO
267
D3D
D3D
Dimensions
■
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in direction A (indicated by the arrow).
Plunger Models
D3D-111
D3D-121
D3D-131
Type
Plunger model
Model D3D-111 D3D-121 D3D-131
8.1 dia.
6 dia.
25
R3
11.4
OF max.
TTF max.
15
13.5
A
1.5
15.75±0.2
R0.5
6.5
TT
9.0 mm (reference value)
OP2 OP1
(See (See
note.) note.)
OP min.
2
15
10
11
2.0 N {204 gf}
3.5 N {357 gf}
OP1
(NC-OFF)
13 mm
OP2
(NO-ON)
12 mm
13 mm
12 mm
Note: The dimensions OP1 and OP2 apply to the D3D-111
only. The D3D-121 and D3D-131 are SPST-NC and
SPST-NO respectively and so therefore have only
one corresponding dimension here (OP).
Lever Models
D3D-211
D3D-221
D3D-231
Type
25
2
6
(90°)
11.4
9±0.5
R1
A
5.5
15
1.5
OF max.
TTF max.
TT
OP2 OP1
(See (See
note.) note.)
15.7±0.5
3
OP min.
2
15
10
11
■
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
0
22.9 −0.1
11.2+0.1
0
R1 MAX.
R
Switch insertion
direction
t
t = 0.8 to 1.5 mm
268
D3D-221 D3D-231
2.0 N {204 gf}
3.5 N {357 gf}
9.7 mm (reference value)
OP1
(NC-OFF)
13 mm
OP2
(NO-ON)
11.5 mm
13 mm
11.5 mm
Note: The dimensions OP1 and OP2 apply to the D3D-211
only. The D3D-221 and D3D-231 are SPST-NC and
SPST-NO respectively and so therefore have only one
corresponding dimension here (OP).
Mounting Panel Cutout Dimensions
Note
Lever model
Model D3D-211
■
Connectors
The terminals connect to JST’s HL Connector.
The HL Connector consists of the following components.
Contact: SSF-21T-P1.4
Housing: HLP-03V
OMRON does not sell the HL Connector. Contact the following.
J.S.T. Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (Japan)
Tel: (81)6-6968-6855
Fax: (81)6-6964-2085
J.S.T. (U.K.) Ltd. (United Kingdom)
Tel: (44)1986-874131
Fax: (44)1986-874276
J.S.T. Corporation (U.S.A.)
Tel: (1)847-473-1957
Fax: (1)847-473-1373
J.S.T. (H.K.) Co. Ltd. (Hong Kong)
Tel: (852)24137979
Fax: (852)24111193
D3D
D3D
Precautions
■
Cautions
Handling
Do not expose the Switch to shocks, such as by dropping it. Doing
so may damage or deform the Switch.
Do not apply lubrication to the sliding parts, such as pushbuttons
or actuators. Doing so may result in faulty operation or contact
failure.
In order to ensure stable contact force for NO contacts, use an
operating stroke of at least 5 mm.
■
Correct Use
Mounting
This product does not have a waterproof or drip-proof construction. Ensure that water does not enter the Switch interior. In particular, do not use the Switch in locations where water may be
spilt or flow over the Switch. Doing so may result in deterioration
of the insulation.
Wiring
Do not use the Switch with a large force applied to the connector
or lead wire. Doing so may result in rattling or contact failure.
Storage Environment
Storing the Switch in a plastic bag will help prevent discoloration
due to sulfuration of the (silver-plated) terminals.
Do not use the Switch in locations subject to harmful gases or to
high temperatures or humidity levels. Depending on the location,
it is recommended that Switches are inspected between 3 and 6
months after the date of manufacturer.
Using Micro Loads
Even when using the Switch within the operating range, if there
are inrush currents or surges, it may decrease the durability of the
Switch. If necessary, insert a contact protection circuit.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B107-E1-01A
269
Door Interlock Switch
D2D
Power Switch with Minimum Contact
Gap of 3 mm
Offers the minimum contact gap of 3 mm required
for power switches as standard equipment. Highly
reliable design conforms to European safety
standards.
Safety considerations include a double return
spring and direct drive positive contact opening
feature. Also conforms to Class II of VDE Insulation.
Pull-on lock model for easy maintenance is also
available.
RCWE
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2D-jj0j
1
2
3
1.
Construction
1:
Single pole, 3-mm contact gap
2:
Pull-on-lock type, 1-mm contact gap
3:
Double-pole, 3-mm contact gap
2.
Mounting
0:
Screw mounting
1:
Panel snap-fit mounting
3.
Contact Form
0:
SPDB-NO/NC
1:
SPDB-NO
2:
SPDB-NC
3:
SPDB-NO+SPDB-NO/NC
4:
DPDB-NO
List of Models
Mounting method
Contact form
Standard
Pull-on lock (see note )
Contact gap: 3 mm min.
Screw mounting
g
Panel mounting
g
Note:
270
Contact gap: 1 mm
SPDB-NO/NC
D2D-1000
D2D-2000
SPDB-NO
D2D-1001
---
SPDB-NC
D2D-1002
---
SPDB-NO/NC
D2D-1100
D2D-2100
SPDB-NO
D2D-1101
---
SPDB-NC
D2D-1102
---
SPDB-NO+SPDB-NO/NC
D2D-3103
---
DPDB-NO
D2D-3104
---
Refer to page 273 for the pull-on lock function.
D2D
D2D
Specifications
Ratings
Item
Type
Resistive load
Rated voltage
Standard
250 VAC
16 A
Pull-on lock
250 VAC
10 A
Note:
The ratings values apply under the following test conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Type
yp
Voltage
g
Non-inductive load
Inductive load
Resistive load
NC
Standard
Pull-on lock
Note:
Motor load
NO
NC
NO
125 VAC
16 A
4A
250 VAC
16 A
4A
125 VAC
10 A
---
250 VAC
10 A
---
1. The above values are for the steady-state current.
2. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current.
Characteristics
Item
D2D-1000 models
D2D-2000 models
D2D-3000 models
Operating speed
10 mm to 1 m/s
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 300 operations/min max.
Electrical: 30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance
(initial value)
50 mΩ max.
Dielectric
strength
s
e g
(50/60 Hz
H
1mm)
Between terminals
of same polarity
2,000 VAC
1,000 VAC
2,000 VAC
Between terminals
and ground (see
note 2)
2,000 VAC
1,500 VAC
2,000 VAC
Between terminals
and non-currentcarrying metal part
2,500 VAC
1,500 VAC
---
Between terminals
and actuator
4,000 VAC
---
4,000 VAC
Vibration resistance
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 500 m/s2
{approx. 50G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2
{approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 3)
Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class II
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 14 g (D2D-1000)
Note:
Malfunction: 500 m/s2
{approx. 50G} max.
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator.
3. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
271
D2D
D2D
Approved Standards
Contact Specifications
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated
voltage
D2D-1000
D2D-2000
Contact
D2D-3000
125 VAC
---
---
3/4 HP
250 VAC
16 A
10 A
16 A
A,
1-1/2 HP
EN61058-1 (File No. 136005, VDE approval)
Rated
voltage
250 VAC
D2D-1000
16 (4) A
D2D-2000
10 A
D2D-3000
16 (4) A
Testing conditions: 1E4 (10,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C)
Note: The values in parentheses indicate motor load ratings.
EN61058-1 (File No. R9551934, TÜV Rheinland
approval)
Rated voltage
24 VDC
D2D-3104
4A
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C)
Contact Form
272
SPDB-NO/NC
SPDB-NO
SPDB-NO
+SPDB-NO/NC
DPDB-NO
Item
SPDB-NC
Inrush
currentt
Pull-on lock
model
Specification
Rivet
Material
Silver
Gap
(standard value)
3 mm min.
1 mm
NC
30 A max.
24 A max.
NO
30 A max.
24 A max.
Minimum applicable load
(see note)
Note:
Standard
model
160 mA at 5 VDC
For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 277.
D2D
D2D
Engineering Data (Reference Values)
Mechanical Durability (D2D-1000)
100,000
Ambient temperature: 20±2 °C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Without load
Operating frequency: 300 operations/min
Number of operations (x10 3)
70,000
50,000
30,000
10,000
7,000
5,000
3,000
1,000
0
10
20
30
40 50
60
70
80
90 100
OT (%)
Pull-on Lock Function
When opening or closing the door, the power ON state of the Switch can be checked with the door left open. By closing the door after maintenance inspection, the Switch will resume the normal momentary action. (This feature is ideal for conducting the electrical continuity test, inspection, repair, etc. of the Switch after its assembly.)
Example
To turn ON the power when the
door is closed
To turn OFF the power when the
door is open
To turn ON the power with the
door left open
State
Pull
Connection
NO-NO
ON
OFF
ON
NC-NC
OFF
ON
OFF
Double Spring Mechanism
Two return springs are provided for the pin plunger. Thus, if either of
the springs is broken, this feature will prevent the Switch from malfunctioning or short-circuiting.
Applicable Models: D2D-1000 and 3000 models
Direct Contact Opening Mechanism
The insulating ring
will positively break the circuit if a contact
weld occurs in the Switch.
Applicable Models: D2D-1000 Models
Insulating ring
Example of D2D-1000.
273
D2D
D2D
Dimensions
Mounting Holes
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Panel Cutout Dimensions
Panel thickness: 1.0 to 2.5 mm
Two, 4.3-dia. mounting
holes or M4 screw holes
Panel
13.5 ± 0.1
2.2 ± 0.1
Note
Note:
1.3 R max.
Dimension is 36.7±0.1 with a panel thickness of 1.0 mm
and 37.0±0.1 with a panel thickness of 2.5 mm
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Standard Models
Screw Mounting
22±0.1
D2D-1000
D2D-1001
D2D-1002
16
8 dia.
A
13
4.3±0.05 dia.
1.8
FP
OP
5.8
TTP
23.6
33.6
10.4
25.2
Four quick-connect
terminals (#250)
30
Note:
6.35±0.1
+0.1
1.65 0
dia.
12.4
NC-OFF: The force applied to the actuator to cause it to move from the free position to the position at which the NC contact opens.
NO-ON: The force applied to the actuator to cause it to move from the free position to the position at which the NO contact closes.
Model
Screw mounting
D2D-1000
OF max.
D2D-1001
D2D-1002
NC-OFF
2.94 N {{300 g
gf}}
---
2.94 N {{300 g
gf}}
NO-ON
5.88 N {{600 g
gf}}
5.88 N {{600 g
gf}}
---
TTF max.
7.35 N {750 gf}
7.35 N {750 gf}
7.35 N {750 gf}
OT min.
2.3 mm
2.3 mm
5.5 mm
FP max.
16.4 mm
17 mm
16.4 mm
15.9±0.4 mm
---
15.9±0.4 mm
12.7±0.4 mm
12.7±0.4 mm
---
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
OP
NC-OFF
NO-ON
TTP max.
274
D2D
D2D
Panel Mounting
40±0.1
8 dia.
D2D-1100
D2D-1101
D2D-1102
21.2
A
2.0
FP
OP
TTP
21.8
31.7
6.35±0.1
10.4
25.2
1.65 +0.1
0
dia.
12.4
30
Four quick-connect
terminals (#250)
Model
Panel mounting
D2D-1100
D2D-1101
D2D-1102
NC-OFF
2.94 N {{300 g
gf}}
---
2.94 N {{300 g
gf}}
NO-ON
5.88 N {{600 g
gf}}
5.88 N {{600 g
gf}}
---
TTF max.
7.35 N {750 gf}
7.35 N {750 gf}
7.35 N {750 gf}
OT min.
2.3 mm
2.3 mm
5.5 mm
FP max.
12.4 mm
13 mm
12.4 mm
NC-OFF
11.9±0.4 mm
---
11.9±0.4 mm
NO-ON
8.7±0.4 mm
8.7±0.4 mm
---
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
OF max.
OP
TTP max.
Panel Mounting
40
Model
5.6 dia.
D2D-3103
OF max.
21.2±0.2
A
FP
OP
TTP
2
3
D2D-3103
NC-OFF
NC
OFF
2.94 N {300 gf}
NO-ON
5.88 N {600 gf}
TTF max.
9.81 N {1,000 gf}
OT min.
2.3 mm
FP max.
OP
31
TTP max.
41.5
+0.1
8.8
6.35±0.1
22.8
13
1.65 0
12.4 mm
NC-OFF
11.9±0.8 mm
NO-ON
8.7±0.8 mm
6.4 mm
dia.
31.6
34.4
Six quick-connect
terminals (#250)
275
D2D
D2D
Panel Mounting
40
5.6 dia.
D2D-3104
Model
21.2±0.2
D2D-3104
OF max.
A
FP
OP
TTP
2
3
NC-OFF
---
NO-ON
5.88 N {600 gf}
TTF max.
9.81 N {1,000 gf}
OT min.
2.3 mm
FP max.
OP
31
41.5
13.5 mm
NC-OFF
---
NO-ON
8.7±0.8 mm
TTP max.
+0.1
1.65 0
6.35±0.1
8.8
6.4 mm
dia.
13
31.6
Four quick-connect
terminals (#250)
34.4
Pull-on Lock Models
Screw Mounting
Momentary Operation
(Normal Operation)
22±0.1
D2D-2000
16
8 dia.
Model
A
TTP
(see
note)
OP
(see
note)
FP
OP
13
4.3±0.05 dia.
1.8
5.8
OF
max.
D2D-2000
1.96 N
{200 gf}
1.96 N
{200 gf}
NO-ON
2.94 N
{300 gf}
2.94 N
{300 gf}
TTF max.
5.88 N
{600 gf}
5.88 N
{600 gf}
OT min.
4.5 mm
4.5 mm
FP max.
14.3 mm
10.3 mm
OP
NC-OFF
13.5±
0.6 mm
9.5±0.6 mm
NO-ON
12.7±
0.6 mm
8.7±0.6 mm
8.3 mm
4.3 mm
TTP
23.6
33.6
Note:
At pull-on lock operation.
+0.1
6.35±0.1 1.65 0 dia.
10.4
25.2
Four quick-connect
terminals (#250)
40±0.1
8 dia.
D2D-2100
Pull-on Lock Operation
21.2
A
TTP
(see
note)
OP
(see
note)
Model
2.0
FP
OP
TTP
21.8
31.7
10.4
25.2
Note:
At pull-on lock operation.
+0.1
6.35±0.1
12.4
30
Four quick-connect
terminals (#250)
276
TTP max.
12.4
30
Panel Mounting
D2D-2100
NC-OFF
1.65 0
dia.
D2D-2000
D2D-2100
OF max.
19.61 N {2,000 gf}
PT max.
2 mm
OT min.
0.4 mm
MD max.
1.5 mm
FP max.
14.3 mm
10.3 mm
OP
15 1±0 6 mm
15.1±0.6
11 1±0 6 mm
11.1±0.6
TTP max.
16.5 mm
12.5 mm
D2D
D2D
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Correct Use
Connector (Sold Separately)
Refer to Terminal Connectors on page 282.
Mounting
Apply operation force to the pin plunger in the direction it operates.
Applying forces laterally or from an oblique direction may damage
the pin plunger.
Incorrect
Correct
Incorrect
Use M4 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to
securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.49 to
0.69 N S m {5 to 7 kg S cm}
Using Micro Loads
Voltage (V)
Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a
micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate in the following range. However, even when using micro load
models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact
wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary.
The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This
value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 10–6/operations indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000
operations with a reliability level of 60%.
Inoperable
range
Operating
range
Current (mA)
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B085-E1-05B
277
Door Interlock Switch
D2T
Compact DPST-NO Door Switch
Incorporates two circuits for power loads and micro
loads. Micro load circuit uses twin contacts.
Compact size, with an operating force of only
3.24 N {330 gf}.
Panel- or screw-mounted with ease.
RCW
Ordering Information
Model Number Legend
D2T-jT1j
1
1.
2
Actuator
None: Pin plunger
L:
Hinge lever
2.
Terminals
None: Right-angled solder terminals
S:
Straight solder terminals
List of Models
Actuator (see note)
Right-angled solder terminals
Straight solder terminals
Pin plunger
D2T-T1
D2T-T1S
Hinge lever
D2T-LT1
D2T-LT1S
Note:
278
The actuator of the D2T is identical to that used for OMRON’s V Snap-action Switches. The actuator can be replaced with other types of
actuators. Consult your OMRON sales representatives for details.
D2T
D2T
Specifications
Ratings
Rated voltage
Resistive load
Between terminals 1 and 2
250 VAC
5A
Between terminals 3 and 4
125 VAC
0.1 A
Note:
The ratings values apply under the following trest conditions:
Ambient temperature: 20±2°C
Ambient humidity: 65±5%
Operating frequency: 30 operations/min
Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values)
Resistive load
Voltage
g
Between terminals 1 and 2
Between terminals 3 and 4
250 VAC
125 VAC
5A
5A
--0.1 A
30 VDC
6A
0.1 A
Characteristics
Operating speed
10 to 500 mm/s (pin plunger models)
Operating frequency
Mechanical: 120 operations/min max.
Electrical:
30 operations/min max.
Insulation resistance
100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Contact resistance (initial value)
Between terminals 1 and 2:
Between terminals 3 and 4:
Dielectric strength (see note 2)
1,000 VAC for 1 min 50/60 Hz between terminals of same polarity
1,500 VAC for 1 min 50/60 Hz between current-carrying metal part and ground (see note 1),
between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part, and between terminals of different
polarity
Vibration resistance (see note 3)
Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude
Shock resistance (see note 3)
Destruction: 1,000 m/s2 {approx. 100G} max.
Malfunction: 300 m/s2 {approx. 30G} max.
Durability (see note 4)
Mechanical: 100,000 operations min. (60 operations/min)
Electrical:
100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min)
Degree of protection
IEC IP40
Degree of protection against
electric shock
Class I
Proof tracking index (PTI)
175
Ambient operating temperature
–25°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing)
Ambient operating humidity
85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C)
Weight
Approx. 10 g (pin plunger models)
Note:
50 mΩ max.
100 mΩ max.
1. The data given above are initial values.
2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator.
3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models,
they apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1 ms.
4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative.
279
D2T
D2T
Approved Standards
Contact Specifications
Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with
standard approvals.
Item
UL1054 (File No. E41515)/
CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642)
Rated voltage
Contact
Between
terminals 1 and 2
Between
terminals 3 and 4
125 VAC
5A
0.1 A (for 100,000
operations)
250 VAC
5A
---
Between
terminals 1 and 2
Between
terminals 3 and 4
125 VAC
---
0.1 A
250 VAC
5A
---
Rivet
Material
Silver
Gap
(standard value)
1 mm
1.4 mm
Inrush current
60 A max.
---
Minimum applicable load
160 mA at
5 VDC
1 mA at 5 VDC
Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C)
Contact Form
DPST-NO
COM
COM
NO
NO
Terminal 1 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 2
Micro load
Power load
Note:
The circuit switching power loads has a snap-action mechanism and the circuit switching micro loads has a slow-action mechanism.
Dimensions
Note:
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
Terminals
Angled Terminals
2.8±0.1
Straight Terminals
1.2-dia.
hole
2.6-dia. hole
7.1±0.1
1
Solder terminal
t=0.5
280
2.6-dia. hole
7.1±0.1
1.2-dia. hole
2.8±0.1
Solder terminal
t=0.5
Between
terminals 3
and 4
Specification
EN61058-1 (File No. 120144, VDE approval)
Rated voltage
Between
terminals 1
and 2
Plated
D2T
D2T
Mounting Holes
Panel Cutout Dimensions
(Panel thickness: 1.5 to 2 mm)
Two, M3 screw holes
+0.2
Four, 0.5R max.
11.9 –0
26.4±0.1
+0.2
31.0 –0
Dimensions and Operating Characteristics
Note:
1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated.
2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions.
3. The following illustrations and dimensions are for D2T models with angled terminals. Refer to the dimensions in Terminals for the
straight terminals of the D2T.
4. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ).
Pin Plunger Models
Model
D2T-T1
D2T-T1S
26.4±0.15
3.4±0.15 dia.
A
3.1 +0.13
–0.03
dia. holes
Two, 2.5R
15.35±0.2
2.8±0.1 1.2 hole
t=0.5
Solder terminal
Hinge Lever Models
OF max.
3.24 N {{330 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.5 N {50
{ gf}
g}
TTF max.
6.37 N {650 gf}
OT min.
0.8 mm
OP
4.4±0.6 mm
(see note)
Note:
Operating sequence of the circuit
between terminals 1 and 2 and the
circuit between terminals 3 and 4 is
not specified.
Model
t = 0.5
(Stainlesssteel lever)
A
D2T-LT1
D2T-LT1S
2.6
hole
30.9±0.8
D2T-LT1
D2T-LT1S
OF max.
1.47 N {{150 g
gf}}
RF min.
0.2 N {20
{ gf}
g}
TTF max.
2.45 N {250 gf}
OT min.
1.6 mm
OP
6.9±1.3 mm
(see note)
Note:
t=0.5
Solder terminal
D2T-T1
D2T-T1S
Operating sequence of the circuit
between terminals 1 and 2 and the
circuit between terminals 3 and 4 is
not specified.
Precautions
Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions.
Correct Use
Mounting
Use M3 mounting screws to mount the Switch. Tighten the screws
to a torque of 0.4 to 0.6 N S m {4 to 6 kgf S cm}.
Mounting Holes
When mounting on a metal surface, be sure to provide a Separator
between the Switch and mounting plate.
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. B097-E1-02B
281
Connectors
Connectors
Connectors
Microswitches for tab-terminals listed in this catalog are compatible with other companies‘ products. The following AMP-made Connectors are
also available. For more details about AMP Connectors, contact one of the addresses listed below.
Tyco Electronics/AMP
• Japan
Phone: 81-44-844-8013
•
Great Britain
Phone: 44-208-954-2356
•
•
Hong Kong
Phone: 852-2735-1628
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-800-522-6752
Receptacles for Quick-connect Terminals
For #187 models
For #110 models
For #250 models
Positive Lock Connectors
(Connectors with an easy-to-insert, secure lock mechanism.)
For #187, 1 pole
Note:
282
For #187, 3 poles
(Compatible with V and VX
Miniature Basic Switches)
Other companies’ products are listed in this catalog as general user information. We assume no responsibility for the quality or price of
other companies’ products.
Open as PDF
Similar pages